Skip to main content

Full text of "School of Dentistry Catalog 1998-2000"

See other formats


Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 
Dental  School 
University  of  Maryland 
666  West  Baltimore  St. 
Baltimore,  MD  21201 


The  University  of  Maryland,  Baltimore  is  accredited  by  the  Middle  States  Asso- 
ciation of  Colleges  and  Schools.  Programs  in  dental  education;  dental  hygiene 
education;  the  advanced  dental  education  programs  in  endodontics,  oral  and 
maxillofacial  pathology,  oral  and  maxillofacial  surgery,  orthodontics  and  dentofacial 
orthopedics,  pediatric  dentistry,  periodontics,  and  prosthodontics;  the  general  practice 
residency  program  (12  months)  and  the  advanced  education  program  in  general  den- 
tistry program  (12  and  24  months)  are  accredited  by  the  Commission  on  Dental  Accred- 
itation and  have  been  granted  the  accreditation  status  of  approval.  The  Commission  is 
a  specialized  accrediting  body  recognized  by  the  United  States  Department  of  Educa- 
tion. The  Commission  on  Dental  Accreditation  can  be  contacted  at  (312)  440-4653 
or  at  211  East  Chicago  Ave.,  Chicago,  IL  60611. 


Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 

Dental  School 

University  of  Maryland 


"\\  ithin  these  stones  and  bucks,  healing  is  to  be  administered!  and  no  less 

important,  human  relationships  developed  between  teachers  and  students  and 

between  students  and  patients.  If  ever  patients  arc  regarded  .is  clinical  material, 

this  building  will  have  been  degraded  and  its  use  corrupted.  We  must  never 

forget  that  the  word  patient  comes  from  the  Latin  root  which  means  to  suffer. 
Clinical  material  does  not  suffer.  Human  beings  do. 


From  the  address  of  Dr.  Louis  L.  Kaplan 
Chairman  Emeritus  of  the  Board  of  Regents 
I  'm versify  of  Maryland 
Dedication  of  Hay  den- Harris  Hall 
March  5,  1971 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2012  with  funding  from 

LYRASIS  Members  and  Sloan  Foundation 


http://archive.org/details/dentistrOOunse 


Contents 


GENERAL  INFORMATION 

Philosophy 5 

The  School    ^ 

1  Ik-  c  lampus  8 

TneCity  10 

THE  DENTAL  PROGRAM 

Application/Admission 12 

Academic  Policies  and  Programs    ...  1  5 

Requirements  for  Graduation 20 

Employment  Opportunities  in 

Dentistry 21 

The  Dental  Curriculum    21 

Departments/Programs 23 

DENTAL  HYGIENE  PROGRAMS 

General  Information 37 

Preprofessional/Professional 

Baccalaureate  Program   38 

Two-  and  Three- Year  Professional 

Curricula 39 

Degree  Completion  Baccalaureate 

Program 44 

ADVANCED  EDUCATION 
PROGRAMS 

Application/Admission 48 

Specialty  Programs    49 

General  Dentistry  Programs 66 

Graduate  Programs 71 

Continuing  Dental  Education   78 


STUDENT  LIFE 

Student  Services   80 

Student  Poli*  iea 85 

PublicationsA  )rganizations/Awardj  .88 


MATRICULATION  POLICIES 
AND  PROCEDURES 

Registration  Procedures    93 

Determination  of  In-State  Status  .  .  .93 

Tuition  and  Fees 94 

Student  Expenses    98 

Official  University  Records 98 

Student  Health  Requirements    99 

FINANCIAL  AID 

University  Grants   101 

Endowment  and  Loan  Funds 101 

ADMINISTRATION  AND 
FACULTY 

Dental  School 105 

University  of  Maryland,  Baltimore  .122 
University  System  of  Maryland    .  .  .  1 22 

ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION    124 

POLICY  STATEMENTS 125 

MAPS 138 

ACADEMIC  CALENDAR 139 


Contents 


General  Information 


PHILOSOPHY 


Since  its  origin  as  a  professional  discipline  with  the  founding  of  the  Baltimore 
College  ofDental  Surgery  in  1840,  dentistry  lias  exhibited  a  commitment  to  inno- 
vation. With  continual  refinement  in  clinical  procedures  and  an  improved  under- 
standing ofhuman  biology,  the  profession  has  been  able  to  improve  and  expand  its 
delivery  of  services.  Populations  sometimes  underserved — the  handicapped,  med- 
ically compromised,  hospitalized — not  only  arc  being  treated  but  also  arc 
benefitting,  as  is  the  general  population,  from  improved  materials  and  technology. 
The  Dental  School's  programs  focus  on  the  three  basic  aims  of  the  academic  com- 
munity— teaching,  research  and  service.  As  a  university  discipline,  dental  education 
must  meet  and  surpass  its  previous  accomplishments  to  ensure  the  continued 
advancement  of  dentistry.  While  the  process  of  education  must  remain  anchored 
firmly  to  time-tested  principles,  it  must  also  continually  extend  itself  in  discovering 
new  knowledge  and  applications,  and  their  use  for  better  oral  health  care. 


THE  SCHOOL 


HISTORY 


The  Baltimore  College  ofDental  Surgery,  Dental  School,  University  of  Maryland 
has  the  distinction  of  being  the  first  dental  college  in  the  world.  Formal  education 
to  prepare  students  for  the  practice  of  dentistry  originated  in  1840  with  its  estab- 
lishment. The  chartering  of  the  school  by  the  General  Assembly  of  Maryland  on 
February  1 ,  1 840  represented  the  culmination  of  the  efforts  of  Dr.  Horace  H.  Hay- 
den  and  Dr.  Chapin  A.  Harris,  two  physicians  who  recognized  the  need  for  sys- 
tematic formal  education  as  the  foundation  for  a  scientific  and  serviceable  dental 
profession.  Together  they  played  a  major  role  in  establishing  and  promoting  for- 
mal dental  education,  and  in  the  development  of  dentistry  as  a  profession. 

Convinced  that  support  for  a  formal  course  in  dental  education  would  not  come 
from  medical  school  faculty,  Dr.  Hayden  undertook  the  establishment  of  an  inde- 
pendent dental  college.  Dr.  Harris,  an  energetic  and  ambitious  young  man  who  had 
come  to  Baltimore  in  1830  to  study  under  Dr.  Hayden,  joined  his  mentor  in  the 
effort  to  found  the  college. 

The  Baltimore  College  ofDental  Surgery  soon  became  a  model  for  other  schools 
appearing  throughout  .American  cities.  This  was  due  in  no  small  part  to  the  Balti- 
more College  ofDental  Surgery's  emphasis  on  sound  knowledge  of  general  medi- 
cine and  development  of  the  skills  of  dentistry.  Through  its  contributions  to  dental 

General  Information  5 


and  medical  progress  and  through  the  prominent  role  of  its  faculty  and  graduates 
in  the  development  of  the  profession,  the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery  has 
exerted  a  remarkable  influence  on  professional  dentistry. 

The  present  dental  school  evolved  through  a  series  of  consolidations  involving 
the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery,  founded  in  1840;  Maryland  Dental  Col- 
lege, founded  in  1873;  the  Dental  Department  of  the  University  of  Maryland, 
founded  in  1882;  and  the  Dental  Department  of  the  Baltimore  Medical  College, 
founded  in  1895.  The  final  consolidation  took  place  in  1923,  when  the  Baltimore 
College  of  Dental  Surgery  and  the  Dental  Department  of  the  University  of  Mary- 
land were  combined  to  create  a  distinct  college  of  the  University  under  state  super- 
vision and  control.  In  1970,  the  Dental  School  moved  into  Hayden-Harris  Hall, 
then  a  new  five-story  building  with  modern  equipment  and  treatment  facilities.  In 
1990,  the  school's  clinical  facilities  were  renovated  to  provide  a  state-of-the-art 
environment  for  teaching  and  delivery  of  care. 


PROGRAMS  OF  STUDY 

The  Dental  School  today  strives  to  offer  the  finest  programs  of  dental  education  in 
the  world.  Continuing  efforts  are  made  to  provide  educational  and  training  expe- 
riences consistent  with  evolving  concepts  and  advances  in  the  delivery  of  dental 
health  care. 

In  addition  to  the  Doctor  of  Dental  Surgery  (DDS)  program,  the  school  offers 
a  baccalaureate  program  in  dental  hygiene  designed  to  prepare  students  for  careers 
in  dental  hygiene  practice,  education,  management  and  research  in  private  and 
public  settings.  Programs  leading  to  a  graduate  degree  in  oral  and  craniofacial  bio- 
logical sciences  or  oral  and  maxillofacial  pathology  are  also  available,  including 
combined  DDS/PhD  programs.  Graduate  programs  are  designed  to  prepare  stu- 
dents for  careers  in  academic  dentistry  or  to  supplement  clinical  training  with 
knowledge  of  research  methods.  Research  opportunities  also  may  be  made  avail- 
able to  dental  students. 

Advanced  dental  education  programs  are  offered  in  the  specialty  areas  of 
endodontics,  oral  and  maxillofacial  surgery,  oral  and  maxillofacial  pathology, 
orthodontics  and  dentofacial  orthopedics,  pediatric  dentistry,  periodontics  and 
prosthodontics.  Also  offered  are  a  school-based  residency  program  in  advanced 
general  dentistry,  providing  advanced  level  training  in  the  practice  of  comprehen- 
sive general  dentistry,  and  a  hospital-based  general  practice  residency  program 
through  the  Dental  School  and  the  University  of  Maryland  Medical  System. 

Programs  in  dental  education;  dental  hygiene  education;  the  advanced  dental 
education  programs  in  endodontics,  oral  and  maxillofacial  pathology,  oral  and 
maxillofacial  surgery,  orthodontics  and  dentofacial  orthopedics,  pediatric  den- 
tistry, periodontics,  and  prosthodontics;  the  general  practice  residency  program 
(12  months)  and  the  advanced  education  program  in  general  dentistry  (12-  and 
24-months)  are  accredited  by  the  Commission  on  Dental  Accreditation  and  have 
been  granted  the  accreditation  status  of  approval.  The  Commission  is  a  specialized 
accrediting  body  recognized  by  the  United  States  Department  of  Education.  The 


Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


Commission  on  Dental  Accreditation  can  be  contacted  at  (  M2)  WO  4653  01  at 
21  i  East  Chicago  \vc.t  i  Jiicago,  II  6061 1. 

c  ontinuing  1  ducation  programming  is  developed  by  academi<  departments  to 

mcc  i  the  needs  ot  health  <  .ire  professionals  for  refining  diagnosti<  skills  and  updai 
ing  knowledge  in  technical  and  scientific  areas  oi  practice.  In  1983,  the  Dental 
School  initiated  a  unique  educational  and  treatment  program  that  provides  stu 
dents  .md  (acuity  diverse  opportunities  ror  the  study,  utilization  and  evaluation  o( 
advanced  concepts  oi  dental  education  and  care  delivery  with  a  primary  fix  us  on 
human  performance.  In  1998  the  Dental  School  was  recognized  as  the  primary  site 
of  a  campus-wide  Organized  Research  ("enter  on  Persistent  Pain. 

The  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery,  Dental  School,  University  of  \l.tr. 
land  continues  to  fulfill,  through  its  graduates,  the  aspirations  of  its  founders  to  pro- 
vide scientifically  trained  professionals  to  serve  the  oral  health  care  needs  of  society. 


STUDENT  BODY 


Three  hundred  ninety-one  students  were  enrolled  in  the  dental  program  in  the 
1 997-98  academic  year.  Of  these,  42  percent  were  female;  40  percent  were  minor- 
ity. The  first-year  class  represented  a  variety  of  undergraduate  institutions  across 
the  country.  Students  enrolled  averaged  24  years  of  age,  had  a  mean  science  grade 
point  average  of  3. 16  and  a  mean  cumulative  grade  point  average  of  3.26.  The  fac- 
ulty presently  numbers  more  than  200,  including  practitioners  who  teach  at  the 
school  part-time. 


THE  DR.  SAMUEL  D.  HARRIS  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 

OF  DENTISTRY 

The  National  Museum  of  Dentistry,  the  nation's  only  museum  dedicated  to  the 
history  of  dentistry,  oral  health,  and  the  popular  culture  of  teeth,  opened  in  June 
1996.  It  is  proudly  situated  on  the  campus  of  the  University  of  Maryland,  Balti- 
more where  it  has  historic  roots  and  close  proximity  to  the  world's  first  dental 
school,  the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery.  The  museum  is  supported  by  the 
University  of  Maryland,  the  American  Dental  Association  and  in  part  by  a  $  1  mil- 
lion gift  from  retired  pediatric  dentist  Dr.  Samuel  D.  Harris  of  Detroit,  for  whom 
the  museum  is  named. 

The  7,000  square  feet  of  gallery  space  is  designed  to  entertain  and  engage  all 
audiences,  from  dental  professionals  and  students  to  visiting  school  children  and 
members  of  the  general  public.  Visitors  "guess  the  smile"  using  an  interactive  com- 
puter game,  see  George  Washington's  not-so-wooden  teeth,  laugh  at  Laurel  and 
Hardy  at  the  dentist,  marvel  at  amazing  feats  with  teeth  (including  the  iron-jaw 
act),  and  travel  back  to  a  time  when  itinerant  dentists  rode  from  town  to  town  on 
horseback.  The  museum's  thousands  of  visitors  have  enjoyed  learning  about  this 
significant  profession  through  the  entertaining  displays. 


General  Information 


The  museum  is  conveniently  located  near  Baltimore's  Inner  Harbor  and  Oriole 
Park  at  Camden  Yards.  Hours  are  Wednesday  through  Saturday  10  a.m.  to  4  p.m. 
and  Sunday  1  to  4  p.m.  To  arrange  for  group  tours  call  (410)  706-0052,  or  for  fur- 
ther information  call  (410)  706-0600. 


SPECIAL  LECTURES 


The  Stephen  E.  and  Jeffrey  A.  Kieiman  Lectures  in  Dentistry  and 
Medicine 

As  a  tribute  to  the  selection  of  careers  in  the  health  professions  by  his  sons,  Dr. 
Bernard  S.  Kieiman  established  this  annual  lecture  program  to  alternate  between 
the  University  of  Maryland  Dental  School  and  the  School  of  Medicine.  Distin- 
guished individuals  are  invited  to  lecture  on  topics  pertinent  and  applicable  to  prac- 
ticing dentists  or  physicians.  The  Kieiman  Lecture  alternates  with  the  Toomey 
Lecture  (see  below)  as  part  of  Student-Faculty  Day  activities. 

The  Jane  Boswell  Toomey  and  Lewis  Cole  Toomey,  DDS, 
Memorial  Lecture 

Endowed  in  1982  by  a  major  gift  from  the  Toomey  family,  together  with  contri- 
butions by  friends  and  associates  of  Dr.  and  Mrs.  Toomey,  this  biennial  lecture  was 
initiated  during  the  1985-86  academic  year.  The  Toomey  Lecture  provides  a  forum 
for  distinguished  individuals  to  speak  on  timely  dental  research  and  clinical  topics 
useful  to  dental  professionals  in  practice  and  teaching.  The  lectures  are  open  to  all 
members  of  the  dental  community. 

In  addition  to  these  annual  lectures,  there  are  two  special  lectures  which  are  pre- 
sented on  a  rotating  basis:  the  John  E.  Fogarty  Memorial  Lecture,  initially  endowed 
by  the  Rhode  Island  Section  of  the  Alumni  Association  of  the  Baltimore  College  of 
Dental  Surgery,  Dental  School,  University  of  Maryland,  Inc.  and  The  J.  Ben 
Robinson  Memorial  Lecture,  sponsored  by  the  Maryland  Section  of  the  American 
College  of  Dentists. 


THE  CAMPUS 

The  Dental  School  is  an  integral  part  of  this  campus  for  the  professions.  Located 
on  24.6  acres  in  downtown  Baltimore,  the  campus  began  in  1807  with  the  found- 
ing of  the  School  of  Medicine.  The  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery  began  in 
1840,  and  today  these  two  schools  share  the  campus  with  the  schools  of  law,  nurs- 
ing, pharmacy,  and  social  work;  an  interprofessional  graduate  school;  the  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland  Medical  System;  and  the  Baltimore  Veterans  Affairs  Medical 
Center.  The  University  educates  a  majority  of  the  region's  health  care,  legal  and 
social  service  practitioners. 

New  partnerships  among  university  components  and  with  the  University  of 
Maryland  Medical  Center  and  Veterans  Affairs  Medical  Center  are  strengthening 


Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


interdisciplinar)  endeavors  in  research  and  tea<  King.  Hie  campus*  location  within 
i Ik-  Baltimore  W  ashington  tanapolis  triangle  maximizes  opportunities  foi  coUab 
oration  with  government  agencies,  health  care  institutions  and  life  sciences 
industj  ies. 

The  Health  Sciences  and  Human  Services  Library 
Distinguished  as  the  first  library  in  the  United  States  established  by  a  medical 
school,  the  Health  Sciences  and  Human  Services  Librarj   (HS/HS1  I  recently 
moved  to  a  nev*  state  of  the  an  facility  at  601  W.  Lombard  St.  I  he  new  library 

triples  the  previous  library's  floor  space  and  provides  more  than  l)()()  sens  for  its 
users.  There  arc  three  microcomputer  teaching  labs,  a  distance  education  center, 
more  than  50  public  access  workstations,  130  study  carrels,  and  40  small-group 
Study  rooms  throughout  the  building.  In  the  Research  and  Information  Commons 
on  the  mam  floor  ot  the  HS/HSL,  there  are  more  than  35  workstations  with  access 
to  information  services  from  word  processing  to  databases  to  the  World  Wide  Web. 
Applications  for  campus  e-mail  accounts  are  also  available  and  accepted  here.  Staff 
in  the  Commons  area  also  support  slide-making  and  presentation  graphics  pro- 
duction. Although  fully  wired  and  networked,  the  building  provides  comfortable 
couches  and  chairs,  a  coffee  lounge,  and  beautiful  meeting  and  historical  collections 
rooms. 

In  addition  to  being  a  recognized  leader  in  the  use  of  information  technologies, 
the  library  also  serves  as  the  Southeastern/Atlantic  Regional  Medical  Library  for  ten 
southeastern  states,  the  District  of  Columbia,  Puerto  Rico  and  the  Virgin  Islands 
as  part  of  the  National  Network  of  the  Libraries  of  Medicine.  With  more  than 
350,000  volumes  and  2,000  current  journal  titles,  the  library  ranks  among  the  top 
25  health  sciences  libraries  in  the  country.  The  library  serves  all  schools  on  campus 
and  the  University  of  Maryland  Medical  System  (UMMS). 

The  library  offers  traditional  services  such  as  reference  support,  interlibrary  loan, 
and  photocopy  services,  as  well  as: 

•  networked  access  to  the  online  catalog  and  more  than  a  dozen  bibliographic 
and  full-text  databases  (free  passwords  are  available  for  students); 

•  support  for  the  campus  information  network,  UMnet; 

•  electronic  access  for  photocopy  requests,  interlibrary  loans,  and  book  requests; 

•  electronic  access  to  the  reference  desk  (hsl@umaryland.edu)  and  the  help  desk 
(help@umaryland.edu); 

•  a  World  Wide  Web  site   (www.umaryland.edu/hsl)   providing  a  graphical 
interface  for  the  library's  full  range  of  information  and  services; 

•  a  full  range  of  educational  programs  in  support  of  everything  from  navigating 
the  Web  and  Internet  to  effective  use  of  HS/HSL  resources; 

•  consultations  to  assist  in  using  and  managing  computing  and  information 
resources  more  effectively; 

•  assistance  in  planning  for  the  integration  of  information  skills  into  curricula 
and  courses. 


General  Information 


THE  CITY 


In  addition  to  professional  opportunities,  the  city  of  Baltimore,  13th  largest  in  the 
nation,  offers  a  stimulating  environment  in  which  to  live  and  study.  Having  been 
the  location  of  significant  events  in  the  nation's  history,  including  the  writing  of 
the  national  anthem,  the  city  maintains  a  strong  feeling  for  the  past  as  typified  by 
charming  neighborhoods  of  restored  houses  and  an  abundance  of  historic  build- 
ings. Baltimore  combines  the  sophistication  of  a  large  metropolitan  city  with  easy 
accessibility  to  surrounding  mountains,  beaches  and  rural  areas. 

Several  blocks  from  campus  is  the  nationally  acclaimed  Inner  Harbor  area, 
where  Harborplace,  the  National  Aquarium,  the  Maryland  Science  Center  and 
office  buildings  share  an  attractive  waterfront  with  hotels,  restaurants,  condomini- 
ums and  renovated  townhouses.  Connecting  the  downtown  area  to  the  outskirts  of 
the  city  are  the  Baltimore  Metro  subway  system  (the  first  leg  of  an  anticipated  city- 
wide  subway  system)  and  a  light  rail  system. 

As  a  cultural  center,  Baltimore  has  offerings  to  please  the  most  discriminating, 
including  a  world-class  symphony  orchestra,  fine  museums,  libraries  and  profes- 
sional theater  groups.  For  sports  fans,  Baltimore  features  baseball  and  football  sta- 
diums within  walking  distance  of  the  campus,  as  well  as  professional  soccer, 
collegiate  and  club  lacrosse  and  the  nationally  acclaimed  Preakness.  Nearby,  the 
Chesapeake  Bay  offers  unparalleled  water  sports  and  the  seafood  for  which  the 
region  is  famous. 


1 0  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


The  Dental  Program 


APPLICATION/ADMISSION 


REQUIREMENTS  FOR  ADMISSION 
TO  THE  DENTAL  PROGRAM 


The  Dental  School  seeks  to  enroll  the  highest  caliber  of  students  who  will  become 
exemplary  health  care  professionals.  Quality  is  the  preeminent  criterion  in  the 
recruitment  and  admissions  process.  To  achieve  this  strategic  objective,  the  Dental 
School  has  established  admissions  criteria  that  permit  flexibility  in  the  choice  of  an 
undergraduate  program  while  remaining  discriminative  with  regard  to  scholastic 
achievement.  Students  majoring  in  either  science  or  non-science  disciplines,  as  well 
as  individuals  interested  in  career  changes,  are  encouraged  to  apply. 

Requirements  for  admission  are  subject  to  change  without  prior  notice,  as  the 
Committee  on  Dental  Recruitment  and  Admissions  reserves  the  right  to  modify 
the  prerequisites  when  additional  courses  are  necessary  to  improve  an  applicant's 
preparation  for  dental  school.  At  a  minimum,  the  undergraduate  curriculum  must 
include  eight  semester  hours  each  (including  laboratories)  of  general  biology,  inor- 
ganic chemistry,  organic  chemistry,  and  physics.  Moreover,  applicants  are  expected 
to  achieve  superior  grades  in  these  prerequisite  courses,  because  these  are  the  best 
predictors  of  dental  student  performance  in  the  first  two  years  of  the  dental  cur- 
riculum. A  minimum  of  six  semester  hours  of  English  is  also  required. 

Although  the  completion  of  a  bachelor's  degree  prior  to  dental  school  matricu- 
lation is  strongly  encouraged  by  the  Committee  on  Dental  Recruitment  and 
Admissions,  applicants  who  have  successfully  completed  at  least  three  academic 
years  (90  credit  hours)  in  an  accredited  university  will  be  considered  for  admission. 

Applicants  should  be  able  to  demonstrate  not  only  that  they  have  participated 
in  a  challenging  program  in  their  respective  disciplines,  but  also  that  the  program 
was  supplemented  by  a  broad  selection  of  courses  in  the  social  sciences,  humanities 
and  arts.  Additionally,  experiences  that  develop  manual  dexterity  are  strongly 
recommended. 

No  more  than  60  of  the  minimum  required  credits  will  be  accepted  from  a 
junior  college;  these  credits  must  have  been  validated  by  an  accredited  college  of 
arts  and  sciences.  All  admission  requirements  must  be  completed  by  June  30  of  the 
desired  year  of  admission.  Applicants  must  also  present  favorable  recommenda- 
tions from  their  respective  predental  committee  or,  if  no  such  committee  is  avail- 
able, from  one  faculty  member  each  in  the  departments  of  biology  and  chemistry. 
In  all  other  respects,  applicants  must  give  every  promise  of  becoming  successful  stu- 
dents and  dentists  of  high  standing.  Applicants  will  not  be  admitted  with  unab- 
solved conditions  or  unabsolved  failures. 


Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


\  strong  record  of  academic  achievement  is  essential,  and  .ill  applicants  should 
present  science  and  cumulative  grade  point  averages  and  I  Cental  Admissions  I  est 
(DAT)  scores  that  exceed  the  national  averages.  [Tie  admission  illusion  will  be 
based  upon  1 )  \  I  scores,  performance  in  previous  academic  programs,  the  quality 
oi  those  programs,  and  personal  fac  tors  as  evidenced  by  letters  oi  recommendation, 
extra*  utricular  activities  and  .1  personal  inten  iew. 

All  applicants  are  encouraged  to  take  die  Dental  Admissions  list  (DAI  )  no 
later  than  Decembet  ol  the  year  prior  to  admission.  A  pamphlet  describing  the  test 
and  an  application  to  take  the  test  will  be  sent  to  the  applicant  upon  request  by  the 
Dental  School's  Office  of  Admissions  and  Student  Affairs. 

Prior  to  applying  to  the  Dental  School,  potential  applicants  should  note  the 
Universit)  oi  Maryland  policy  concerning  prevention  and  management  ol  student 
And  employee  infection  with  bloodborne  pathogens,  page  126.  In  addition,  while 
the  admissions  process  does  not  include  questions  concerning  any  prior  criminal 
activity,  individuals  who  may  have  a  prior  or  subsequent  conviction  or  nolo  con- 
tendre  plea  for  a  felony  may  encounter  denial  or  removal  of  licensure. 


RESIDENCY 


Information  on  the  regulations  for  the  determination  of  resident  status  may  be 
obtained  from  the  Office  of  Records  and  Registration,  621  West  Lombard  St., 
Room  326,  University  of  Maryland,  Baltimore,  Maryland  21201 . 


APPLICATION  AND  ACCEPTANCE  PROCEDURES 


Students  are  admitted  only  at  the  beginning  of  the  fall  semester  in  August.  All  ap- 
plications are  processed  through  the  American  Association  of  Dental  Schools 
Application  Service  (AADSAS),  with  the  exception  of  advanced  standing  and  trans- 
fer applications.  AADSAS  will  duplicate  the  transcript,  calculate  the  grade  point 
average  for  each  applicant,  and  furnish  pertinent  information  to  the  Dental  School. 
AADSAS  application  request  cards  are  available  after  June  1  of  the  year  prior  to  the 
desired  date  of  admission  upon  request  to  the  Office  of  Admissions  and  Student 
Affairs  of  the  Dental  School.  Although  the  AADSAS  application  must  be  filed  by 
all  applicants  by  January  1 5  of  the  desired  year  of  admission,  early  filing  of  the  appli- 
cation is  strongly  recommended.  The  Dental  School  also  charges  a  separate  appli- 
cation fee  of  $60,  which  should  be  submitted  directly  to  the  Office  of  Admissions 
and  Student  Affairs  at  the  same  time  the  AADSAS  application  is  submitted. 

If  the  requirements  for  admission  are  fulfilled  and  preliminary  admission  cri- 
teria are  met,  the  applicant  will  receive  the  Dental  School's  supplemental  applica- 
tion form,  which  should  be  completed  and  mailed  to  the  Dental  School's  Office  of 
Admissions  and  Student  Affairs.  All  applicants  who  merit  consideration  will  be 
interviewed;  however,  a  personal  interview  does  not  guarantee  admission. 

The  Committee  on  Dental  Recruitment  and  Admissions,  composed  of  faculty 
members,  students  and  alumni,  selects  qualified  applicants  for  admission  based  on 


The  Dental  Program  1 3 


academic  performance,  DAT  scores,  faculty  recommendations  and  the  personal 
interview.  A  deposit  of  $200,  to  be  credited  toward  tuition,  must  accompany  an 
applicant's  acceptance  of  an  offer  of  admission.  An  additional  $100  deposit  is  due 
by  May  1  to  confirm  intent  to  enroll.  Admission  is  contingent  upon  continued  sat- 
isfactory academic  performance  and  behavior  during  the  period  between  accep- 
tance and  enrollment. 


ADMISSION  WITH  ADVANCED  STANDING 

Students  currently  enrolled  in  dental  schools  within  the  United  States,  as  well  as 
graduates  of  non-U. S. /non-Canadian  dental  schools,  may  apply  for  admission  with 
advanced  standing.  It  should  be  noted,  however,  that  such  admissions  occur  very 
rarely  because  of  space  availability  or  incompatibility  of  curricula  at  different 
schools.  Students  admitted  with  advanced  standing  may  be  exempted  from  certain 
courses  based  on  skills  assessment  by  faculty  members.  Anyone  interested  in  admis- 
sion with  advanced  standing  should  contact  the  Dental  School's  Office  of  Admis- 
sions and  Student  Affairs  for  specific  information  about  requirements  and  to 
request  an  application  form. 


READMISSION  TO  DENTAL  SCHOOL  PROGRAMS 

Consequent  to  dismissal  or  withdrawal,  readmission  may  be  sought  by  reapplica- 
tion  to  the  Dental  School.  In  order  to  initiate  the  readmission  procedure,  the  for- 
mer student  shall  submit  a  detailed  letter,  with  supporting  documents,  to  the  Office 
of  Admissions  and  Student  Affairs,  requesting  readmission  to  the  Dental  School. 
Students  dismissed  for  violations  of  the  Professional  Code  of  Conduct  are  ineligi- 
ble for  readmission,  unless  substantial  evidence  of  rehabilitation  is  provided.  Deter- 
mination of  substantial  evidence  is  within  the  school's  sole  discretion. 

Once  the  letter  of  application  has  been  processed  by  the  Office  of  Admissions 
and  Student  Affairs,  the  Committee  on  Dental  Recruitment  and  Admissions,  in 
consultation  with  the  appropriate  departments,  the  advancement  committee,  and 
administrative  and  nonadministrative  faculty  members  within  the  Dental  School, 
may  consider  the  student  for  readmission.  The  process  of  consideration  may 
include  a  careful  review  of  the  student's  academic  record,  a  study  of  the  reasons  for 
readmission,  and  assessment  of  the  student's  potential  for  academic  progress  in  the 
future.  Recommendations  relative  to  the  readmission  will  be  referred  to  the  Com- 
mittee on  Dental  Recruitment  and  Admissions  in  conjunction  with  the  Office  of 
Admissions  and  Student  Affairs  for  final  decision  and  notification,  including  con- 
ditions for  readmission,  where  appropriate.  Decisions  resulting  from  this  policy  are 
not  subject  to  appeal. 


1 4  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


COMBINED  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES/DENTAL  PROGRAM 

Uthough  the  Dental  School  supports  a  coherent  fbui  yeai  program  <>f  undergrad 
uate  education  foi  tnosi  students,  it  recognizes  that  some  individuals  ma)  be  pre 
pared  to  enter  after  three  years.  Foi  eligible  candidates,  undergraduate  programs 
within  the  I  fniversit]  S)  stem  of  Maryland  may  oflfei  a  combined  c  urric  ulum  lead 
ing  to  the  degrees  oi  Bachelor  oi  Science  and  1  doctor  ol  1  Cental  Surgery.  I  Ik-  pre 

protcssion.il  p  HI  ot  (his  curriculum  is  taken  in  the  undergraduate  college  oi  nis  .ind 

sciences,  and  the  professional  pari  at  the  Dental  School.  Students  who  have  been 
approved  for  the  combined  program  and  who  have  completed  the  .ins  and  sciences 

phase  maw  upon  the  recommendation  of  the  dean  of  the  Dental  School,  be  granted 
the  degree  oi  Bachelor  of  Science  by  the  undergraduate  college  following  the  com- 
pletion of  the  student's  first  year  in  the  Dental  School.  Further  information  and 
applications  may  be  obtained  from  the  admissions  office  at  the  undergraduate  insti- 
tution. 


ACADEMIC  POLICIES  AND  PROGRAMS 


The  following  numerical  range  for  standardized  grades  is  used  in  the  evaluation  of 
student  performance. 

Basic  Science  Courses         Clinical  Science  Courses 


A 

-      90-100 

A 

-      90-100 

B 

-      80-89 

B 

-      80-89 

C 

-      70-79 

C 

-      70-79 

D 

-     65-69 

F 

below  70 

F 

below  65 

A  -  Excellent — This  grade  signifies  performance  of  the  highest  quality  or  excep- 
tional achievement.  It  is  recommended  that  this  grade  be  awarded  to  those  students 
with  the  highest  degree  of  talent,  skills  and  knowledge,  compared  with  the  expected 
performance  of  students  at  that  particular  stage  of  development  and  training. 

B  -  Good — This  grade  should  be  recorded  for  students  who  have  demonstrated 
knowledge,  talent  or  skills  significantly  above  the  acceptable  level,  compared  with 
the  expected  performance  of  students  at  that  particular  stage  of  development  and 
training. 

C  -  Satisfactory — This  grade  should  be  recorded  for  students  who  have  demon- 
strated knowledge,  talent  or  skills  at  an  acceptable  level,  compared  with  the 
expected  performance  of  students  at  that  particular  stage  of  development  and  train- 
ing. 

D  -  Unacceptable — This  grade  indicates  that  student  performance  is  deficient 
and  at  a  level  below  that  expected  of  students  at  that  particular  stage  of  development 
and  training.  The  D  grade  in  basic  science  courses  is  not  a  passing  grade.  It  must  be 
remediated  to  C  to  pass  the  course.  Remediation  may  require  re-examination  or 
repeat  of  the  course.  Students  who  are  provided  a  re-examination  with  or  without 


The  Dental  Program 


mentoring  would  receive  the  grade  D/C;  students  who  repeat  the  course  would  earn 
the  grade  achieved  in  the  semester  in  which  the  course  was  repeated.  The  D  grade 
is  not  used  by  the  clinical  departments  or  Preclinical  Studies. 

E  -  Conditional  Failure — This  grade  is  used  as  a  progress  grade  or  as  a  tempo- 
rary final  grade  to  indicate  that  a  student  who  otherwise  is  progressing  satisfacto- 
rily in  a  course  has  failed  to  master  limited  segments  or  some  clinical  procedures, 
but  may  achieve  a  satisfactory  level  of  proficiency  within  a  short  time  if  allowed  to 
do  so  based  upon  overall  academic  performance.  When  the  E  grade  is  used  as  a  tem- 
porary final  grade,  it  counts  in  the  grade  point  average  calculation.  If  successful 
remediation  occurs,  the  student  will  receive  the  final  grade  earned  in  the  course, 
shown  on  the  permanent  record  with  the  original  E.  An  unresolved  grade  of  E  will 
result  in  a  permanent  grade  of  F. 

F  -  Failure — Students  who  receive  this  grade  exhibit  unsatisfactory  perfor- 
mance. This  grade  indicates  they  have  not  achieved  an  acceptable  level  in  skills  and 
knowledge.  As  a  result,  they  are  not  considered  ready  to  advance  to  more  complex 
work  or  to  perform  independently.  When  the  failure  has  been  absolved,  the  F  grade 
will  remain  on  the  student's  permanent  record,  but  only  the  new  grade  will  be  used 
in  computing  the  grade  point  average. 

I  -  Incomplete — A  student  whose  work  in  completed  assignments  is  of  accept- 
able quality  but  who,  because  of  circumstances  beyond  the  student's  control  (such 
as  illness  or  disability),  has  been  unable  to  complete  course  requirements  will 
receive  a  grade  of  Incomplete.  When  all  requirements  have  been  satisfied,  the  stu- 
dent will  receive  the  final  grade  earned  in  the  course.  Except  under  extraordinary 
circumstances,  an  Incomplete  may  not  be  carried  into  the  next  academic  year. 

Scholastic  averages  are  computed  on  the  basis  of  credits  assigned  to  each  course 
and  the  following  numerical  values  for  grades:  A— 4,  B— 3,  C— 2,  D-l ,  E-0,  F-0.  The 
grade  point  average  is  the  sum  of  the  products  of  course  credits  and  grade  values, 
divided  by  the  total  number  of  course  credits  in  that  year  of  the  curriculum. 

The  Committee  on  Predoctoral  Advancement  and  Graduation  reviews  the  per- 
formance of  each  student  at  the  end  of  each  semester.  On  the  basis  of  progress 
and/or  final  grades,  the  committee  determines  one  of  the  following  actions  for  each 
student:  assignment  to  a  Specially  Tailored  Education  Program  (STEP)  for  first- 
and  second-year  students  only;  unconditional  advancement;  conditional  advance- 
ment; probationary  advancement;  repeat  of  the  year;  remediation  of  the  year;  or 
recommends  dismissal  to  the  Faculty  Council,  which  approves  all  decisions  per- 
taining to  dismissal  or  graduation.  A  student  may  appeal  any  action  of  the  advance- 
ment committee  or  the  Faculty  Council  by  submission  of  a  written  request  to  the 
senior  associate  dean. 

Students  must  achieve  a  2.00  grade  point  average  and  passing  grades  in  all 
courses  in  order  to  advance  unconditionally  to  the  next  year.  Second-year  students 
must  also  successfully  pass  the  Part  I  National  Board  Dental  Examination  for 
unconditional  advancement  to  the  third  year. 

A  student  may  be  permitted  to  absolve  deficiencies  during  the  summer  session, 
as  recommended  by  the  advancement  committee.  Depending  on  the  type  of  defi- 
ciencies, students  may  be  required  to  register  and  pay  a  fee  for  the  summer  session. 
Conditional  advancement  may  be  assigned  to  1)  first-  and  second-year  students 


Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


win)  have  not  successful!)  completed  remediation  <>i  deficient  grades  during  the 
summei  session;  2)  second  yeai  students  who  have  not  passed  the  Pan  I  National 
Board  Dental  Examination;  and  3)  third  ycai  students  who  nave  n<>t  successfully 
completed  .ill  courses  but  who,  in  the  judgment  ol  the  committee,  should  be 
.it toidcd  the  opportunity  to  complete  requirements  from  the  third  yeai  while  pro 
ceeding  with  fourth-year  courses.  Conditionally  advanced  students  who  tail  t  lie 
Part  1  National  Board  Dental  Examination  must  meet  the  requirements  <>f  a  reme 
dial  program  approved  by  the  ( Committee  on  Predoctoral  Advancement  and  ( irad 
nation  before  taking  a  re-examination. 

Probationary  advancement  maybe  assigned  to  1 )  first-  and  second-year  students 
with  a  grade  point  average  lower  than  2.00  and  1)  students  with  a  minimum  grade 
point  average  of  2.00  who  have  received  a  final  grade  of  F  in  one  or  more  courses. 
Students  placed  on  probation  must  remediate  or  repeat  all  courses  in  which  there 
was  a  deficiency  to  a  passing  grade  of  C,  achieve  a  minimum  grade  point  average  of 
2.00,  and  pass  all  courses  taken  during  the  probationary  academic  year.  Failure  to 
do  so  will  result  in  dismissal  from  the  dental  program,  subject  to  discretionary 
review  by  the  Faculty  Council. 

Students  with  deficiencies  too  severe  to  be  absolved  during  the  summer  session 
may  be  afforded  the  opportunity  to  repeat  or  remediate  a  specific  year  of  the  den- 
tal program.  Remediation  of  the  year  provides  students,  who  would  otherwise  have 
to  repeat  the  year's  work  in  its  entirety,  with  the  opportunity  for  exemption  from 
courses  or  portions  of  courses  at  the  discretion  of  the  department  chairs.  Students 
who  are  repeating  or  remediating  any  year  of  the  dental  program  are  placed  on  pro- 
bation. If  it  is  determined  that  a  student  is  progressing  so  poorly  that  remediation 
will  not  bring  him/her  to  a  passing  level,  dismissal  will  be  recommended  to  the  Fac- 
ulty Council. 


POLICY  FOR  APPEAL  OF  ADVANCEMENT  DECISIONS 


Appeals  Process 

The  following  guidelines  have  been  established  to  review  appeals  of  decisions  of  the 
Committee  on  Advancement  and  Graduation.  The  initial  appeal  of  all  advance- 
ment decisions  is  referred  back  to  the  original  committee  upon  written  request  to 
the  senior  associate  dean,  within  five  working  days  of  written  notification  from  the 
Office  of  Academic  Affairs  of  Advancement  Committee  action.  Evidence  of  com- 
pelling additional  information  or  extenuating  circumstances  not  previously  con- 
sidered must  be  presented  by  the  student.  Only  after  the  reconsideration  process  is 
completed  will  a  continued  appeal  mechanism  be  applicable.  This  mechanism  will 
not  be  used  to  dispute  the  published  advancement  guidelines  which  have  been 
approved  by  the  Faculty  Council. 

Within  10  working  days  of  written  notification  of  the  decision  concerning  the 
original  appeal,  the  student  may  initiate  the  final  appeal  process  by  notifying  the 
dean,  in  writing,  of  the  intent  to  appeal  the  decision.  Evidence  of  compelling  addi- 
tional information  or  extenuating  circumstances  not  previously  considered  must 

The  Dental  Program  I  7 


be  presented  by  the  student.  The  written  appeal  must  include:  the  decision  the  stu- 
dent is  appealing;  the  basis  for  the  appeal,  including  appropriate  supporting  docu- 
mentation; and  the  academic  status  that  the  student  is  requesting.  Students  may 
present  and  prioritize  more  than  one  alternative. 

If  it  is  determined  that  the  appeal  is  warranted,  the  final  appeal  will  be  forwarded 
by  the  dean  to  the  Academic  Appeals  Board  for  consideration.  The  Appeals  Board, 
appointed  by  the  Executive  Board  to  a  one-year  term,  shall  consist  of  five  regular 
and  two  alternate  members  who  may  serve  if  one  or  more  regular  members  are 
unavailable.  All  members  shall  be  full-time,  tenured  faculty  members,  or  full-time 
faculty  members  with  at  least  five  years  of  faculty  service  who  hold  the  rank  of  assis- 
tant professor  or  higher.  The  Board  will  select  its  own  chair.  Members  of  the  Com- 
mittee on  Advancement  and  Graduation  may  not  serve.  The  chair  or  a  designated 
member  of  the  Committee  on  Advancement  and  Graduation  and/or  the  senior 
associate  dean  will  be  present  for  review  of  appeals,  to  provide  information  regard- 
ing the  student's  progress  and  promotion,  as  well  as  the  deliberations  of  the 
Advancement  Committee  during  its  initial  review  and  subsequent  appeal  hearing. 
These  individuals  will  not  take  part  in  deliberations,  and  will  not  vote.  The  Office 
of  Academic  Affairs  will  provide  administrative  support  for  Appeals  Board 
activities. 

The  Chair  of  the  Academic  Appeals  Board  will  convene  the  Appeals  Board, 
within  1 0  working  days  of  receiving  a  final  appeal  request,  for  a  preliminary  con- 
ference to  determine  whether  the  student's  appeal  and  supporting  documentation 
warrant  continuation  of  the  appeal  process.  If  the  Board  determines  that  the  appeal 
should  not  be  considered  further,  the  student  shall  be  so  notified,  in  writing,  within 
two  working  days.  If  the  appeal  is  determined  to  warrant  further  consideration  and 
review,  the  student  shall  be  notified  within  five  working  days  and  advised  of  the 
date  and  time  of  the  appeals  meeting,  which  should  be  scheduled,  where  possible, 
within  10  working  days  of  the  preliminary  conference. 

Conduct  of  the  Appeals  Meeting 

The  student  may  bring  one  observer  or  advocate  who  is  not  an  attorney  to  the 
appeals  meeting  to  present  new  information  or  statements  of  support.  Members  of 
the  Appeals  Board  may  ask  the  student  questions  to  clarify  information  relevant  to 
the  appeal.  Board  deliberations  will  be  held  in  closed  session.  A  simple  majority 
vote,  by  secret  ballot,  will  be  required  to  overturn  the  existing  committee  decision. 
A  quorum  shall  consist  of  at  least  four  faculty  members.  If  the  vote  is  to  overturn, 
the  Appeals  Board  may  recommend  an  alternative  action,  giving  due  consideration 
to  the  alternatives  suggested  by  the  student.  The  Appeals  Board  may  also  deny  the 
appeal. 

Once  the  Board  has  made  a  decision,  the  chair  will  immediately  advise  the  dean, 
who  will  communicate  the  decision  to  the  student  in  writing  within  five  working 
days.  The  decision  of  the  Board  is  final. 


Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


SPECIALLY  TAILORED  EDUCATIONAL  PROGRAM 

1  lie  Spec  ullv  I  ailored  Educational  Program  (STI  P)  functions  within  the  frame 
work  ol  i  Ik-  regulai  curriculum  Inn  allows  students  to  spend  up  to  three  yean  com 
pleting  first  and  second  yeai  courses.  I  Ik-  program  was  developed  foi  students 
who,  because  ol  academic  difficulty,  illness  or  othei  circumstances,  need  special 
assistance  and/or  additional  time  to  fulfill  the  academic  requirements.  It  also 
accommodates  the  specific  program  needs  ol  students  transferring  from  other  insti- 
tutions and  students  in  combined-degree  programs. 

The  Committee  on  Predoctoral  Advancement  and  C  iraduation  may  offer  a  stu- 
dent the  option  of  S  PEP  or  assign  to  S  [*EP  any  student  whose  progress  is  unsatis- 
factory it  it  is  generally  agreed  chat  a  reduced  load  and/or  special  tutorial  assistance 
may  improve  the  students  chance  of  successfully  completing  course  requirements. 
An  individualized  program  is  designed  for  each  student  assigned  to  STEP,  and  the 
students  progress  is  carefully  monitored.  Departmental  counselors  in  the  basic  sci- 
ences and  preclinical  sciences  are  available  to  assist  any  student  assigned  to  STEP. 

Students  may  advance  into  the  regular  program  when  they  have  demonstrated 
satisfactory  progress;  otherwise  they  remain  in  STEP  until  they  have  completed  all 
first-  and  second-year  courses. 


PROGRAM  FOR  DENTAL  STUDENTS  WHO  HAVE  NOT  SUC- 
CESSFULLY COMPLETED  PART  I  I  OF  THE  NATIONAL 
BOARD  DENTAL  EXAMINATION  BY  THE  END  OF  THE 
SENIOR  YEAR 

In  accordance  with  Dental  School  policy,  successful  completion  of  Part  II  of  the 
National  Board  Dental  Examination  is  a  requirement  for  graduation.  Dental  stu- 
dents who  have  not  successfully  completed  this  examination  by  the  end  of  their 
senior  year  will  register  in,  and  pay  tuition  for,  a  program  specifically  designed  to 
meet  the  student's  needs  as  determined  by  the  Committee  on  Predoctoral  Advance- 
ment and  Graduation.  The  Committee  will  develop  this  program  based  upon  the 
department  chairs'  recommendations  for  student  assignment  to  clinical  programs 
in  need  of  student  services.  Additionally,  students  will  be  assigned  patients  who 
need  comprehensive  care  and/or  will  participate  in  specific  clinical  and  nonclinical 
activities  to  maintain  their  clinical  knowledge  and  skills.  Students  will  also  be 
assigned  an  independent  course  of  study  to  assist  them  in  preparation  for  the  board 
examination. 


THEMINIMESTER 


In  the  January  minimester,  students  in  all  years  of  the  dental  program  may  choose 
to  take  elective  courses  when  required  courses  are  not  scheduled.  The  clinic  con- 
tinues to  operate  on  the  usual  schedule  during  the  minimester.  Any  credits  awarded 
for  minimester  elective  courses  will  not  be  applied  to  the  DDS  degree. 


The  Dental  Program 


Undergraduate  students  contemplating  a  career  in  dentistry  may  attend  this  ses- 
sion on  a  per-course  basis.  Information  concerning  course  offerings  is  distributed 
to  prospective  students  by  the  Office  of  Admissions  and  Student  Affairs  and  to  all 
enrolled  students  by  the  Office  of  Academic  Affairs. 


ATTENDANCE  POLICY 


The  faculty  and  administration  of  the  Dental  School  expect  every  student  to  attend 
all  scheduled  lectures,  seminars,  laboratory  sessions  and  clinic  assignments,  except 
in  the  event  of  illness  or  emergency.  Course  syllabi  for  each  department  and  the 
Clinic  Manual  address  specific  departmental  and  clinical  attendance  policies  and 
requirements,  and  delineate  a  policy  for  managing  missed  examinations,  quizzes 
and  other  assignments.  Students  may  lose  the  opportunity  for  remediation  and/or 
re-examination  if  they  do  not  meet  published  departmental/course  standards  for 
attendance. 

Students  who  anticipate  they  will  be  absent  for  planned  events  (e.g.,  religious 
holidays)  should  contact  course  directors  to  make  arrangements  in  advance  of  the 
anticipated  absence.  Year  III  and  Year  IV  dental  students  should  also  contact  their 
general  practice  managers  and  directors  of  block  assignments,  if  indicated. 

In  the  event  of  an  emergency  or  serious  illness,  students  should  contact  course 
directors,  general  practice  managers,  and  directors  of  block  assignments,  preferably 
prior  to  scheduled  educational  activities.  If  prior  notice  is  not  possible,  contact 
should  be  made  at  the  earliest  opportunity.  Course  directors  will  determine  the 
impact  of  the  absence  and  the  subsequent  course  of  action. 

Students  who  miss  specific  educational  activities,  including  but  not  limited  to 
examinations,  quizzes  and  block  assignments,  must  complete  an  absence  form, 
including  an  explanation  for  the  absence.  The  student's  signature  on  the  form  ver- 
ifies that  the  explanation  provided  is  accurate.  The  course  director  will  review  the 
absence  form,  make  a  determination  regarding  the  appropriate  course  of  action  and 
sign  the  absence  form.  Copies  of  the  form  will  be  provided  for  the  student,  the 
course  director/department  and  the  Office  of  Admissions  and  Student  Affairs.  Stu- 
dent appeals  of  the  final  disposition  must  be  made  within  five  working  days  and 
should  be  referred  to  the  department  chair.  If  a  satisfactory  resolution  is  not 
reached,  the  appeal  should  be  forwarded  to  the  Office  of  the  Assistant  Dean  for 
Admissions  and  Student  Affairs  for  a  final  disposition. 

Students  who  anticipate  a  long-term  absence  (more  than  five  days)  should  con- 
tact the  assistant  dean  for  admissions  and  student  affairs  directly  to  discuss  strate- 
gies for  managing  the  impact  of  the  absence  on  the  educational  program. 


REQUIREMENTS  FOR  GRADUATION 

The  Doctor  of  Dental  Surgery  degree  is  conferred  upon  a  candidate  who  has  met 
the  conditions  specified  below: 

1.  A  candidate  must  have  satisfied  all  requirements  of  the  various  departments. 


20  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


2,  \  candidate  must  pass  .ill  fourth  veat  courses  and  achieve  .1  minimum  2.0 
average  in  the  fourth  year. 

3,  [Tie candidate  must  pass  Part  II  oi  the  National  Board  I  Cental  I  laminations. 

4,  The  candidate  must  have  satisfied  .ill  I  miversit)  obligations  prioi  to 
nation. 


GRADUATION  DATES 


Students  who  enter  the  1  )1  )S  program  at  the  University  oi  Maryland  I  )ental  School 
are  required  to  complete  a  minimum  of  four  academic  years  at  the  school.  The 

length  of  the  program  has  been  established  in  order  to  provide  the  students  a  com- 
prehensive professional  education.  Graduation  for  students  who  complete  the  pro- 
gram within  this  prescribed  period  is  in  May.  Students  who  fail  to  complete  all 
requirements  in  May  will  be  considered  for  graduation  the  following  July,  Decem- 
ber or  May,  as  they  are  judged  ready  to  do  so. 


EMPLOYMENT  OPPORTUNITIES  IN  DENTISTRY 

The  public  demand  for  more  and  better  oral  health  care  will  continue  to  create  a 
climate  for  growth  in  the  dental  profession.  Technological  advances  and  changing 
demographics  have  spawned  a  wider  range  of  career  options  within  dentistry. 
Income  levels  are  contingent  and  affected  by  the  area  served,  the  practice  specialty 
and  the  state  of  the  economy  at  the  time. 


THE  DENTAL  CURRICULUM 


Year 


Subject 

Credit 

Semester 
1           2 

Total 

Anatomy 

13 

13 

Biochemistry 

5 

5 

Conjoint  Sciences  1 

2 

2 

Radiology                                                                                                              1               1 

Microbiology 

5 

5 

Physiology 

6 

6 

Oral  Health  Care  Delivery 

1           2 

3 

Periodontics 

1            1 

2 

Dental  Anatomy/Occlusion 

4 

4 

Operative  Dentistry 

5 

5 

Dental  Biomaterials  1 

1            1 

2 

Totals 

25        23 

48 

The  Dental  Program 


Year  II 


Subject 

Credit 

Semester 
1           2 

Total 

Conjoint  Sciences  II  A 

6 

6 

Conjoint  Sciences  II  B 

5 

5 

Biomedicine 

5 

7 

12 

Pharmacology 

5 

5 

Oral  and  Maxillofacial  Surgery                                                                            1               1 

Endodontics 

2 

2 

Oral  Health  Care  Delivery 

1 

2 

3 

Orthodontics                                                                                                       1               1 

Pediatric  Dentistry                                                                                               1               1 

Periodontics 

1 

1 

2 

Dental  Biomaterials  II                                                                                          1               1 

Fixed  Prosthodontics 

3 

3 

6 

Complete  Dentures 

3 

3 

Removable  Prosthodontics 

3 

3 

Totals 

24 

27 

51 

Year  III 

Subject 

Credit 

Semester 
1           2 

Total 

Conjoint  Sciences  III 

2 

2 

4 

Oral  Medicine  and  Diagnostic  Sciences 

4 

3 

7 

Oral  and  Maxillofacial  Surgery 

2 

2 

4 

Endodontics 

2 

2 

4 

Oral  Health  Care  Delivery 

3 

3 

6 

Orthodontics 

1 

1 

2 

Pediatric  Dentistry 

4 

4 

8 

Periodontics 

6 

5 

II 

Operative  Dentistry 

3 

4 

7 

Fixed  Prosthodontics 

3 

3 

6 

Removable  Prosthodontics 

4 

4 

8 

Totals 

34 

33 

67 

22 


Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


Year  IV 


Subject 

Credit 

Semester 
1           2 

Total 

Advanced  Dental  Pharmacotherapeutics                                                1                            1 

Conjoint  Sciences  IV 

2 

1 

3 

Clinic 

29 

31 

60 

Totals 

32 

32 

64 

Curriculum  requirements  arc  subject  to  change  without  prior  notice 


DEPARTMENTS/PROGRAMS 


CLERKSHIP  PROGRAM 


Two  elective  clerkship  programs  allow  selected  fourth-year  students  to  pursue  fur- 
ther studies  in  departmental  activities  specially  designed  to  meet  their  needs  and 
interests.  Students  devote  a  portion  of  their  clinic  time  to  these  specialized  pro- 
grams; the  remaining  clinic  time  is  spent  in  the  comprehensive  treatment  of 
patients  in  the  regular  program.  Clerkships  are  available  in  basic  science  and  clini- 
cal disciplines  and  several  incorporate  off-campus  clinical  experiences  in  various 
practice  settings. 

DCjS  558.  Clerkship  I  (elective)  (20) 

DCJS  559.  Clerkship  II  (elective)  (10) 

CLINICAL  DENTISTRY 

Staff:  All  clinical  departments 

The  clinical  education  program  is  designed  to  provide  each  student  with  a  broad 
background  of  clinical  experience  based  on  the  philosophy  of  prevention  and  com- 
prehensive patient  care.  Although  the  need  for  the  treatment  of  existing  disease  is 
of  paramount  importance,  the  clinical  program  stresses  long-term  complete  dental 
care  founded  on  preventing  the  occurrence  or  recurrence  of  disease.  Each  student 
provides  patient  care  in  a  general  practice  in  a  manner  similar  to  practitioners  in  the 
community.  Clinical  areas  for  predoctoral  instruction  are  designated  primarily  for 
general  practice  teams.  Clinical  instruction  is  accomplished  using  dentist-man- 
agers, general  dentists  and  specialists  providing  interdepartmental  instruction  for 
the  student  and  the  highest  level  of  dental  care  for  the  patient.  The  clinical  program 
functions  year  round  in  order  to  provide  continuity  of  patient  care. 


The  Dental  Program  23 


CLINICAL  SIMULATION 


Director:  Michael  M.  Belenky 

Staff:   Dental  Hygiene,   Oral  Health  Care  Delivery,   Pediatric  Dentistry  and 

Periodontics 

Clinical  simulation  prepares  students  for  the  realities  of  patient  care  and  is 
employed  in  all  four  years  of  the  undergraduate  curriculum.  In  year  one,  students 
are  introduced  to  fundamental  principles  of  human-centered  ergonomics  (perfor- 
mance logic),  which  they  apply  in  preclinical  and  clinical  assignments  of  years  one 
and  two,  and  in  clinical  patient  care  in  years  three  and  four.  This  early  focus  on 
ergonomics  enables  students  to  proprioceptively  determine  an  optimal  posture, 
position  and  process  for  practice  in  ways  designed  to  facilitate  the  attainment  of 
peak  performance  and  occupational  health  without  compromise  of  task,  patient  or 
self.  Students  acquire  and  advance  the  psychomotor  skills  needed  for  dental  prac- 
tice in  a  unique  educational  setting:  the  clinical  simulation  unit,  which  is  unlike 
laboratories  of  the  past.  Its  simulation  modules  replicate  the  equipment  found  in 
the  operatories  of  a  dental  practice  and  incorporate  realistic  mannequins  that  sim- 
ulate human  head  forms.  In  this  state-of-the-art  environment,  students  learn  real- 
istic skills  and  habits  that  are  readily  and  easily  transferred  to  patient  care. 


CONJOINT  SCIENCES 

Director:  Harold  L.  Crossley 
Staff:  All  departments 

Conjoint  Sciences  is  the  administrative  unit  responsible  for  the  coordination  of 
subjects  which  are  most  appropriately  presented  in  an  interdisciplinary  format. 
Certification  for  cardiopulmonary  resuscitation  (CPR)  is  required  for  each  year. 

In  the  first  year,  lectures  in  Conjoint  Sciences  introduce  the  students  to  the  his- 
tory of  dentistry,  the  epidemiology  of  chemical  dependency,  ethics  and  geriatric 
dentistry. 

Human  growth  and  development,  immunology,  cariology,  clinical  aspects  of 
head  and  neck  anatomy,  geriatric  dentistry  and  dental  anesthesiology  are  subjects 
presented  in  the  second  year  of  Conjoint  Sciences.  Certification  for  blood  pressure 
measurement  is  a  required  component  of  the  program  in  the  second  year. 

The  third  year  of  Conjoint  Sciences  deals  primarily  with  the  management  of 
clinical  problems  associated  with  the  interdisciplinary  topics  previously  presented. 
Topics  include  dental  management  of  the  patient  with  special  needs,  therapeutics, 
general  anesthesia,  ethical  dilemmas,  geriatric  dentistry  and  temporomandibular 
dysfunction. 

The  curriculum  in  the  fourth  year  includes  a  clinically  oriented  dental  pharma- 
cology course  and  a  wide  range  of  selective  courses. 

DCJS  5 1 2.  Conjoint  Sciences  I  (2) 


24  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


DCJS  52  I .  Conjoint  Sciences  IIA  (6) 

DCJS  522.  Conjoint  Sciences  MB  (5) 

DCJS  538.  Conjoint  Sciences  III  (4) 

DCJS  54  I .  Advanced  Dental  Pharmacotherapeutics  (  I  ) 

DCJS  548.  Conjoint  Sciences  IV  (3) 

ENDODONTICS 


Chair:  Thomas  C.  Dumsha 

Associate  Professors:  Dumsha,  McDonald 

Clinical  Associate  Professors:  Kelly,  Schunick 

Assistant  Professor:  Behnia 

Clinical  Assistant  Professors:  Gamson,  Hyson,  Quarantillo,  Smith,  Zia 

The  student's  introduction  to  endodontics  begins  in  the  second  year.  It  consists  of 
a  series  of  lectures,  seminars,  laboratories  and  patient  simulations  that  stress  both 
the  fundamentals  and  biologic  principles  of  endodontics  and  the  diagnosis  and 
treatment  of  pulp  and  periapical  disease. 

In  the  third  year,  lectures  expand  the  basic  material  presented  in  the  second  year. 
Cases  are  treated  clinically,  with  the  student  demonstrating  an  acceptable  level  of 
competency  by  the  completion  of  the  third  year.  The  fourth-year  experience  in 
endodontics  is  primarily  clinical.  Competency  in  clinical  endodontics  with  more 
complex  cases  is  expected  of  each  student.  A  clerkship  program  in  advanced 
endodontics  is  available  to  selected  students  in  their  fourth  year. 

The  department  conducts  research  in  dental  traumatology,  dental  materials, 
endodontic  surgery  and  immunology. 

ENDO  522.  Principles  of  Pre-Clinical  Endodontics  (2) 

ENDO  538.  Principles  of  Clinical  Endodontics  (4) 

ENDO  548.  Endodontic  Clinic  (4) 

ORAL  AND  CRANIOFACIAL  BIOLOGICAL  SCIENCES 


Chair:  Ronald  Dubner 

Professors:  Bashirelahi,  Benevento,  Chang,  Costello,  Dubner,  Enwonwu,  Falkler, 

Franklin,  Minah,  Thut,  Williams,  Wynn 
Clinical  Professor:  Buxbaum 
Associate  Professors:  Capra,  Crossley,  Delisle,  Dessem,  Gartner,  Lidow,  Matheson, 

Meszler,  Myslinski,  Nauman,  Seibel 

The  Dental  Program  25 


Assistant  Professors:  Bennett,  Gold,  Greenspan,  Ren,  Traub 

Research  Associate  Professor:  Feng 

Adjunct  Professor:  Birkedal-Hansen 

Adjunct  Associate  Professors:  Hiatt,  Parente 

Adjunct  Clinical  Associate  Professor:  Hendler 

Adjunct  Assistant  Professor:  J.  Gaston 

Adjunct  Research  Associate:  Koritzer 

Associate  Staff:  Artemonova,  Groves 

The  primary  graduate  program  of  the  Department  of  Oral  and  Craniofacial  Bio- 
logical Sciences  is  the  PhD  degree.  The  three  major  tracks  leading  to  the  PhD 
include  cell  and  molecular  biology,  infectious  diseases  and  immune  function,  and 
neuroscience.  The  scholarly  activities  within  this  PhD  program  prepare  students  to 
become  independent  research  investigators  and  competent  teachers. 

It  is  also  possible  to  combine  clinical  training  with  advanced  work  in  the  bio- 
logical sciences.  The  combined  PhD  and  postgraduate  specialty  program  in  den- 
tistry is  designed  for  students  who  wish  to  simultaneously  pursue  a  clinical  specialty 
and  an  in-depth  research  training  experience.  The  DDS/PhD  is  designed  for  stu- 
dents who  wish  to  simultaneously  pursue  their  undergraduate  dental  education  and 
in-depth  research  training  in  specific  biological  science  disciplines. 

In  addition  to  the  PhD,  the  department  offers  the  Master  of  Science  degree, 
which  is  designed  to  give  the  student  an  introductory  background  in  the  founda- 
tions of  oral  and  craniofacial  biological  sciences  and  experience  in  conducting 
research  in  this  field  of  study. 

The  specialization  track  in  cell  and  molecular  biology  includes  faculty  members 
with  training  and  research  experience  in  physiology,  biochemistry,  pharmacology 
and  anatomy.  It  provides  training  in  a  range  of  molecular  and  cell  biology  research 
areas  including  endocrinology,  regulation  of  gene  expression  and  gene  cloning,  and 
sequencing.  The  infectious  disease  and  immune  function  track  is  designed  to 
give  the  student  a  broad  base  in  all  the  major  sub-disciplines  of  microbiology/ 
immunology  while  allowing  the  student  to  concentrate  on  one  specific  area  of  inter- 
est or  specialization  such  as  oral  microbiology,  pathogenic  microbiology,  immunol- 
ogy, virology,  microbial  genetics  or  microbial  cytology.  The  neuroscience  track 
offers  a  broad-based  training  program  in  integrative  neuroscience.  Faculty  mem- 
bers have  research  interests  in  sensory  processes  including  pain,  touch,  and  propri- 
oception; sensorimotor  integration;  motor  control  systems;  and  higher  cognitive 
processes.  Anatomical,  physiological,  pharmacological,  biochemical  and  molecular 
techniques  are  employed  to  gain  a  better  understanding  of  how  the  nervous  system 
processes  changes  in  environmental  stimuli,  and  how  they  affect  behavior. 

The  department  has  been  awarded  a  five-year  training  program  in  Orofacial 
Biology  and  Neuroscience  from  the  National  Institute  of  Dental  Research. 
Stipends  are  available  for  predoctoral  and  postdoctoral  trainees.  This  training  pro- 
gram provides  an  opportunity  to  develop  independent  researchers  qualified  and 
committed  to  conduct  clinical  and  basic  research  in  dentally  relevant  areas  of  neu- 
roscience. Recruitment  has  not  only  been  directed  toward  identifying  clinician-sci- 
entists and  basic  scientists  demonstrating  a  keen  interest  and  initial  contributions 


26  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


in  oral  neurobiology ,  but  also  toward  identifying  predoctoral  students  whose  train 
ingand  researc  h  interests  are  consistent  \\  ith  the  goals  ol  the  training  program. 

rhedepartmem  also  offers  the  traditional  introductor)  courses  in  anatomy,  bio 
chemistry,  microbiology,  pharmacolog)  and  physiology  thai  are  pari  ol  the  cui 
riculura  for  dental  students  and  are  also  core  <>i  elective  courses  f<»i  graduate 
students.  A  description  ol  those  courses  follows: 

\n.iiomv — The  basic  course  in  hum. in  anatomy  is  devoted  to  the  study  ol  the  cells, 
(issues,  organs  and  organ  systems  ol  the  body  using  an  interdisciplinary  approach 
encompassing  gross  an. noun-,  neuroanatomy,  histology  and  developmental 
anatomy.  Principles  ol  body  structure  and  function  are  studied  with  a  particular 
emphasis  on  the  head  and  neck  and  major  organ  systems.  A  strong  eftort  is  made 
to  correlate  the  anatomy  curriculum  with  other  courses  in  the  basic  and  clinical  sci- 
ences  of  the  dental  curriculum. 

Biochemistry — Biochemistry  is  a  study  of  cellular  processes  at  the  molecular  level 
and  the  influences  of  nutrition  and  pathologies  on  these  processes.  The  teaching 
goals  of  this  discipline  are  to  present  a  comprehensive  course  in  biochemistry  to  the 
first-year  students  seeking  a  professional  degree  in  dentistry  and  to  provide  a  pro- 
gram of  specialized  training  for  graduate  students.  The  course  provided  for  dental 
students  covers  the  major  traditional  subjects  of  biochemistry.  Dental  students  who 
have  previously  taken  a  course  in  biochemistry  may  take  a  competency  examina- 
tion which,  if  passed  satisfactorily,  permits  them  to  be  excused  from  taking  this 
course. 

Microbiology — The  predoctoral  program  in  this  section  is  organized  to  supply  stu- 
dents with  the  fundamental  principles  of  microbiology  such  that  they  may  under- 
stand the  chemical  and  biological  mechanisms  of  the  production  of  disease  by 
bacteria  and  other  parasites,  and  the  means  by  which  the  host  protects  itself  against 
bacteria  and  related  organisms. 

Pharmacology — The  program  of  instruction  in  pharmacology  is  divided  into  three 
phases.  The  first  phase  includes  a  thorough  study  of  the  basic  concepts  and  princi- 
ples in  pharmacology.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  mechanisms  of  action,  absorption, 
distribution,  metabolism  and  excretion  of  drugs,  therapeutic  indications,  common 
adverse  reactions  and  drug  interactions.  The  second  phase  teaches  oral  therapeu- 
tics, drug  interactions  and  pain  and  anxiety  control  through  the  participation  in  the 
conjoint  sciences  program.  The  third  phase,  designed  for  graduate  and  postdoc- 
toral students,  provides  in-depth  coverage  of  current  topics  in  analgesia,  local  and 
general  anesthesia,  dental  therapeutics  and  dental  toxicology. 
Physiology — The  basic  principles  of  physiology  are  stressed  in  the  predoctoral 
course,  providing  students  with  knowledge  of  the  functions  of  the  principal  organ 
systems  of  the  body.  Dental-oriented  aspects  of  physiology  are  taught  through  par- 
ticipation in  the  conjoint  sciences  program.  Advanced  courses  are  for  students 
interested  in  careers  in  teaching  and  research. 

DANA  511.  Human  Anatomy  ( 1 3) 

DBIC  511.  Principles  of  Biochemistry  (5) 


The  Dental  Program  27 


DPHR  52 1 .  General  Pharmacology  and  Therapeutics  (5) 

DMIC  5  1 2.  Microbiology  (5) 

DPHS  5  1 2.  Principles  of  Physiology  (6) 

ORAL  AND  MAXILLOFACIAL  PATHOLOGY 

Chair:  John  J.  Sauk 

Professor:  Sauk 

Associate  Professors:  Levy,  Redman 

Clinical  Associate  Professor:  Corio 

Assistant  Professors:  Couwenhoven,  M.  Reynolds 

Associate  Staff:  Hebert,  Hu,  Norris 

The  predoctoral  teaching  program  consists  of  an  interdisciplinary  course  that  cov- 
ers the  basic  principles  of  pathology  and  medicine  through  presentation  of  the  mor- 
phologic, chemical  and  physiologic  changes  of  basic  disease  processes  and 
important  specific  diseases.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  diagnosis,  etiology,  patho- 
genesis and  clinical  manifestations  of  disease  processes  in  the  oral  cavity.  The  aim 
is  to  provide  a  sound  basis  for  the  differential  diagnosis  of  oral  lesions  and  a  ratio- 
nale for  their  treatment.  The  student  is  provided  ample  opportunity  to  develop  pro- 
ficiency in  problem-solving  in  oral  diagnosis.  A  variety  of  techniques  for 
examination  and  diagnosis  are  covered,  including  dental  radiography. 

The  department  presents  courses  for  postgraduate  students  and  offers  graduate 
programs  leading  to  a  master's  or  doctoral  degree.  Research  and  graduate  training 
are  conducted  in  the  pathobiology  of  connective  tissues,  stress  proteins  and  devel- 
opmental biology.  Graduate  training  programs  are  also  offered  in  surgical  and  clin- 
ical oral  pathology. 

DPAT  528.  Principles  of  Biomedicine  ( 1 2) 

ORAL  HEALTH  CARE  DELIVERY 

Chair:  Leonard  A.  Cohen 

Professors:  Cohen,  Craig,  Manski,  Morganstein,  Romberg 

Clinical  Professors:  Baum,  Corbin,  Mecklenburg 

Associate  Professors:  Barnes,  Belenky,  Grace,  Yellowitz 

Dental  School  Associate  Professors:  Ailor,  Creamer,  Gingell,  O.  Jones,  Swanson, 
G.  Williams 

Clinical  Associate  Professors:  Blitzer,  Bowman,  Caplan,  Christopher,  Colangelo, 
Collins,  Dana,  Fedele,  Horowitz 

Assistant  Professor:  Macek 

Dental  School  Assistant  Professors:  Anderson,  Bufano,  Chenette,  Eldridge,  Rob- 
bins,  M.  Wilson 

28  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


Clinical    \ssisi.ini   Professors:  Berning,  Goodman,  Gordon,  Hyman,  Hyson, 

1  evinson,  Pcrcll,  S<  hmidt,  1  nil 
Instructor:  Robinson 
Clinical  Instructors:    Vdachi,  Berrios,  Burke,  Canto,  I     (  unningham,  Earp 

DeVeas,  Garber,  George,  R-  [ones,  Lei,  Savukinas,  St. lull.  Schupp,  Schwartz, 

Shahry,  Sun,  Star,  Swank,  Whelton,  1  .  Williams 

In  its  teaching,  research  and  service  activities,  the  1  )epartmeni  <>f  ( )ral  I  lealth  (  are 
Delivery  continually  develops,  evaluates  and  disseminates  information  and  meth- 
ods to  meet  the  needs  ot  the  providers  and  recipients  of  oral  health  care. 

The  major  areas  ot  teaching  responsibility  are:  (1)  behavioral  sciences,  (2.)  den- 
tal practice  administration,  (3)  dental  delivery  systems,  (4)  dental  public  health, 
(5)  epidemiology  and  scientific  literature  evaluation,  (6)  geriatric  dentistry,  (7)  spe- 
cial patient  eare,  (8)  community-based  oral  health  care,  and  (9)  the  clinical  prac- 
tice of  dentistry  utilizing  human  performance  logic  and  appropriate  auxiliary 
personnel.  During  the  four-year  curriculum,  students  attend  department-spon- 
sored lectures,  seminars,  independent  and  small-group  projects,  community  rota- 
tions and  patient  care  clinics. 

The  core  curriculum  includes:  first  year — oral  health  care  issues,  principles  of 
epidemiology  and  review  of  scientific  literature;  second  year — applied  behavioral 
analysis,  communication,  patient  compliance,  stress  management,  and  dental 
health  education  and  community  service  project;  third  year — computer  applica- 
tions, accounting,  finance,  economics,  law,  marketing,  taxes,  practice  and  business 
planning,  and  Dental  Practice  Systems  clinic;  fourth  year — dental  practice  admin- 
istration, Dental  Practice  Systems  clinic,  required  externship  experience,  and  com- 
munity-based geriatric  oral  health.  Lectures  on  geriatric  dentistry  occur  in  all  four 
years  of  the  curriculum  in  the  Conjoint  Sciences  program.  The  third-and  fourth- 
year  Dental  Practice  Systems  clinic  program  demonstrates  delivery  system  alterna- 
tives using  human  performance-centered  ergonomics,  behavioral  and  modern 
practice  administration  concepts.  The  department  supports  the  dental  school's 
comprehensive  care  program  through  the  clinical  and  managerial  support  it  pro- 
vides the  general  practices.  Additionally,  students  participate  in  a  variety  of  volun- 
teer and  required  community  experiences  during  each  year  of  the  dental  school 
program. 

In  addition,  lectures  on  the  nature  of  handicapping  and  medically  compromis- 
ing conditions  and  their  effects  on  patients  are  presented  in  the  first  three  years  of 
the  curriculum.  During  the  third  and  fourth  year  of  this  special  patient  program, 
students  are  the  primary  providers  for  physically  disabled  and  mentally  handi- 
capped individuals  and  those  with  special  medical  conditions  or  infectious  diseases. 
All  clinical  care  is  provided  in  special  facilities  designed  and  operated  for  the  de- 
livery of  dental  care  to  handicapped  and  medically  compromised  individuals  of 
all  ages. 

The  department  conducts  research  in  dental  materials,  clinical  trials,  practice 
administration,  quality  assurance,  behavioral  sciences,  orofacial  pain,  geriatric  den- 
tistry, oral  health  services,  and  oral  health  policy. 

OHCD  5  1 8.  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery  (3) 

The  Dental  Program  29 


OHCD  528.  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery  (3) 
OHCD  538.  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery  (6) 
OHCD  548.  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery  (3) 

ORAL-MAXILLOFACIAL  SURGERY 


Chair:  James  R.  Hupp 
Professors:  Bergman,  Hupp 
Associate  Professor:  Ord 
Assistant  Professor:  Blanchaert 
Clinical  Professor:  Gaston 

Clinical  Assistant   Professors:    Brahim,    DiFabio,   Emmett,   Exler,   Goldbeck, 
Lauttman,  Nessif,  Raksin,  Schweber,  Sherman,  Sullivan,  Tan 

Instruction  in  oral-maxillofacial  surgery  begins  in  the  second  year  of  the  curricu- 
lum. Instructors  present  introductory  material  on  exodontia  and  dentoalveolar 
oral-maxillofacial  surgery,  as  well  as  lectures  and  demonstrations  in  administration 
of  local  anesthesia. 

Third-  and  fourth-year  lectures  cover  all  phases  of  oral-maxillofacial  surgery, 
from  the  management  of  orofacial  infections  and  facial  trauma  to  advanced  recon- 
structive and  facial  cosmetic  surgery.  In  addition,  instruction  is  provided  in 
advanced  pain  and  anxiety  control  and  the  use  of  inhalation  sedation.  Students  are 
rotated  to  the  oral-maxillofacial  clinic  in  block  assignments  during  the  third  and 
fourth  years  for  progressive  participation  in  oral-maxillofacial  surgery  procedures. 

Fourth-year  students  receive  additional  instruction  on  the  recognition  and  man- 
agement of  medical  emergencies  in  the  dental  office  and  endoseous  implant 
surgery.  In  addition,  students  are  scheduled  on  block  assignments  to  the  hospital 
for  hospital  dentistry,  operating  room  and  general  anesthesia  experience.  Students 
also  take  night  call  with  the  oral-maxillofacial  and  general  practice  residents.  Fur- 
thermore, the  department  offers  selective  lecture  courses  in  medical  patient  evalu- 
ation and  craniofacial  surgery.  Research  is  presently  being  conducted  in 
chemoprevention  of  oral  carcinoma.  The  department  has  also  been  involved  in 
evaluation  of  analgesics  for  postsurgical  pain  control  and  tumor  immunology. 

DSUR  522.  Oral  and  Maxillofacial  Surgery  (I) 

DSUR  538.  Oral  and  Maxillofacial  Surgery  (4) 

DSUR  548.  Oral  and  Maxillofacial  Surgery  (7) 


ORAL  MEDICINE  AND  DIAGNOSTIC  SCIENCES 

Chair:  C.  Daniel  Overholser 

30  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


Professors:  1  [asler,  ( hrerholsei 

Associate  Professors:  Balciunas,  DePaola,  Mcillcr,  I   Park,  \1.  Sicgcl 

Dental  School  Associate  Professor  Brown 

(  linical  Associate  Professors:  Brooks,  I  reedman 

Pliniral  Assistant  PfofesSOl  s:  I  a\  N.icdi.  Vandcnnci,  \\  cinci 

Clinical  [nstructors:  Dailey,  Hariri,  Kat/,  I  choc,  Manson,  Meeks,  Mendelson, 
Palmer,  Pannebaker,  Pohlhaus,  Shaiinouri,  Stone 

The  curriculum  in  oral  medicine  and  diagnosis  Includes  the  basic  principles  ol  the 
patient  interview,  the  fundamentals  of  physical  examination,  recognition  of  oral 

disease,  treatment  planning,  management  ol  patients  with  oral  and/or  systemic  dis- 
ease And  management  of  dental  emergencies. 

Radiology  is  taught  in  the  spring  semester  of  the  first  year  and  is  completed  in 
the  fall  semester  of  \  ear  rwo.  Oral  radiology  provides  an  overview  of  principles  and 
techniques  used  in  obtaining  diagnostic  images  of  the  oral  and  maxillofacial  com- 
plex. Subjects  discussed  include:  an  introduction  to  radiation  physics;  nature  of 
x-rays;  biologic  effects  of  ionizing  radiation;  radiation  safety  and  protection;  intra- 
oral radiographic  techniques,  and  film  processing  and  quality  assurance  in  oral 
radiology.  The  pre-clinical  component,  which  continues  into  the  fall  semester  of 
j  ear  two,  includes  block  rotations  that  provide  the  student  with  hands-on  experi- 
ence in  practicing  film  placement  and  exposure  using  training  manikins. 

Principles  of  Biomedicine,  an  interdisciplinary  course  taught  in  conjunction 
with  the  Department  of  Oral  and  Maxillofacial  Pathology,  introduces  the  second- 
year  student  to  oral  medicine  through  didactic  presentations  concerning  the  patient 
interview,  clinical  examination,  oral  radiology  and  treatment  planning.  Clinical 
aspects  of  the  course  are  taught  in  the  second,  third  and  fourth  years. 

Principles  of  oral  medicine  and  diagnosis  are  taught  in  the  third  and  fourth  years 
clinically  and  didactically.  These  courses  reinforce  the  concept  that  the  dentist  should 
receive  adequate  training  in  obtaining  medical  histories,  performing  appropriate 
physical  examinations,  interpreting  the  results  of  various  laboratory  tests  and,  most 
importantly,  relating  the  physical  status  of  the  patient  to  the  dental  treatment  plan. 

The  department  conducts  research  in  dental  management  of  medically  com- 
promised patients,  prevention  of  infection  in  immuno-compromised  patients,  pre- 
vention of  bacterial  endocarditis,  evaluation  of  drugs  to  treat  bacterial  and  fungal 
infections  of  the  oral  cavity  and  the  role  of  viruses  in  cancer  and  its  treatment. 

DIAG  5 1 2.  Radiology  (I) 

DPAT  528.  Principles  of  Biomedicine  ( 1 2) 

DIAG  538.  Oral  Medicine  and  Diagnostic  Sciences  (7) 

DIAG  548.  Oral  Medicine  and  Diagnostic  Sciences  (4) 


The  Dental  Program  3  I 


ORTHODONTICS 


Chair:  William  M.  Davidson 

Professor:  Davidson 

Clinical  Professor:  Smith 

Associate  Professors:  Josell,  Shroff 

Clinical  Associate  Professors:  Pavlick,  R.  Williams 

Research  Assistant  Professor:  Jenkins 

Clinical  Assistant  Professors:  Bonebreak,  Branoff,  Coben,  Fink,  Long,  Markin, 

Pick,  Rubier,  S.  Siegel,  Sweren,  Weisberg 
Associate  Staff:  Gipe,  Lawson 

The  predoctoral  program  of  instruction  in  orthodontics  is  directed  toward  provid- 
ing the  dental  student  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  necessary  to  recognize  an 
established  or  developing  malocclusion,  provide  preventive  and  therapeutic  treat- 
ment within  the  scope  of  the  general  dental  practice,  consult  as  a  team  member  with 
the  specialist,  refer  cases  requiring  specialist  care  as  appropriate  and  coordinate 
comprehensive  care  of  the  patient. 

Instruction  in  orthodontics  occurs  during  all  four  years  of  the  dental  program. 
Didactic  and  laboratory  exercises  provide  a  strong  foundation  for  delivery  of  lim- 
ited orthodontic  treatment  as  part  of  an  adult  and  child  patient's  comprehensive 
dental  care.  Elective  and  clerkship  opportunities  are  available  for  those  who  wish 
to  pursue  additional  course  work  and  clinical  experience. 

The  department  conducts  research  in  growth  and  development,  experimental 
and  diagnostic  imaging,  the  biology  of  tooth  movement,  properties  and  bio-com- 
patibility of  orthodontic  materials  and  the  physiology  of  facial  musculature. 

ORTH  522.  Orthodontics  (I) 

ORTH  538.  Orthodontics  (2) 

ORTH  548.  Orthodontics  (2) 


PEDIATRIC  DENTISTRY 

Chair:  Norman  Tinanoff 

Professors:  Abrams,  Minah,  Tinanoff,  Wagner 

Clinical  Professors:  F.  Kihn,  Rule 

Associate  Professors:  Josell,  Owen,  Shelton 

Clinical  Associate  Professors:  Balis,  Coll,  Schulz 

Clinical  Assistant  Professors:  Ackerman,  Biederman,  Crafton,  Ginsberg,  M.  Levy, 

Lyon,  Miller,  O'Connell,  Watson 
Clinical  Instructor:  Jimenez 

The  primary  introduction  to  dentistry  for  children  begins  in  the  third  year  through 
didactic  instruction  and  clinical  experiences  and  continues  during  the  fourth  year 


32  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


ol  the  dental  program.  I  he  department  also  presents  lectures  and  laboratory  proj 
ects  and  participates  in  (  onjoim  Sciences  during  the  first  two  years.  Particulai 
attention  is  devoted  to  diagnosis  and  treatment  planning,  preventive  procedures 
including  fluoride  therapy  and  sealants,  nonpunitive  patient  management  tech 
niques,  treatment  ol  traumatic  injuries  to  the  primar)  and  young  permanent  den 
tition,  restorative  procedures  in  primary  teeth,  pulpal  therapy  and  interceptive 
orthodontics.  In  the  context  oi  departmental  educational  goals,  students  learn  to 
pun  ide comprehensive  denial  care  for  young  patients  while  encouraging  the  devel 
opment  ol  a  positive  attitude  toward  dental  care. 

Research  efforts  arc  devoted  to  the  study  of  dental  caries  in  minority  popula- 
tions, effects  oi  preventive  interventions  on  caries  in  infants  and  young  children, 
nutrition  and  oral  health,  and  the  evaluation  of  therapeutic  agents  by  means  of  din 

ICal  trials. 

PEDS  522.  Pediatric  Dentistry  (I) 
PEDS  538.  Pediatric  Dentistry  (8) 
PEDS  548.  Pediatric  Dentistry  (6) 


PERIODONTICS 


Chair:  John  C.  Gunsolley 

Professors:  Gunsolley,  Hawley,  Ranney 

Clinical  Professors:  Halpert,  Zupnik 

Research  Professor:  Boughman 

Assistant  Professor:  Spitznagel 

Dental  School  Assistant  Professors:  Aichelmann-Reidy,  Branch-Mays,  Meehan 

Clinical  Associate  Professors:  Feldman,  Freilich,  Serio,  Winson 

Clinical  Assistant  Professors:  Bowen,  Fitzgerald,  Hayduk,  K.  Hooper,  Kassolis, 

Kalantary,  Lazzaro,  Morrison,  S.  Park,  Passaro,  B.  Phillips,  Rosen,  Sachs, 

Sindler,  Trail,  Zeren 
Research  Assistant  Professors:  J.  Bowers,  Lee 
Clinical  Instructors:  Curley,  Hatfield,  Leventer,  Maurantonio,  Robson,  L.  Tewes 

Students  are  introduced  to  fundamental  periodontics  in  lectures  during  the  first 
and  second  years;  clinical  experience  begins  in  the  first  year  of  the  dental  program. 
In  the  third  year,  students  have  didactic  exposure  to  advanced  periodontal  proce- 
dures. Third-  and  fourth-year  students  enter  into  a  learning  contract  that  delineates 
a  set  of  basic  minimum  clinical  experiences.  Interested  students  have  the  opportu- 
nity to  choose  from  a  broad  range  of  additional  experiences  and  to  contract  for  both 
additional  experiences  and  the  grade  the  student  feels  these  experiences  warrant. 
Thus,  individual  students  have  substantial  involvement  in  establishing  their  edu- 
cational goals. 


The  Dental  Program  33 


The  department  conducts  research  in  regenerative  therapy,  early  onset  peri- 
odontitis, microbial  genetics,  chemotherapeutic  agents,  connective  tissue  pathol- 
ogy, periodontal  pathogens,  implantology  and  biostatistics. 

PERI  518.  Periodontics  (2) 

PERI  528.  Periodontics  (2) 

PERI  538.  Periodontics  (I  I) 

PERI  548.  Periodontics  (I  I) 

RESTORATIVE  DENTISTRY 

Chair:  Morton  Wood 

Professors:  Strassler,  von  Fraunhofer 

Associate  Professors:  Gerhardt,  Litkowski,  Wood 

Research  Professor:  Thompson 

Dental  School  Associate  Professors:  Baer,  Bradbury,  Conway,  Faraone,  Payne, 

Stevens 
Clinical  Associate  Professors:  Eastwood,  Elias,  Feldman,  Iddings,  Livaditis,  Mort, 

Whitaker 
Research  Associate  Professor:  Rekow 
Dental  School  Assistant  Professors:  Kihn,  Mays,  Tewes 
Assistant  Professors:  Driscoll,  Gunderson,  Hack,  S.  Siegel 
Clinical  Assistant  Professors:  Bahar,  Chu,  I.  S.  Fried,  Inge,  Prestipino,  Prymas, 

Sachs,  Tabacco,  VandenBosche,  Vera,  Zeller 
Clinical  Instructors:  Chesla,  Englander,  Grebosky,  Kravitz,  Mastella,  McCarthy, 

Meyers,  Morgan,  Morris,  Noppinger,  Oates,  Scaggs,  Singer,  Skopp,  Tate,  Vail 
Adjunct  Clinical  Instructor:  Mersky 
Associate  Staff:  Baier,  Suls 

The  Department  of  Restorative  Dentistry  is  responsible  for  major  segments  of  the 
curriculum  encompassing  dental  anatomy,  occlusion,  dental  biomaterials,  opera- 
tive dentistry,  and  fixed  and  removable  prosthodontics. 

The  curriculum  in  the  first  and  second  years  develops  fundamental  knowledge 
and  principles  as  well  as  techniques  and  materials  used  to  restore  damaged  teeth  and 
replace  missing  teeth.  The  preventive  dimension  of  restorative  care  and  treatment 
planning  are  emphasized  as  well.  During  this  period,  limited  but  increasing  clini- 
cal experience,  with  close  faculty  supervision,  augments  and  reinforces  the  didactic 
foundation.  Instruction  includes  lectures,  seminars,  self-instructional  programs, 
laboratory  exercises  and  clinical  simulation. 

In  the  third  and  fourth  years,  lectures  and  seminars  support  comprehensive  clin- 
ical treatment  of  patients  requiring  restorative  dentistry.  Occlusion,  dental  bio- 
materials, advanced  concepts  in  fixed  and  removable  prosthodontics,  implants  and 
esthetic  dentistry  are  covered  in  seminars  and  selective  courses.  Emphasis  is  placed 

34  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


on  integrating  the  latest  research  findings  into  this  curriculum.  (  lerkships  .m- 
offered  in  the  fourth  yreai  n>  students  who  demonstrate  unusual  skill  in  the  restora 
uw  area. 

The  department  has  an  a<  tive  resean  I)  program  in<  luding  the  .iu-.is  of  adhesive 
bonding  n>  tissues  and  restorative  materials,  novel  methods  <>t  controlling  tooth 
sensith  it) .  evaluation  of  physical  properties  of  numerous  dental  materials,  evalua 
don  of  osseointegrated  implants,  bioactive  ceramics,  cutting  efficiency  of  dental 
burs,  determinants  of  dental  amalgam  corrosion  and  clinical  significance  <>t  new 
gross  anatomical  Findings. 

REST  511.  Dental  Anatomy/Occlusion  (4) 

REST  5  I  2.  Operative  Dentistry  (5) 

REST  518.  Dental  Biomaterials  I  (2) 

REST  522.  Dental  Biomaterials  II  (I) 

REST  528.  Fixed  Prosthodontics  (6) 

REST  529A.  Complete  Dentures  (3) 

REST  529B.  Removable  Prosthodontics  (3) 

REST  538A.  Operative  Dentistry  (7) 

REST  538B.  Fixed  Prosthodontics  (6) 

REST  538C.  Removable  Prosthodontics  (8) 

REST  548A.  Operative  Dentistry  (5) 

REST  548B.  Fixed  Prosthodontics  (10) 

REST  548C.  Removable  Prosthodontics  (8) 


The  Dental  Program  35 


S' 


L 


Dental  Hygiene  Programs 


(  hair:  1  inda  I  Woic 

Associate  Professors:  DcVore,  Fried,  Parkei 

Assistant  Professor:  Nvmc 
Dental  School  Assistant  Professor:  Dean 
Clinical  Assistant  Professor:  Biess 
Clinical  Instructors:  Carter,  Clcvcnger 

Academic  Advisors:  Symc  (Preprofessional  B.S.  Program),  Fried  (Degree 
Completion  B.S.  Program),  Parker  (Graduate  Program) 


GENERAL  INFORMATION 


The  Dental  School  offers  both  a  Bachelor  of  Science  and  a  Master  of  Science  degree 
in  dental  hygiene.  The  baccalaureate  degree  can  be  earned  in  either  the  Preprofes- 
sional/Professional  Program  or  the  Degree  Completion  Program.  The  objective  of 
both  programs  is  to  develop  in  students  the  knowledge,  skills,  attitudes  and  values 
needed  to  assume  positions  of  responsibility  in  a  variety  of  health  care,  educational, 
research  and  community  settings.  In  addition,  these  programs  are  designed  to  pro- 
vide foundations  for  graduate  study  in  dental  hygiene  or  related  disciplines.  Infor- 
mation about  the  graduate  program  in  dental  hygiene  begins  on  page  72  of  the 
Advanced  Education  Programs  section. 

The  dental  hygienist,  as  a  member  of  the  oral  health  care  team,  strives  to  improve 
oral  health  by  providing  preventive,  therapeutic,  and  educational  services  to  the 
public.  Clinical  dental  hygiene  services  include  assessing  patients'  general  and  oral 
health  status,  removing  deposits  and  stains  from  teeth,  taking  dental  x-rays  and 
applying  fluorides  and  sealants.  Educational  and  management  services  for  individ- 
uals and/or  groups  may  include  providing  nutritional  and  oral  hygiene  counseling; 
conducting  educational  programs;  and  planning,  implementing  and  evaluating 
community  oral  health  programs. 


EMPLOYMENT  OPPORTUNITIES  IN  DENTAL  HYGIENE 


The  majority  of  dental  hygienists  are  employed  in  private  dental  offices.  However, 
there  are  increasing  opportunities  for  those  with  baccalaureate  and  graduate  degrees 
in  dental  hygiene  education;  community,  school  and  public  health  programs; 
private  and  public  institutions;  armed  forces;  research,  and  other  special  areas  of 
practice. 

Current  dental  hygiene  graduates  working  full-time  can  anticipate  an  initial 
annual  income  of  approximately  $42,000,  depending  on  the  area,  responsibilities, 
type  of  practice  and  general  economic  conditions. 


Dental  Hygiene  Programs  37 


PREPROFESSIONAL/PROFESSIONAL 
BACCALAUREATE  PROGRAM 


This  program  consists  of  two  main  parts:  a  two-year  preprofessional  curriculum  at 
one  of  the  three  University  of  Maryland  campuses  (College  Park,  Baltimore 
County  or  Eastern  Shore)  or  at  another  accredited  college,  community  college  or 
university,  and  a  two-  or  three-year  professional  curriculum  at  the  Dental  School, 
University  of  Maryland. 


TWO-YEAR  PREPROFESSIONAL  CURRICULUM 


A  listing  of  the  courses  and  credit  hour  requirements  for  the  preprofessional  cur- 
riculum follows.  These  courses  provide  a  foundation  in  basic  sciences,  social  sci- 
ences and  general  education.  Students  are  encouraged  to  meet  with  the  dental 
hygiene  advisor  each  semester  to  ensure  appropriate  course  scheduling. 


Courses 

English  Composition 

Credits 

6 

*lnorganic  Chemistry 

4 

*Organic  Chemistry 

4 

General  Zoology  or  Biology 

4 

General  Psychology 

3 

General  Sociology 

3 

Public  Speaking 

3 

*Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology 

8 

*Microbiology 

4 

Principles  of  Nutrition 

3 

**Humanities 

6 

***Social  Sciences 

6 

Statistics 

3 

Electives 

3 

Total  60 

*These  courses  must  include  a  laboratory  and  meet  the  requirements  for  science 
majors.  Survey  or  terminal  courses  for  nonscience  majors  are  not  acceptable  for 
transfer. 
**Humanities:  Courses  must  be  selected  from  the  following  areas:  literature,  philoso- 
phy, history,  fine  arts,  speech,  math  or  language. 

***Social  Sciences:  General  psychology  and  sociology  are  required;  the  remaining  six 
credits  should  be  selected  from  courses  in  psychology,  sociology,  computer  science,  gov- 
ernment and  politics  or  anthropology. 


38  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


APPLICATION  AND  ADMISSION  PROCEDURES 

1  ligh  school  students  who  wish  to  enroll  in  the  preprofessional  curriculum  should 
request  applications  dire<  ilv  From  the  admissions  office  of  t  lu- 1  fniversity  ol  Mar) 
land,  College  Park,  Ml)  20742;  the  University  ol  Maryland  Baltimore  (  ounty, 
5401  W  ilkens  Vvenue,  Catonsville,  MD  21228;  the  I  fniversity  ol  Maryland  1  asi 
ei  n  Shore,  Princess  Amu-,  Maryland  2 1 853,  oi  an)  ac  ( redited  college,  community 
college  or  university. 

li  is  recommended  thai  those  preparing  for  a  baccalaureate  degree  in  dental 
hygiene  pursue  an  academic  program  in  high  school  that  includes  courses  in  biol 
ogy,  chemistry,  algebra  and  social  sciences.  Applicants  should  note  the  I  University 
oi  Maryland  policy  concerning  prevention  and  management  of  student  and 
employee  infection  with  bloodborne  pathogens,  page  126.  In  addition,  individu- 
als who  may  have  a  prior  or  subsequent  conviction  or  nolo  contendrep\ea  for  a  felony 
may  encounter  denial  or  removal  of  licensure  to  practice  dental  hygiene  after  grad- 
uation. 


TWO-  AND  THREE-YEAR  PROFESSIONAL  CURRICULA 


TWO-YEAR  PROFESSIONAL  CURRICULUM 


The  professional  curriculum  includes  clinical  and  didactic  courses  in  the  Dental 
School.  Throughout  these  two  years,  dental  hygiene  students  work  concurrently 
with  dental  students  to  provide  patient  care. 

During  the  first  year,  students  expand  upon  their  preprofessional  basic  science 
knowledge  as  it  pertains  to  dental  hygiene  practice.  In  both  laboratory  and  clinical 
settings,  the  students  begin  to  develop  the  skills,  knowledge  and  judgment  neces- 
sary to  collect  data  for  patient  treatment;  assess  each  patient's  oral  health  status;  and 
select  and  provide  preventive,  therapeutic,  and  educational  services  based  on  the 
individual  needs  of  the  patient. 

During  the  second  year,  students  demonstrate  increasing  proficiency  and  self- 
direction  in  assessing  patients'  oral  health  status,  planning  and  providing  clinical 
services  and  identifying  the  need  for  consultation  and  referral.  To  enrich  their  edu- 
cational experiences,  students  provide  educational  and/or  clinical  services  in  den- 
tal school  specialty  clinics  and  a  variety  of  community  settings,  such  as  hospitals, 
schools,  and  facilities  for  the  handicapped,  chronically  ill  and  aged.  Dental  hygiene 
students  also  have  an  opportunity  to  work  with  dental  students  as  primary 
providers  for  the  physically  disabled,  mentally  handicapped  and  individuals  with 
serious  medical  conditions  or  infectious  diseases.  Senior  students  also  take  courses 
in  education,  research  and  management,  which  enable  them  to  develop  funda- 
mental skills  necessary  for  various  career  options  within  the  profession. 


Dental  Hygiene  Programs  39 


Junior  Year 


Total 

*These  courses  extend  into  the  January  winter  semester. 


Total 


Credit 
Semester  I 


Prevention  and  Control  of  Oral  Disease  1 

6 

Periodontics  for  the  Dental  Hygienist  1 

2 

*Oral  Biology 

7 

Education  and  Treatment  Planning  Strategies 

2 

*Oral  Radiology 

2 

19 


Semester  2 

Prevention  and  Control  of  Oral  Diseases  II 

5 

Periodontics  for  the  Dental  Hygienist  II 

2 

Care  and  Management  of  the  Special  Patient 

2 

Methods  and  Materials  in  Dentistry 

3 

General  Pharmacology  and  Therapeutics 

3 

15 


Senior  Year 


Credit 
Semester 


Advanced  Clinical  Practice  1 

5 

Perspectives  of  Dental  Hygiene  Practice 

3 

Community  Service  1                                                                                                    1 

Community  Oral  Health 

3 

Introduction  to  Oral  Health  Research 

2 

Total 

14 
Semester  2 

Educational  Program  Development 

3 

Advanced  Clinical  Practice  II 

5 

Community  Service  II  (optional) 

(1) 

Issues  in  Health  Care  Delivery 

3 

Health  Care  Management 

3 

Total 


14  or  15 


THREE-YEAR  PROFESSIONAL  CURRICULUM  OPTION 

Although  most  students  complete  the  professional  curriculum  in  two  years,  a  three- 
year  professional  curriculum  is  offered.  This  three-year  plan  is  a  modification  in  the 
sequence  and  number  of  professional  courses  taken  each  semester.  This  curriculum 
can  be  an  attractive  option  for  students  who  may  wish  to  lighten  their  academic 
load  due  to  family  or  work  commitments.  Students  admitted  to  this  curriculum 
must  have  the  recommendation  of  the  program  advisor  and  approval  of  the  admis- 
sions committee.  Students  enrolled  in  this  curriculum  may  not  have  full-time  sta- 
tus for  one  or  more  semesters  of  the  program.  This  may  influence  their  eligibility 
for  financial  aid  and  student  insurance  discounts. 


40 


Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


APPLICATION  AND  ADMISSION  PROCEDURES 

c  College  students  enrolled  in  the  preproressional  curriculum  should  communicate 
regularly  with  the  dental  hygiene  advisoi  ai  the  Dental  School  to  ensure  thai  the 
onuses  sele<  ted  satisf)  the  degree  requirements.  Aftei  completion  o(  two  semesters 
of  the  preprofessional  curriculum,  students  may  request  an  application  from  the 
Office  of  Records  and  Registration,  62  l  West  Lombard  Street,  Room  J26,  Uni 
\cisit\  of  Maryland,  Baltimore,  MI )  2  1  201 ,  or  from  the  ( )ffice  o(  Admissions  and 
Student  Allans  of  the  Dental  School.  Applications  lor  the  Baltimore  campus 
should  be  received  \^o  later  than  April  1  prior  to  the  fall  semestet  for  whk  h  the  stu- 
dent wishes  to  enroll. 

A  minimum  grade  point  average  of  2.3  in  the  preproressional  curriculum  is 
required  and  preference  will  be  given  to  those  students  who  have  high  scholastic 
averages,  especially  in  science  courses.  A  science  grade  point  average  of  3.0  is  gen- 
erally encouraged  for  acceptance. 

Enrollment  at  another  University  of  Maryland  campus  or  completion  of  the 
preprofessional  curriculum  does  not  guarantee  admission  to  the  professional  cur- 
riculum at  the  Dental  School.  Enrollment  in  the  dental  hygiene  program  is  limited. 

Students  who  are  offered  admission  will  be  required  to  send  a  deposit  of  $200 
with  a  letter  of  intent  to  enroll.  This  deposit  will  be  credited  toward  tuition  at  reg- 
istration, but  will  not  be  refunded  in  the  event  of  failure  to  enroll. 


PROJECTED  AVERAGE  EXPENDITURES 

In  addition  to  the  expenses  of  tuition  and  fees  (which  are  listed  on  page  94),  junior 
dental  hygiene  students  should  estimate  spending  $1,500  on  instrument  service, 
uniforms  and  supplies  and  $600  on  textbooks.  Senior  dental  hygiene  students 
should  estimate  spending  $  1 , 1 00  on  instrument  service  and  supplies,  $300  on  text- 
books and  $600  on  regional  and  national  board  examination  fees.  Field  experiences 
in  both  the  junior  and  senior  years  may  entail  additional  costs  for  travel  and/or 
meals  at  off-campus  sites. 


GRADUATION  REQUIREMENTS 


Candidates  for  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  dental  hygiene  must  complete  the 
preprofessional  and  the  professional  curricula  as  outlined.  Students  must  achieve  a 
cumulative  grade  point  average  of  2.0,  complete  a  total  of  122  credits,  and  satisfy 
all  financial  obligations  to  the  university  to  be  eligible  for  graduation. 


Dental  Hygiene  Programs 


NATIONAL  AND  REGIONAL  BOARD  EXAMINATIONS 


Clinical  and  comprehensive  written  examinations  are  given  in  the  spring  of  the 
senior  year.  Successful  completion  of  these  exams  is  necessary  to  obtain  a  license  to 
practice  dental  hygiene. 


COURSES 


DHYG  311.  Prevention  and  Control  of  Oral  Disease  I  (6).  The  study  of  the  mor- 
phologic characteristics  and  physiologic  relationships  of  teeth  and  supporting 
structures,  and  the  basic  foundation  for  clinical  dental  hygiene  practice  are  pre- 
sented in  lectures,  class  discussions  and  audiovisual  presentations.  Simulation  and 
clinical  experiences  provide  the  opportunity  for  practical  application  of  the  princi- 
ples and  procedures  for  the  identification,  prevention  and  control  of  oral  diseases. 

DHYG  312.  Oral  Biology  (7).  The  study  of  embryology  and  histology,  anatomy 
and  physiology,  microbiology,  and  pathology  with  emphasis  on  the  head,  neck  and 
oral  cavity  are  presented  in  lecture,  laboratory  and  audiovisual  format. 

DHYG  313.  Education  and  Treatment  Planning  Strategies  (2).  The  study  of  the 
elements  of  human  behavior,  principles  of  learning,  methods  of  teaching  and  prin- 
ciples of  communication  as  they  relate  to  teaching  oral  health  care  to  individuals 
and  groups  are  presented.  Classroom  discussions,  small  group  activities  and  clini- 
cal experiences  provide  the  opportunity  for  application  of  these  topics. 

DHYG  314.  Periodontics  for  the  Dental  Hygienist  I  (2).  The  study  of  the  etiol- 
ogy, diagnosis  and  pathogenesis  of  periodontal  diseases,  as  well  as  the  anatomy  and 
morphology  of  the  tooth  root  and  surrounding  supportive  structures  are  presented 
in  lecture  and  discussion  sessions. 

DHYG  321.  Prevention  and  Control  of  Oral  Diseases  II  (5).  The  study  of  prin- 
ciples and  procedures  for  the  prevention  of  oral  diseases  including  dental  health 
education,  oral  hygiene  measures,  dietary  control  of  dental  disease,  use  of  fluorides, 
sealants  and  the  oral  prophylaxis  are  presented  in  lecture,  discussion  and  clinical 
sessions.  Students  work  with  dental  students  to  simulate  the  postgraduation  team 
delivery  of  dental  care. 

DHYG  322.  Community  Oral  Health  (3).  Methods  of  determining  community 
oral  health  status,  identifying  barriers  to  optimum  health,  and  selecting  appropri- 
ate interventions  are  presented  concurrently  with  community  program  planning 
activities.  Throughout  the  course,  the  role  of  the  dental  hygienist  in  community 
oral  health  is  emphasized. 

DHYG  323.  Care  and  Management  of  the  Special  Patient  (2).  Through  class- 
room discussion,  reading  assignments  and  independent  study,  dental  hygiene  stu- 
dents develop  an  understanding  of  the  care  and  management  of  special  patients  for 
whom  routine  care  may  be  complicated  by  age  or  complex  health  factors. 


42  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


DHYG  324,  Methods  tod  Materials  in  Dentittr)  I  \).  An  introduction  tothesci 
enceoi  dental  materials,  including  the  composition  and  utilization  <>!  dental  mate 
rials  as  they  apply  to  clinical  dental  hygiene  procedures,  dental  assisting  and  patient 
education,  is  presented  in  lee  ture,  class  discussion  and  laboratory  format. 

DPHR  325.  Genera]  Pharmacology  and  Oral  Therapeutics  (3).  The  study  ol 
drugs  and  their  use  in  the  treatment,  diagnosis  and  prevention  of  disease;  the 
absorption,  distribution,  metabolism,  e\c  retion  and  mechanism  of  ac  don  <>f  drugs; 
and  drug  interactions,  rationale  tor  use,  indications  and  contraindications  are  pre 
sented  in  lecture,  internet  and  class  discussion  format.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the 
relevance  oi  this  information  to  providing  patient  care. 

DHYG  326.  Oral  Radiology  (2).  By  means  ot  lecture,  laboratory  and  clinical  activ- 
ities, students  are  introduced  to  the  science  of  ionizing  radiation,  the  production 
and  effects  of  x-rays,  and  various  techniques  of  oral  roentgenography.  Students  gain 
experience  exposing,  processing,  mounting,  assessing  and  interpreting  radiographs. 
The  rationale  for  and  practices  to  ensure  radiation  safety  are  stressed  throughout 
the  course. 

DHYG  327.  Periodontics  for  the  Dental  Hygienist  II  (2).  The  study  of  the  dis- 
eases of  the  periodontium,  focusing  on  the  management,  therapeutics  and  preven- 
tion of  periodontal  diseases,  is  presented  through  lecture  and  classroom  discussion. 

DHYG  41 1-421.  Advanced  Clinical  Practice  I  and  II  (5-5).  Clinical  experiences 
in  principles  and  procedures  of  dental  hygiene  practice  are  provided  in  general  den- 
tistry clinics  through  a  concurrent  patient  treatment  program  with  dental  students. 
Students  have  the  opportunity  to  participate  in  alternative  practice  settings  through 
block  assignments  to  dental  specialty  clinics  within  the  school.  Students  prepare 
and  present  a  case  presentation  in  the  spring  semester. 

DHYG  412.  Perspectives  of  Dental  Hygiene  Practice  (3).  Students  have  the 
opportunity  to  explore  advanced  principles  and  skills  of  dental  hygiene  practice. 
The  primary  focus  of  the  course  is  divided  into  three  major  units:  pain  control, 
advanced  periodontics  including  implants,  and  oral-facial  pain.  Also  included  in 
the  course  is  an  introduction  to  intra-oral  photography  and  case  documentation. 
The  emphasis  of  this  course  is  to  broaden  the  student's  perspective  of  dental 
hygiene  practice  as  it  exists  across  the  country. 

DHYG  413-423.  Community  Service  I  and  II  (1-1).  The  externship  program 
provides  opportunities  for  senior  students  to  select  experiences  beyond  those  given 
within  the  Dental  School  setting.  The  selection  of  the  community  site  is  based  on 
the  student's  interests  and  career  goals.  Sites  include  well-baby  clinics,  prenatal  clin- 
ics, community  health  centers,  nursing  homes,  senior  citizen  centers,  facilities  for 
the  handicapped,  hospitals,  military  clinics  and  schools,  day  care  centers,  public 
health  department  and  research  centers.  (DHYG  423  is  optional.) 

DHYG  4 14.  Educational  Program  Development  (3).  Students  in  this  course  have 
the  opportunity  to  explore  various  ways  in  which  effective  instructional  skills  may 
contribute  to  a  career  in  dental  hygiene.  Learning  experiences  are  designed  to 
enable  the  student  to  develop  these  skills  and  to  project  their  application  in  such 

Dental  Hygiene  Programs  43 


areas  as  public  school  systems,  community  health  programs,  higher  education  and 
consumer  education. 

DHYG  416.  Introduction  to  Oral  Health  Research  (2).  This  course  is  designed 
to  acquaint  students  with  research  methodology  and  its  application  to  the  dental 
hygiene  profession.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  heightening  student  awareness  of  the 
need  for  dental  hygiene  research,  developing  student  capabilities  to  identify 
research  problems  and  design  and  execute  meaningful  research  studies,  and 
enabling  students  to  accurately  appraise  the  quality  of  research  reports. 

DHYG  418  or  428  Practicum  (1);  DHYG  424.  Special  Topics  (1).  Students  are 
provided  an  opportunity  to  pursue  in-depth  topics  of  special  interest.  The  program 
of  study  is  designed  by  each  student  and  approved  by  faculty  prior  to  the  beginning 
of  the  course.  The  study  program  may  relate  to  an  area  of  interest  in  clinical  dental 
hygiene,  education,  management  or  research  and  may  consist  of  special  reading 
assignments,  reports,  conferences,  and  possibly  clinical,  laboratory  or  extramural 
experience.  (Optional) 

DHYG  425.  Issues  in  Health  Care  Delivery  (3).  Students  examine  and  analyze  the 
issues  that  affect  the  broad  spectrum  of  health  care  delivery.  Select  topics  of  inter- 
est include  ethics  and  professional  responsibility,  inequities  in  health  care  delivery 
and  health  care  legislation.  Students  present  table  clinics  on  timely  oral  health  top- 
ics or  deliver  reports  on  women's  health  issues. 

DHYG  427.  Health  Care  Management  (3).  Students  are  introduced  to  skills 
essential  for  effective  management  in  their  personal  and  professional  roles.  Areas  of 
emphasis  include  the  dental  team  environment,  managerial  planning  and  decision- 
making, fiscal  issues,  career  planning,  resumes  and  interviewing.  Management 
principles  are  applied  to  a  variety  of  oral  health  care  delivery  settings. 


DEGREE  COMPLETION  BACCALAUREATE  PROGRAM 

The  degree  completion  program  provides  the  opportunity  for  registered  dental 
hygienists  who  hold  a  certificate  or  associate  degree  to  pursue  studies  leading  to  a 
Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  dental  hygiene.  The  curriculum  is  designed  in  two 
phases  of  full-  or  part-time  study  to  meet  each  individual's  academic,  clinical  and 
career  interests. 


PROGRAM  REQUIREMENTS 

Phase  I:  General  Requirements.  Phase  I  consists  of  the  student's  previous  dental 
hygiene  courses  and  general  course  requirements,  totaling  90  semester  credits.  Gen- 
eral course  requirements  for  the  baccalaureate  degree  may  be  taken  at  any  of  the 
three  University  of  Maryland  campuses  that  offer  them  (College  Park,  Baltimore 
County  or  Eastern  Shore)  or  at  another  accredited  college  or  university.  The  courses 
required  are  the  same  as  those  listed  in  the  Preprofessional  Program  freshman  and 


44  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


sophomore  years,  except  only  one  chemistry  and  one  anatomy/physiology  course 
arc  required,  rransfer  credits  arc  granted  t*>i  general  requirements  and  dental 
hygiene  onuses  From  an  accredited  program,  ro  obtain  transrei  credit,  students 
must  attain  a  grade  o(  (  or  bettei  in  all  courses  taken  ai  an  institution  outside  the 
Maryland  state  universit)  system.  ( Consultation  with  the  degree  completion  pro 
gram  directoi  regarding  transfer  onuses  is  recommended. 

Phase  II:  Degree  Completion  Requirements.  I  Ik-  degree  completion  program  at  the 
Dental  School  consists  ol  two  core  seminars  totaling  four  credit  hours  (I  )l  1V(  i  4 10, 
420),  senior  level  didactic  courses,  totaling  14  credit  hours  (1)1 1Y(I  412,414,  416, 
424  [optional],  -i2^  and  427),  and  12  credit  hours  ol  approved  academic  electives, 
generally  taken  at  another  campus  ol  the  University  of  Maryland.  A  variable  credit 
practicum  course,  Dl  IYG  418-428,  maybe  taken  for  elective  credit. 


CURRICULUM  PLANNING 


Registered  dental  hygienists  should  submit  to  the  degree  completion  program 
director  transcripts  from  their  dental  hygiene  program  and  all  other  institutions 
attended,  so  that  transfer  credits  may  be  evaluated  and  a  program  developed  to  sat- 
isfy remaining  requirements.  Students  should  meet  regularly  with  the  advisor  to 
ensure  appropriate  course  scheduling  in  Phase  I. 


APPLICATION  AND  ADMISSION  PROCEDURES 


In  addition  to  meeting  the  general  course  requirements,  the  student  applying  for 
admission  to  the  degree  completion  program  at  the  Dental  School  must: 

1 .  Be  a  graduate  of  an  accredited  dental  hygiene  program. 

2.  Be  licensed  in  at  least  one  state. 

3.  Have  a  minimum  grade  point  average  of  2.5. 

Applications  for  admission  may  be  obtained  from  the  Office  of  Records  and 
Registration;  University  of  Maryland;  621  West  Lombard  Street,  Room  326;  Bal- 
timore, MD  21201,  or  from  the  Office  of  Admissions  and  Student  Affairs  in  the 
Dental  School.  Applications  should  be  received  no  later  than  April  1  prior  to  the 
fall  semester  for  which  the  student  wishes  to  enroll. 

Enrollment  at  another  University  of  Maryland  campus  does  not  guarantee 
admission  to  the  degree  completion  program  at  the  Dental  School.  Enrollment  in 
the  degree  completion  program  is  limited. 

Students  who  are  offered  admission  will  be  required  to  send  a  deposit  of  $200 
with  a  letter  of  intent  to  enroll.  This  deposit  will  be  credited  toward  tuition  at  reg- 
istration, but  will  not  be  refunded  in  the  event  of  failure  to  enroll. 


Dental  Hygiene  Programs  45 


STUDENT  EXPENSES 


Tuition  and  fees  are  listed  on  page  94.  The  charges  for  instrument  service,  supplies 
and  uniforms  are  not  applicable  for  degree  completion  students.  Textbook  costs 
would  be  considerably  lower  than  listed. 


GRADUATION  REQUIREMENTS 


One  hundred  twenty  semester  credit  hours  are  required  for  the  Bachelor  of  Science 
degree  in  the  degree  completion  dental  hygiene  program.  The  last  30  credit  hours 
toward  the  baccalaureate  degree  must  be  taken  at  the  University  of  Maryland. 
Courses  not  offered  at  the  Dental  School  will  be  taken  at  another  University  of 
Maryland  campus. 


COURSES 


See  pages  43-44  for  course  descriptions  of  DHYG  412,414,416, 424, 425  and  427. 

DHYG  410—420.  Seminar  in  Dental  Hygiene  (3-1)  (degree  completion  only). 

Reinforcement,  updating  and  expansion  of  dental  hygiene  professional  skills, 
knowledge  and  attitudes.  Topic  areas  which  are  explored  through  seminar,  labora- 
tory and  extramural  formats  include  dental  public  health,  preventive  dentistry, 
process  of  dental  hygiene  care  and  options  for  dental  hygiene  practice.  Emphasis  is 
placed  on  developing  oral  and  written  communication  skills  necessary  for  the  den- 
tal hygienist  in  a  variety  of  health  care,  educational,  research  or  community  settings. 

DHYG  418-428.  Dental  Hygiene  Practicum  (1-4/1-4)*.  Individually  designed 
didactic  and/or  clinical  experiences  in  a  special  area  of  dental  hygiene  clinical  prac- 
tice, teaching,  community  dental  health  or  research. 

*  This  is  an  elective  variable  credit  course  that  requires  approval  of  degree  completion 
program  director. 


46  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


*> 


' 


Advanced  Education  Programs 


APPLICATION/ADMISSION 

All  applicants  for  specialty  and  residency  programs  must  hold  the  DDS,  DMD  or 
equivalent  degree,  and  must  give  evidence  of  high  scholastic  achievement.  All  pro- 
grams require  a  supplemental  application,  official  transcripts  of  undergraduate  and 
dental  school  coursework  and  three  letters  of  recommendation.  Requirements 
regarding  National  Board  examinations  vary  by  program.  Applicants  who  are  not 
citizens  or  permanent  residents  of  the  United  States  must  present  evidence  of  mas- 
tering English  as  a  foreign  language  (a  minimum  score  of  550  on  the  TOEFL  exam- 
ination is  required),  and  evidence  of  financial  support  for  their  studies.  Further, 
graduates  of  non-U.S. /non-Canadian  dental  schools  may  be  required  to  furnish  a 
translation  and  evaluation,  in  English,  of  their  academic  record  by  a  certified 
agency.  Individual  specialty  training  programs  may  impose  additional  require- 
ments as  indicated  within  their  program  descriptions. 

Applications  to  the  programs  in  advanced  education  in  general  dentistry,  gen- 
eral practice  residency,  oral-maxillofacial  surgery  and  pediatric  dentistry  must  be 
made  through  the  Postdoctoral  Application  Support  Service  (PASS).  Applications 
to  programs  in  endodontics,  orthodontics,  periodontics  and  prosthodontics  should 
be  made  directly  to  the  Dental  School. 

To  be  interviewed  and  considered  for  admission  to  an  advanced  education  pro- 
gram in  general  dentistry,  general  practice  residency,  oral-maxillofacial  surgery, 
orthodontics,  pediatric  dentistry  and  prosthodontics,  applicants  must  participate  in 
the  National  Matching  Service.  The  endodontics  and  periodontics  programs  do  not 
participate  in  the  National  Matching  Service  and  make  offers  directly  to  applicants. 

Students  intending  to  pursue  a  Master  of  Science  or  Doctor  of  Philosophy 
degree  must  submit  a  separate  application  to  the  Graduate  School. 

Application  deadlines  vary  by  program. 

Prior  to  applying  to  the  Dental  School,  potential  applicants  should  note  the 
University  of  Maryland,  Baltimore  policy  concerning  prevention  and  management 
of  student  and  employee  infection  with  bloodborne  pathogens,  page  126.  In  addi- 
tion, while  the  admissions  process  does  not  include  questions  concerning  any  prior 
criminal  activity,  individuals  who  have  a  prior  or  subsequent  conviction  or  nolo 
contendre  plea  for  a  felony  may  encounter  denial  or  removal  of  licensure. 

All  requests  for  applications  and  additional  information  pertaining  to  specialty 
and  residency  programs  should  be  directed  to: 

Advanced  Dental  Education  Programs 

Office  of  Admissions  and  Student  Affairs,  Room  4-A-22 

Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 

Dental  School,  University  of  Maryland 

666  West  Baltimore  Street 

Baltimore,  MD  21201 

48  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


Ml  requests  fbi  applications  01  information  pertaining  to  the  graduate  programs 
should  be  direc  ted  to: 

University  o\  Maryland  Graduate  School  Baltimore 
5 101  WilkensAvenue 
Baltimore,  Marvland21228 


SPECIALTY  PROGRAMS 


GENERAL  INFORMATION 


Advanced  Specialty  Education  certificate  programs  are  designed  to  provide  suc- 
cessful candidates  eligibility  for  examination  by  the  appropriate  specialty  boards 
under  the  Commission  on  Dental  Accreditation.  Programs  of  24  months  each  are 
offered  in  endodontics  and  pediatric  dentistry.  The  programs  in  orthodontics,  peri- 
odontics and  prosthodontics  are  36  months'  duration;  the  oral-maxillofacial 
surgery  residency/MD  program  extends  over  a  period  of  six  years. 

Qualified  applicants  for  advanced  specialty  education  programs  may  seek  dual 
enrollment  as  candidates  in  combined  certificate/degree  programs.  Successful  can- 
didates are  awarded  a  certificate  in  a  clinical  specialty  by  the  Dental  School  and  the 
degree  Master  of  Science  in  Oral  Biology  by  the  University  of  Maryland  Graduate 
School  Baltimore.  Programs  are  also  available  for  those  who  wish  to  pursue  a  grad- 
uate degree  in  oral  and  craniofacial  biological  sciences  concurrently  with  clinic  spe- 
cialty education. 

All  programs  are  accredited  by  the  Commission  on  Dental  Accreditation,  the 
Commission  on  Recognition  of  Postsecondary  Accreditation  and  the  United  States 
Department  of  Education. 


FACILITIES 


All  specialty  programs  except  oral-maxillofacial  surgery  utilize  individual  operato- 
ries  on  the  third  floor  of  the  Dental  School  in  an  area  designated  Advanced  Spe- 
cialty Clinics.  Programs  provide  conference  rooms  for  students  and  maintain 
appropriate  laboratory  and  research  facilities.  Students  have  access  to  departmen- 
tal libraries,  the  Health  Sciences  and  Human  Services  Library  on  the  campus  and 
the  National  Library  of  Medicine  in  Bethesda,  MD.  Also  available  within  the  Den- 
tal School  is  an  Independent  Learning  Center,  where  students  may  utilize  materi- 
als in  a  variety  of  media.  The  program  in  oral-maxillofacial  surgery  is  based  in 
University  Hospital,  a  large  metropolitan  teaching  hospital  adjacent  to  the  Dental 
School. 


Advanced  Education  Programs  49 


FINANCIAL  SUPPORT 


Stipends  for  postgraduate  candidates  may  be  available  on  a  limited  basis.  Informa- 
tion regarding  the  extent  of  these  stipends  can  be  obtained  by  writing  to  individual 
program  directors. 


REQUIREMENTS  FOR  CERTIFICATION 

A  postgraduate  certificate  is  awarded  to  candidates  who  have  satisfied  all  require- 
ments of  the  program  and  have  paid  all  debts  to  the  University. 


ACADEMIC  STAN DARDS  FOR  CERTIFICATION 

In  the  evaluation  of  postgraduate  student  performance,  the  following  letter  grades 
are  used: 

A,  B,  C         -        passing 

F  -        failing 

I  -        incomplete 

Students  must  maintain  an  overall  B  average.  A  course  in  which  a  grade  of  less 
than  B  is  received  may  be  repeated  at  the  discretion  of  the  department.  The  grade 
in  the  repeated  course,  whether  it  is  higher  or  lower  than  the  original  grade,  replaces 
the  original  grade.  All  failing  and  incomplete  grades  must  be  removed  before  a  cer- 
tificate is  conferred.  A  course  with  an  incomplete  grade  does  not  have  to  be 
repeated,  but  the  requirements  of  the  course  must  be  satisfied  before  a  certificate  is 
conferred. 

Further,  students  must  demonstrate  clinical  competency  in  all  areas  of  patient 
management  and  treatment.  Any  student  who  fails  to  meet  these  academic  stan- 
dards in  a  given  semester  may  not  be  permitted  to  continue  in  the  program. 


ENDODONTICS 


Objectives 

•  To  provide  the  endodontic  resident  with  an  in-depth  background  in  the  basic 
sciences  as  related  to  the  discipline  and  practice  of  endodontics. 

•  To  provide  the  resident  with  appropriate  clinical  experiences  which  will  result 
in  proficiency  in  the  practice  of  endodontics. 

•  To  develop  the  skills  necessary  for  the  graduate  to  become  competent  in  the  area 
of  research. 

•  To  inform  residents  of  the  necessity  and  advantages  of  participation  in  orga- 
nized dentistry. 

•  To  develop  the  knowledge  base  for  graduates  to  become  diplomates  of  the 
American  Board  of  Endodontics. 


50  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


•     [*o  prepare  residents  to  seek  a  careei  in  the  private  practice  <>i  endodontics, 
resean  h  and/oi  endodontic  education. 

Scope  of  Training 

The  program  integrates  both  biological  and  Jmu.il  sciences.  Lectures,  seminars 
and  literature  reviews  covei  diagnosis,  treatment  planning,  treatment  objectives 
and  .1  variety  of  topics  related  to  endodontics  and  to  dentistry  in  general.  Students 
attend  professional  meetings  and  continuing  education  courses  held  within  the 
University  and  in  the  Baltimore-Washington  area. 

The  heaviest  concentration  of  basic  science  material  is  in  the  firsi  year  of  study. 
During  thai  year,  the  student  is  expected  to  choose  a  research  topic  and  to  write  a 

protocol  tor  presentation  to  the  faculty  and  other  graduate  students.  The  results  of 
this  research  are  presented  at  a  special  seminar  in  the  last  semester  of  study  and,  if 
possible,  at  a  national  meeting.  Interspersed  with  the  basic  science  courses  are  a  vari- 
ety of  clinical  courses  supervised  by  trained  specialists  from  a  variety  of  back- 
grounds. 

The  second  year  of  study  emphasizes  clinical  endodontics  including  conven- 
tional treatment,  retreatment,  management  of  emergencies,  endodontics  and 
surgery.  Residents  devote  a  significant  amount  of  time  and  effort  to  completion  of 
their  research  projects.  Also,  appropriate  time  is  devoted  to  clinical  teaching  dur- 
ing this  year. 

Site  of  Training 

The  major  site  of  training  is  at  the  Dental  School,  including  the  Special  Patient 
Clinic  and  Advanced  General  Dentistry  Clinic.  However,  rotations  at  the  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland,  College  Park  Health  Clinic  and  the  Veterans  Affairs  Medical 
Center  are  also  included  in  the  endodontics  program. 

Number  of  Positions 

Four  positions  are  available 

Stipends 

Stipends  are  provided  for  Year  II  residents  and  may  be  available  in  Year  I. 

Faculty 

Thomas  C.  Dumsha,  MS,  DDS,  Chair,  Program  Director,  Diplomate,  American 

Board  of  Endodontics 
Irving  Abramson,  DDS,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Endodontics 
Alexandra  Antonopoulou,  DDS 
Richard  Fein,  DMD 
Edward  K.  Gamson,  DDS,  MS 
John  Hyson,  DDS,  MS 

William  Patrick  Kelly,  DDS,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Endodontics 
Neville  McDonald,  BDS,  MS 
Frederick  J.  Quarantillo,  DDS,  MS 
Howard  E.  Schunick,  DDS 
Ben  E.  Smith,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Endodontics 

Advanced  Education  Programs  5  I 


Special  Admission  Guidelines 

•  High  scholastic  achievement. 

•  Clinical  experience  weighted  heavily. 

•  A  personal  interview  is  desirable. 

Length  of  Program 

24  months  -  certificate 

30  months  -  certificate  and  master's  degree 


Curriculum 

Year  I 

Credits 

ENDO  558A 

Graduate  Conjoint  Seminar 

2 

ENDO  567B 

Advanced  Case  Analysis 

1 

ENDO  568A 

Fundamentals  of  Endodontics 

2 

ENDO  568B 

Treatment  Planning  Seminar 

4 

ENDO  569A 

Clinical  Endodontics 

48 

ENDO  569B 

Endodontic  Techniques 

3 

ENDO  578A 

Biological  Bases  for  Pulpal  Therapy 

3 

ENDO  578B 

Research  in  Endodontics 

6 

ENDO  579A 

Experimental  Bases  for  Conventional 

Endodontic  Therapy 

3 

ENDO  588A 

Biological  Bases  for  Periradicular  Therapy 

3 

ENDO  589A 

Experimental  Bases  for  Nonconventional 

Endodontic  Therapy 

3 

ENDO  598A 

Current  Endodontic  Literature 

2 

ENDO  599A 

Special  Topics 

1 

DANA  618 

Head  and  Neck  Anatomy 

2 

DANA  622 

Oral  Histology  and  Embryology 

2 

DANA  633 

Temporomandibular  Joint 

1 

DANA  638 

Data  Analysis  Research 

3 

DMIC  609 

Special  Problems  in  Microbiology 

1 

DMIC  622 

Immunology  and  Oral  Diseases 

3 

DPHR636 

Pharmacology  of  Anesthetic  Drugs 

3 

DPHR656 

Dental  Toxicology 

2 

DPHS  639 

Oral  Neurophysiology  Seminar 

1 

Year  II 

Credits 

ENDO  558C 

Graduate  Conjoint  Seminar 

2 

ENDO  567D 

Advanced  Case  Analysis 

1 

ENDO  568C 

Clinical  Emergencies  in  Endodontics 

12 

ENDO  568D 

Treatment  Planning  Seminar 

4 

ENDO  569C 

Advanced  Clinical  Endodontics 

36 

ENDO  569D 

Pedagogical  Techniques  in  Endodontics 

2 

ENDO  578C 

Biological  Basis  for  Pulpal  Therapy 

3 

ENDO  578D 

Research  in  Endodontics 

6 

52 


Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


ENDO  579i        1  xperimental  Bases  t  *  >  i  (  onventional 

I  ndodontk  I  herap)  ^ 
ENDO  588C       Biological  Bases  foi  Periradiculai  rherapj 
I  NDO  589i         1  xperimental  Bases  fbi  Nonconventional 

1  ndodontk  I  herap)  ^ 

KNDO  598C       Current  Endodontic  Literature  1 

ENDO  ^1>C>         Special  Topics  1 

DPAT612           Oral  Pathology  Problems  I  1 

nr\l  613           Oral  Pathology  Problems  II  2 

DPHS641           Physiology  of  Pain  1 


ORAL-MAXILLOFACIAL  SURGERY 


Objectives 

•  To  prepare  individuals  for  a  career  in  the  specialty  of  oral-maxillofacial  surgery. 

•  To  fulfill  educational  requirements  for  specialty  certification  by  the  American 
Board  of  Oral  and  Maxillofacial  Surgery. 

•  To  fulfill  the  requirements  for  specialty  training  of  the  Commission  on  Dental 
Accreditation. 

•  To  fulfill  the  educational  requirements  for  the  MD  degree  and  licensure. 

Scope  of  Training 

During  the  first  year,  students  enter  residency  training  in  oral-maxillofacial  surgery 
at  the  University  of  Maryland  Medical  System  and  Dental  School.  Students  par- 
ticipate in  clinical  exodontia  and  other  dentoalveolar  surgery.  They  attend  patient 
rounds,  oral  pathology  and  physical  assessment  course  work,  surgical-orthodontic 
conferences,  implant  conferences,  and  are  assigned  a  two-month,  off-service  rota- 
tion with  the  department  of  anesthesiology. 

During  the  second  and  third  years  of  the  residency,  the  oral-maxillofacial 
surgery  residents  will  enter  the  University  of  Maryland  School  of  Medicine  at  the 
level  of  the  first  clinical  year.  The  residents  will  be  undergraduate  medical  students 
for  these  two  years.  At  the  end  of  the  third  year  of  the  program  the  trainees  will 
graduate  with  an  MD  degree  after  they  have  successfully  achieved  all  medical  school 
requirements. 

In  the  fourth  year  of  residency,  the  resident  will  enter  a  one-year  internship  in 
general  surgery  at  the  University  of  Maryland  School  of  Medicine.  This  one-year 
period  of  training  will  qualify  the  resident  to  obtain  medical  licensure  in  most 
states.  During  this  period  of  time,  the  trainee  will  gain  experience  in  both  general 
medical  management  of  the  surgical  patient  and  in  principles  of  general  surgery 
with  rotations  in  trauma  surgery,  plastic  surgery,  neurosurgery  and  surgical  inten- 
sive care. 

The  fifth  year  of  the  residency  program  is  at  University  Hospital  and  the  Den- 
tal School.  Graduate  instruction  in  head  and  neck  anatomy,  advanced  oral  pathol- 
ogy, pharmacology,  physiology  and  microbiology  is  required.  Fifth-year  residents 

Advanced  Education  Programs  53 


perform  complex  ambulatory  surgery  in  the  surgery  clinic  of  the  Dental  School.  In 
addition,  fifth-year  residents  are  introduced  to  major  maxillofacial  surgery  proce- 
dures in  the  operating  room.  Trainees  attend  all  departmental  conferences  and 
receive  advanced  instruction  in  oral-maxillofacial  surgery.  Research  is  considered 
an  important  factor  and  all  trainees  are  required  to  participate  in  a  research  project 
during  the  fifth  year. 

The  sixth  year  of  residency  is  at  University  Hospital,  the  Maryland  Institute  for 
Emergency  Medical  Services  Systems  and  affiliated  hospitals.  The  chief  residents 
are  responsible  for  the  direction  of  the  surgical  team  on  their  service,  and  for  the 
care  of  hospitalized  patients.  During  this  year,  residents  participate  in  all  confer- 
ences held  by  the  department  and  complete  their  research  projects. 

Site  of  Training 

During  the  course  of  the  program,  students  will  rotate  through  training  sites  at  the 
Dental  School,  University  of  Maryland  Medical  System,  Maryland  Institute  for 
Emergency  Medical  Services  Systems,  Sinai  Hospital  and  the  Veterans  Affairs  Med- 
ical Center.  Optional  off-service  rotation  to  other  institutions  in  the  United  States 
or  in  foreign  nations  is  offered. 

Facilities 

Training  sites  are  all  fully  equipped  for  the  performance  of  both  complex  and  rou- 
tine oral-maxillofacial  surgical  procedures  and  treatment. 

Number  of  Positions 

Two  per  year 

Faculty 

James  R.  Hupp,  DMD,  MD,  JD,  FACS,  Chair,  Program  Director,  Diplomate, 

American  Board  of  Oral  and  Maxillofacial  Surgery 
Robert  A.  Ord,  DDS,  MD,  FRCS,  FACS,  Division  Head,  Diplomate,  American 

Board  of  Oral  and  Maxillofacial  Surgery 
Stewart  A.  Bergman,  DDS,  MS,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Oral  and 

Maxillofacial  Surgery 
Remy  Blanchaert,  DDS,  MD 
Vincent  DiFabio,  DDS,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Oral  and  Maxillofacial 

Surgery 
Alan  Exler,  DDS,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Oral  and  Maxillofacial  Surgery 
James  Karesh,  MD,  FACS,  Diplomate,  National  Board  of  Medical  Examiners, 

American  Board  of  Ophthalmology,  American  Society  of  Ophthalmic  Plastic  and 

Reconstructive  Surgery  and  American  Academy  of  Facial  Plastic  and 

Reconstructive  Surgery 
Richard  Nessif,  DDS,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Oral  and  Maxillofacial 

Surgery 
Cornelius  J.  Sullivan,  DMD,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Oral  and 

Maxillofacial  Surgery 


54  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


Special  Admission  Guidelines 

•  Applicants  should  rank  in  the  uppei  20  percent  ol  theii  dental  class. 

•  1  ettei  ol  recommendation  From  the  dental  school  chaii  <>t  oral  maxillofacial 
surger) , 

•  \n  inten u\\  is  required  prior  to  acceptance  ol  candidates. 

•  In  accordance  with  School  of  Medic  ine  policy,  applicants  to  the  combined  pi<> 
gram  must  be  I  f.S.  citizens. 

Length  of  Program 

Sis  years,  including  two  years  ai  the  University  oi  Maryland  School  ol  Medicine  as 

.1  medical  student. 


Curriculum 

Year  I 

DSUR  568A  Oral  and  Maxillofacial  Surgical  Rounds 

DSUR  568B  Operating  Room  Advanced  Oral  and 

Maxillofacial  Surgery 

DSUR  569A  Oral  and  Maxillofacial  Surgical 

Grand  Rounds 

DSUR  569B  Physical  Diagnosis 

DSUR  578A  Patient  Care  Record  Keeping  Review 

DSUR  579A  Current  Literature  Review 

DSUR  588A  Orthognathic  Surgery  Seminar 

DSUR  589A  Special  Topics  Seminar 

DSUR  598A  Clinical  Oral  and  Maxillofacial 

Surgery 

DSUR  60 1  Clinical  Anesthesiology 

DSUR  609  Special  Problems 

DSUR  631  Cranio-facial  I 

DSUR  799  Research  (MS.  candidates  only) 

DPAT  612  Special  Problems  in  Oral  Pathology 

DPAT  613  Special  Problems  in  Oral  Pathology 

Years  II-III 

School  of  Medicine  Clinical  Rotations 

Year  IV 

Residency  Training  in  General  Surgery 

YearV 

DSUR  568C  Oral  and  Maxillofacial  Surgical  Rounds 

DSUR  569C  Oral  and  Maxillofacial  Surgical 

Grand  Rounds 

DSUR  578C  Patient  Care  and  Record  Keeping 

DSUR  579C  Current  Literature  Review 

DSUR  588C  Orthognathic  Surgery  Seminar 

DSUR  589C  Special  Topics  Seminar 

DSUR  598C  Advanced  Clinical  Oral  and  Maxillofacial  Surgery 


Credits 

18 

30 

2 
4 
7 
3 
3 
3 

30 
6 

4 
2 
2 
2 
2 


Credits 
18 

2 
7 
3 
3 
3 


Advanced  Education  Programs 


55 


YearV 
DSUR605 
DSUR609 
DANA  614 
DMIC  609 
DPAT616 

DPAT617 

DPHR636 
DPHS618 

Year  VI 
DSUR  568E 
DSUR  568F 

DSUR  569E 


DSUR 
DSUR 
DSUR 
DSUR 
DSUR 
DSUR 


578E 
579E 
588E 
589E 
568G 
568H 


DSUR  569G 

DSUR  578G 
DSUR  579G 
DSUR  588G 
DSUR  589G 
DSUR  609 


Surgical  Anatomy- 
Special  Problems 
Anatomy  of  the  Head  and  Neck 
Special  Problems  in  Microbiology 
Advanced  Histopathology  of  Oral 
Lesions 

Advanced  Histopathology  of  Oral 
Lesions 

Pharmacology  of  Anesthetic  Drugs 
Advanced  Physiology 

Oral  and  Maxillofacial  Surgical  Rounds 

Operating  Room  Advanced  Oral  and 

Maxillofacial  Surgery 

Oral  and  Maxillofacial  Surgical 

Grand  Rounds 

Patient  Care  Record  Keeping  Review 

Current  Literature  Review 

Orthognathic  Surgery  Seminar 

Special  Topics  Seminar 

Oral  and  Maxillofacial  Surgical  Rounds 

Operating  Room  Advanced  Oral  and 

Maxillofacial  Surgery 

Oral  and  Maxillofacial  Surgical 

Grand  Rounds 

Patient  Care  Record  Keeping  Review 

Current  Literature  Review 

Orthognathic  Surgery  Seminar 

Special  Topics  Seminar 

Special  Problems 


Credits 
2 
4 
3 
2 


3 
3 
3 

Credits 
18 

30 

2 
7 
3 
3 
3 
18 

30 

2 
7 
3 
3 
3 
4 


ORAL  AND  MAXILLOFACIAL  PATHOLOGY 


Refer  to  pages  76  to  78. 


ORTHODONTICS 


Objectives 

•  To  prepare  students  for  a  career  as  an  orthodontist  in  clinical  practice  and/or 
academics. 

•  To  allow  individuals  to  obtain  substantial  experience  in  clinical  care,  teaching 
and  research. 


56  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


I  u  fulfill  the  educational  requirements  foi  spec  iaity  certification  by  the  Ameri 
can  Board  o(  ( )rthodonti<  s. 

Scope  of  Training 

Students  gain  experience  in  the  treatment  of  patients  with  .ill  types  <>t  ilcmot.Ki.il 
deformities.  A  broad  master)  of  alternative  techniques  with  different  variations  <>f 
the  Edgewise  appliance  is  emphasized,  along  with  modern  tonus  of  removable 
appliances.  Treatment  is  provided  for  adults,  adolescents  and  children.  Students 
also  provide  orthodontic  treatment  in  complex  rehabilitation  cases  in  coordination 
with  graduate  students  in  prosthodontics  and  periodontics.  Surgical  orthognathic 
cases  arc  treated  in  conjunction  with  oral-maxillofacial  surgery  residents  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  Man  land  Medical  System  and  The  Johns  Hopkins  I  lospital. 

Through  d\\  extensive  series  of  lectures,  seminars  and  case  conferences,  a  com- 
prehensive didactic  background  in  relevant  basic  sciences  and  clinical  orthodontics 
is  provided.  Each  student,  working  with  faculty  supervisors  chosen  from  the  Den- 
tal School  and  University,  must  complete  an  original  research  project.  Students 
serve  as  instructors  in  the  predoctoral  clinic  and  supervise  minor  tooth  movement 
and  space  maintenance  procedures. 

While  pursuing  a  certificate  in  orthodontics,  students  will  be  enrolled  in  a  Mas- 
ter of  Science  degree  program  in  oral  biology.  Courses  taken  for  the  master's  degree 
will  also  satisfy  some  certificate  requirements. 

Site  of  Training 

Most  of  the  clinical  and  didactic  program  takes  place  within  the  Dental  School. 
Off-campus  experiences  include  attendance  at  the  craniofacial  anomalies  clinic  at 
The  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital;  the  H.  K.  Cooper  Center  in  Lancaster,  Pa.;  and  at 
continuing  education  courses  throughout  the  greater  Baltimore  area. 

Number  of  Positions 

Three 

Faculty 

William  M.  Davidson,  DMD,  PhD,  Chair,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of 

Orthodontics 
Stuart  D.  Josell,  DMD,  M  Dent  Sc,  Program  Director 
Byron  Bonebreak,  DDS 
Ronald  S.  Branoff,  DDS,  MSD 

Ross  E.  Long,  DMD,  PhD,  Director  of  Orthodontics,  Lancaster  Cleft  Palate  Clinic 
Phillip  S.  Markin,  DDS,  MS,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Orthodontics 
C.  Thomas  Pavlick  Jr.,  DDS,  MS,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Orthodontics 
Karl  Pick,  DDS 

Constance  G.  Rubier,  DDS,  MS,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Orthodontics 
Bhavna  Shroff,  DDS,  M  Dent  Sc 
Richard  Smith,  DMD,  MS,  M  Phil,  PhD 

Edgar  Sweren,  DDS,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Orthodontics 
Steven  M.  Siegel,  DMD 


Advanced  Education  Programs  57 


Alan  S.  Weisberg,  DDS,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Orthodontics 
Robert  E.  Williams,  DMD,  MS,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Orthodontics 

Length  of  Program 

Three  years 


Curriculum 

Year  I 

ORTH  567A 
ORTH  568A 
ORTH  569A 
ORTH  576A 
ORTH  577 A 
ORTH  578A 
ORTH  579A 
ORTH  586A 
ORTH  587A 
ORTH  588A 
ORTH  589A 
ORTH  597A 
ORTH  598A 
PEDS  598A 
DANA  622 
DANA  633 
DANA  638 
DOCB619 

Year  II 

ORTH  568C 
ORTH  569C 
ORTH  578C 
ORTH  579C 
PERI  579B 
ORTH  586C 
ORTH  589C 
ORTH  597C 
ORTH  598C 
DANA  618 
DMIC  609 
CIPP  905 


Year  III 
ORTH  569E 
ORTH  578E 
ORTH  579E 


Treatment  Planning  Seminar 

Diagnosis 

Clinic 

Typodont 

Laboratory  Technique 

Case  Presentation  Seminar 

Research 

Literature  Review 

Mixed  Dentition 

Biomechanics 

Technique  Seminars 

Ortho-Surgery  Seminar 

Applied  Teaching 

Development  of  Dentition 

Oral  Histology  and  Embryology 

Temporomandibular  Joint 

Data  Analysis  Research 

Seminar 

Cleft  Palate  Clinic 

Clinic 

Case  Presentation  Seminars 

Research 

Adult  Tooth  Movement 

Literature  Review 

Technique  Seminars 

Ortho-Surgery  Seminar 

Applied  Teaching 

Special  Problems  in  the  Anatomies 

Special  Problems/Microbiology 

Normal  Adolescent  Growth  and  Development 

M.S.  Research 

Graduate  Electives 

Clinic 

Case  Presentation  Seminar 

Research 


Credits 
1 
4 
29 
1 
1 
3 
7 
1 
2 
2 
11 
2 
3 
2 
2 
1 
3 
1 

Credits 

4 
32 
3 
9 
3 
1 
5 
2 
5 
3 
1 
2 
2 
3 

Credits 

20 

3 

15 


58 


Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


OKI  H  586E        I  itcrature Review  I 
OKI  11  58  r(        Practice  Management 

OKI  II  5881        Biomechanics  1 
OKI  II  59  I        Ortho  Surgerj  Seminal 

OK  IH  598E       Applied  reaching  IS 

Ms  Research  4 


PEDIATRIC  DENTISTRY 


Objectives 

•  To  prepare  individuals  for  a  career  in  the  specialty  of  pediatric  dentistry. 

•  To  fulfill  the  educational  requirements  for  specialty  certification  by  the  Ameri- 
can Board  of  Pediatric  Dentistry. 

•  To  fulfill  the  requirements  for  specialty  training  of  the  Commission  on  Dental 
Accreditation. 

Scope  of  Training 

Lectures,  seminars  and  conferences  are  held  relating  to  pediatric  patients  and  their 
dental  treatment.  Students  receive  training  in  hospital  and  operating  room  proto- 
col, including  the  use  of  general  anesthetics  in  rendering  total  oral  rehabilitation. 
They  also  gain  teaching  experience  by  serving  as  instructors  in  the  predoctoral  lab- 
oratory and  clinic.  An  original  research  project  must  be  conducted  by  each  candi- 
date. 

Site  of  Training 

The  major  sites  of  training  are  the  Dental  School,  the  University  of  Maryland  Med- 
ical System,  Kernan  Hospital,  and  Maryland  School  for  the  Blind. 

Facilities 

In  addition  to  utilizing  the  individual  private  operatories  in  the  Dental  School,  each 
postdoctoral  student  is  assigned,  on  a  scheduled  basis,  to  Kernan  Hospital.  Stu- 
dents provide  comprehensive  dental  care  to  their  assigned  patients  and  participate 
in  conferences  with  the  interdisciplinary  and  medical  staffs. 

An  operating  room  is  used  at  the  University  of  Maryland  Medical  System  and 
at  Kernan  Hospital  for  training  in  rendering  rehabilitative  dental  care  to  patients 
who  have  received  general  anesthetics. 

Number  of  Positions 

Four 

Faculty 

Norman  Tinanoff,  BA,  DDS,  MS,  Chair,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Pediatric 

Dentistry 
Preston  Shelton,  BS,  DDS,  MS,  Program  Director,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of 

Pediatric  Dentistry 

Advanced  Education  Programs  59 


Ronald  Abrams,  BS,  DMD,  MS 

Ronald  Ackerman,  DDS 

Sophia  Balis,  DDS 

James  Coll,  DMD,  MS,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Pediatric  Dentistry 

B.  Casey  Crafton,  BA,  DDS,  MS,  JD 

Edward  Ginsberg,  DDS,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Pediatric  Dentistry 

Stuart  Josell,  DMD,  M  Dent  Sc 

Barry  Lyon,  DDS 

Suzan  Miller,  DDS 

Glenn  Minah,  DDS,  MS,  PhD 

David  Owen,  DDS,  AM 

Earle  Schulz,  DDS,  MS,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Pediatric  Dentistry 

(Dental  Director,  Children  s  Hospital) 
Mark  Wagner,  AB,  DMD 

Special  Admission  Guidelines 

•  Documentation  of  scholastic  achievement  and  motivation. 

•  Recommendations  from  individuals  well  acquainted  with  the  candidate. 

•  Professional  experiences. 

•  Personal  interview. 


Length  of  Program 

Two  years 

Curriculum 

Year  I 

Credits 

PEDS  567A 

Pediatric  Dentistry  Orientation 

4 

PEDS  568A 

Research  Methodology 

3 

PEDS  569A 

Research 

3 

PEDS  578A 

Case  Conference  Seminar 

4 

PEDS  579A 

Special  Topics  Seminar 

6 

PEDS  589A 

Clinical  Pedodontics 

36 

PEDS  598A 

Development  of  the  Dentition 

2 

ORTH  567A 

Treatment  Planning  Seminar 

1 

ORTH  568A 

Diagnosis  (Data  Base) 

4 

ORTH  586A 

Literature  Review 

2 

DANA  622 

Mammalian  Oral  Histology  and  Embryology 

2 

DANA  638 

Data  Analysis  Research 

3 

DMIC  609 

Special  Problems/Microbiology 

1 

DPAT612 

Special  Problems/Oral  Pathology 

2 

DPAT613 

Special  Problems/Oral  Pathology 

2 

DPHR656 

Dental  Toxicology 

2 

Year  II 

Credits 

PEDS  568D 

General  Anesthesia 

4 

PEDS  569C 

Research 

7 

PEDS578C 

Case  Conference  Seminar 

4 

60 


Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


PI  DS  i  9<  Special  ropics  Seminal 

PEDS  588(  Literature  Review  Seminal  4 

PEDS  589<  Clinical  Pedodontics  40 

P]  DS  598<  Applied  reaching  2 


PERIODONTICS 


Objectives 

•  To  provide  special  knowledge  and  skills  beyond  the  accepted  DDS  or  DMl) 
training. 

•  To  prepare  the  student  to  execute  proficiently  all  skills  of  the  specialty. 

•  To  provide  experiences  in  research  and  in  the  field  of  education. 

•  To  fulfill  the  requirements  for  specialty  training  of  the  Commission  on  Dental 
Accreditation. 

•  To  fulfill  the  educational  requirements  for  specialty  certification  by  the  Ameri- 
can Board  of  Periodontology. 

Scope  of  Training 

Residents  receive  experience  in  the  treatment  of  patients  with  all  categories  of  peri- 
odontal diseases,  particularly  those  patients  with  advanced  stages  of  the  diseases. 
Lectures,  seminars  and  conferences  are  held  in  diagnosis,  prognosis,  treatment 
planning  and  practice  management.  Seminars  are  conducted  with  other  specialties 
to  interrelate  all  fields  of  dentistry  and  medicine;  with  guest  consultants  who  are 
experts  in  their  field;  and  with  postdoctoral  students  in  periodontics  from  other 
teaching  institutions.  Completion  of  an  original  research  project  is  required. 

Residents  become  proficient  in  guided  tissue  regeneration,  guided  bone  regen- 
eration, and  the  use  of  several  different  implant  systems.  They  also  become  profi- 
cient in  all  other  currently  accepted  modalities  of  surgical  or  nonsurgical  therapy 
and  gain  experience  in  the  administration  of  conscious  sedation.  During  assign- 
ments at  the  Baltimore  Veterans  Affairs  Medical  Center,  residents  practice  peri- 
odontics in  the  hospital  dental  service,  learn  laboratory  diagnostic  methods,  and 
participate  in  rotations  in  internal  medicine  and  anesthesiology.  Residents  gain 
experience  in  managing  a  periodontal  maintenance  program.  Residents  lecture  and 
provide  clinical  supervision  to  predoctoral  dental  students.  The  preparation  and 
documentation  of  cases  suitable  for  submission  to  the  American  Board  of  Peri- 
odontology is  a  requirement  for  graduation  from  the  program.  Residents  are 
required  to  conduct  a  research  project  and  to  report  their  findings  in  a  manuscript 
suitable  for  publication. 

The  Baltimore- Washington  area  is  rich  in  institutions  for  clinical  and  basic  sci- 
ence expertise,  and  residents  are  given  opportunities  to  interact  with  these  valuable 
resources. 


Advanced  Education  Programs 


Site  of  Training 

The  major  sites  of  training  are  the  Dental  School,  the  Naval  Dental  Center, 
Bethesda,  Maryland,  and  the  Veterans  Affairs  Medical  Center,  Baltimore, 
Maryland. 

Number  of  Positions 

Three  to  four 

Faculty 

John  C.  Gunsolley,  DDS,  MS,  Chair,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of 

Periodontology 
Charles  E.  Hawley,  DDS,  PhD,  Program  Director,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of 

Periodontology 
Maty  Beth  Aichelmann-Reidy,  DDS,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of 

Periodontology 
Sylvan  Feldman,  DDS,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Periodontology 
Gregory  Felthousen,  DDS,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Periodontology 
Lawrence  S.  Freilich,  DDS,  PhD 
Lawrence  Halpert,  DDS 

Daniel  Karlin,  DDS,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Periodontology 
James  Kassolis,  DDS,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Periodontology 
Seok-Woo  Lee,  DDS,  MS,  PhD 
Marvin  Leventer,  DDS 
Grace  Morrison,  DDS 

Sarah  Park,  DDS,  MS,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Periodontology 
Peter  Passero,  DDS 

Bradley  Phillips,  DMD,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Periodontology 
Mark  Reynolds,  DDS 
Leslie  Robson,  RDH,  BS 

Paul  Rosen,  DMD,  MS,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Periodontology 
Robert  Sachs,  DDS,  MS,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Periodontology 
Arnold  Sindler,  DDS 
John  K.  Spitznagel,  Jr.,  DDS,  PhD 

R.  Dale  Welch,  DDS,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Periodontology 
Dennis  Winson,  DDS,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Periodontology 
Karl  Zeren,  DDS,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Periodontology 
Robert  Zupnik,  DDS,  MSD,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Periodontology 

Special  Admission  Guidelines 

•  Applicants  must  have  passed  Parts  I  and  II  National  Board  Dental  Examinations 
with  an  average  score  of  85  or  higher. 

•  Applicants  should  rank  in  the  upper  20  percent  of  their  dental  class. 

•  An  interview  is  required  prior  to  acceptance  of  candidates. 

Length  of  Program 

Three  years  (36  months) 


62  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


Curriculum 

Veai  I 

(    ic-cllts 

IM  R]  56    \ 

1  in raoral  Photograph) 

1 

PERI  568A 

I  Hagnosis,  Prognosis  and 

1  reatment  Planning 

1 

PERI  568B 

( lonjoini  Seminars  ( Implantology) 

5 

PERI  569A 

Case  Management 

2 

PER]  569B 

Princ  iplcs  o(  ( )cclusion 

PERI  578  \ 

Literature  Review  Seminar 

12 

PERI  5  r8B 

Reconstructive  Surgery 

2 

PERI  579A 

Surgical  Techniques 

6 

PERI  579B 

Adult  Tooth  Movement 

3 

PERI  588A 

Clinic 

33 

PER]  S88B 

Introduction  to  Periodontal  Therapy 

and  Molecular  Biology 

3 

PERI  589A 

Research  Methodology 

2 

DANA  6 14 

Anatomy  of  Head  and  Neck 

3 

DANA  622 

Oral  Histology  and  Embryology 

2 

DANA  633 

Temporomandibular  Joint 

1 

DANA  638 

Data  Analysis  Research 

3 

DMIC  609 

Special  Problems 

1 

DMIC622 

Immunology  and  Oral  Diseases 

3 

DPAT612 

Oral  Pathology  Problems 

2 

DPAT613 

Oral  Pathology  Problems 

2 

DPHR656 

Dental  Toxicology 

2 

Research 

1 

Year  II 

Credits 

PERI  568C 

Diagnosis,  Prognosis  and  Treatment  Planning 

4 

PERI  568D 

Conjoint  Seminars  (Implantology) 

2 

PERI  569C 

Case  Management 

2 

PERI  569D 

Practice  Management 

2 

PERI  578C 

Literature  Review 

12 

PERI  579C 

Advanced  Surgical  Techniques 

6 

PERI  588C 

Clinic 

31 

PERI  589C 

Research  Methodology 

3 

PERI  598C 

Applied  Teaching 

6 

PERI  589D 

Conscious  Sedation 

4 

DPAT616 

Advanced  Histopathology 

3 

DPAT617 

Advanced  Histopathology 

3 

Hospital  Rotation 

- 

Laboratory  Diagnosis 

- 

Internal  Medicine 

- 

Research 

3 

Year  III 

Credits 

PERI  588E 

Clinic 

20 

Advanced  Education  Programs 


63 


PERI  598E  Applied  Teaching  3 

PERI  569E  Case  Management  2 

PERI  578E  Current  Literature  Review  2 

Clinical  Pathologic  Conferences 

Anesthesiology  Rotation 

Research  3 


PROSTHODONTICS 


Objectives 

•  To  provide  a  historical  perspective  of  prosthodontics  in  a  manner  which  will 
permit  and  encourage  the  student  to  make  objective  evaluations. 

•  To  provide  a  comprehensive  background  of  those  biologic  and  allied  sciences 
relevant  to  diagnosis,  planning  and  treatment  of  routine  and  complex  prostho- 
dontic  problems. 

•  To  provide  clinical  treatment  experiences  in  the  various  aspects  of  prosthodon- 
tics with  emphasis  upon  attainment  of  skills  and  judgment  in  treating  complex 
problems. 

•  To  prepare  the  candidate  for  examination  by  the  American  Board  of  Prostho- 
dontics. 

•  To  prepare  the  candidate  for  teaching  at  predoctoral  or  postgraduate  levels. 

Scope  of  Training 

Students  are  trained  to  manage  and  treat  complex  prosthodontic  problems  effec- 
tively. Lectures,  seminars  and  conferences  are  held  in  basic  biologic  sciences  and 
allied  dental  sciences  related  to  prosthodontics.  Teaching  experience  is  gained  by 
postgraduate  students  as  they  provide  clinical  instruction  to  predoctoral  dental  stu- 
dents. Training  in  research  methodology  is  an  integral  part  of  the  program  and  cul- 
minates as  each  candidate  conducts  and  presents  an  original  research  project. 

Site  of  Training 

Major  site  of  training  is  the  Dental  School. 

Number  of  Positions 

Three 

Faculty 

Morton  Wood,  DDS,  Chair 

Carl  F.  Driscoll,  DMD,  Program  Director,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of 
Prosthodontics 


64  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


Marvin  1  .  Baer,  DDS,  Mv  Diplomas*,  American  Board  of  Prosthodontio 

ArezooA.  Bahar,  BDS 

1  dward  K.  Chesla,  DDS 

l.  Scon  Fried,  DDS 

Joseph  |.  Kravitz,  1  )1  )S 

Vincent  I.  Prcstipino,  Jr.,  DDS 

Stuart  D.  Prymas,  DDS 

Michael  1 .  Singer,  DDS,  MS,  Diplomate,  American  Board of  Prosthodontics 

David Skopp,  DDS 

Michael  J.  Tabacco,  DDS,  MS,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of Prosthodontia 

Special  Admission  Guidelines 

•  Students  must  have  acceptable  scholastic  achievement  at  the  predoctoral  level. 

•  Clinical  experience  is  preferred. 

•  A  personal  interview  is  desirable. 

•  References  will  be  required. 

Length  of  Program 

Three  years 


Curriculum 

Year  I 

PROS  567A 
PROS  568A 
PROS  569A 
PROS  578A 
PROS  579A 
PROS  587A 
PROS  598A 
PERI  568B 
DANA  614 
DANA  618 
DANA  622 
DANA  633 
DMIC  609 
DPAT612 
DPAT613 
DPHR656 

Year  II 
PROS  568C 
PROS  569C 
PROS  578C 
PROS  579C 
PROS  588C 
PROS  589C 
PROS  597C 
PERI  568D 


Instructional  Methodology 

Clinical  Prosthodontics 

Literature  Review  Seminar 

Treatment  Planning  Seminar 

Applied  Teaching  in  Removable  Prosthodontics 

Research 

Advanced  Dental  Materials 

Conjoint  Seminars 

Anatomy  of  the  Head  and  Neck 

Spec/Biostatistics 

Oral  Histology  and  Embryology 

Temporomandibular  Joint 

Special  Problems 

Oral  Pathology  Problems 

Oral  Pathology  Problems 

Dental  Toxicology 


Credits 

1 

32 

6 

4 
4 
1 
2 


2 
2 
2 

Credits 
56 


Clinical  Prosthodontics 

Literature  Review  Seminar  6 

Treatment  Planning  Seminar  4 

Applied  Teaching  in  Removable  Prosthodontics  4 

Research  2 

Applied  Teaching  in  Fixed  Restorative  4 

Board  Case  Presentation  1 

Conjoint  Seminars  1 

Advanced  Education  Programs  65 


Year  III  Credits 

PROS  568D  Advanced  Clinical  Prosthodontics                                     48 

PROS  569D  Literature  Review  Seminar                                                     4 

PROS  570D  Applied  Sciences  Related  to  Implant  Prosthodontics           4 

PROS  578D  Treatment  Planning  Seminar                                                  4 


GENERAL  DENTISTRY  PROGRAMS 


GENERAL  INFORMATION 


The  Dental  School  offers  the  following  residency  programs: 

•  Advanced  Education  in  General  Dentistry:  a  one-year  residency  program  of 
dental  school-based  advanced  study  and  practice;  a  two-year  comprehensive 
program  of  advanced  study  with  joint  matriculation  in  the  Master  of  Science  in 
Oral  Biology  program.  A  PhD  program  in  conjunction  with  the  department  of 
oral  and  craniofacial  biological  sciences  may  also  be  combined  with  the 
Advanced  Education  in  General  Dentistry  program. 

•  General  Practice  Residency:  one-  and  two-year  programs  of  hospital-based 
advanced  study  and  dental  practice,  with  special  emphasis  on  patients  with  med- 
ically compromising  conditions. 

All  residency  programs  meet  accreditation  requirements  of  the  Commission  on 
Dental  Accreditation. 


FACILITIES 

The  program  in  General  Practice  Residency  is  based  in  the  department  of  dentistry 
of  the  University  of  Maryland  Medical  System.  The  Advanced  Education  in  Gen- 
eral Dentistry  program  operates  within  the  Dental  School  in  its  own  clinic  facility 
specially  designed  to  include  treatment  areas  as  well  as  associated  support  areas. 


FINANCIAL  SUPPORT 

General  dentistry  residents  receive  a  stipend.  Information  regarding  this  support 
can  be  obtained  by  writing  to  individual  program  directors. 


REQUIREMENTS  FOR  CERTIFICATION 

A  certificate  is  awarded  to  candidates  who  have  satisfied  all  requirements  of  the  pro- 
gram and  have  paid  all  debts  to  the  University. 


66  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


ACADEMIC  STANDARDS  FOR  CERTIFICATION 

Students  must  demonstrate  competency  in  .ill  clinical  and  nonclinical  .ik-.is  <>f  the 
program.  Am  studeni  who  rails  to  do  so  may  not  be  permitted  t<>  continue  in  the 
program. 


ADVANCED  EDUCATION  IN 
GENERAL  DENTISTRY  RESIDENCY 


Objectives 

•  \o  provide  a  clinical  environment  that  will  improve  and  reinforce  clinical  skills 
and  knowledge  in  the  practice  of  comprehensive  general  dentistry. 

•  To  provide  an  opportunity  to  participate  in  the  management  of  a  simulated  pri- 
vate group  practice. 

•  To  train  the  student,  under  the  direction  of  an  attending  staff  of  general  den- 
tists and  specialists,  in  the  preparation  of  complex  treatment  plans  and  the  per- 
formance of  a  wide  range  of  clinical  procedures. 

•  To  provide  experience  in  patient,  personnel  and  practice  management. 

Scope  of  Training:  One-Year  Program 

The  clinical  experiences  for  each  student  incorporate  a  broad  range  of  clinical  cases 
and  are  designed  to  match  specific  needs  and  interests.  The  patients  assigned  are 
selected  by  the  faculty  on  the  basis  of  type  and  complexity  of  treatment  required. 
Students  assume  the  responsibility  for  patient  treatment  and  learn  to  serve  as  prin- 
cipal coordinator  when  specialist  care  is  required. 

The  Advanced  Education  in  General  Dentistry  environment  simulates  a  private 
group  practice  and  is  one  in  which  students  are  exposed  to  new  techniques  and  con- 
cepts in  patient  care.  This  atmosphere  is  enhanced  by  ongoing  clinical  research  in 
materials  and  devices,  and  the  clinical  treatment  of  Advanced  Education  in  Gen- 
eral Dentistry  patients  by  attending  faculty.  Chairside  dental  auxiliaries,  full-time 
hygienists,  receptionist/clerks  and  financial  personnel  facilitate  the  efficient  deliv- 
ery of  services.  Laboratory  support  is  provided  by  technicians  in  commercial  and 
Dental  School  laboratories. 

Students  spend  80  percent  of  their  time  in  the  Advanced  General  Dentistry 
clinic  practice  facility;  the  remaining  20  percent  is  devoted  to  seminars  that  cover 
all  dental  specialties.  These  seminars  are  presented  by  senior  faculty  members  of  the 
Dental  School  and  private  practitioners,  as  well  as  by  the  Advanced  Education  in 
General  Dentistry  faculty  members.  Each  student  prepares  and  presents  case 
reports  and  conducts  literature  review  seminars. 

Number  of  Positions:  One-Year  Program 

14 


Advanced  Education  Programs  67 


Scope  of  Training:  Two-Year  Program 

This  program  pursues  the  one-year  objectives  while  the  curriculum  is  centered 
around  matriculation  in  the  Master  of  Science  in  Oral  Biology  program  offered 
within  the  Dental  School.  The  intent  is  to  direct  potential  careers  into  educa- 
tion/research, advanced  general  or  specialty  practice.  At  the  same  time  students 
treat  increasingly  more  difficult  comprehensive  care  patients,  increase  their  level  of 
independent  clinical  activity  and  improve  practice  management  skills. 

Research  required  for  thesis  development  is  usually  conducted  in  a  clinical  or 
laboratory  setting  and  offers  a  wide  selection  of  interest  areas  such  as  ongoing  mate- 
rials studies  based  in  restorative  and  esthetic  dentistry,  special  patients,  geriatrics, 
TMD  and  implantology.  Additional  opportunities  may  be  specifically  tailored  to 
provide  experiences  at  extramural  training  sites,  and  experience  in  pre-clinical  and 
clinical  teaching  areas  is  provided.  An  additional  six  months  to  one  year  may  be 
necessary  beyond  the  24-month  program  to  ensure  completion  of  all  requirements 
for  the  Master  of  Science  in  Oral  Biology.  For  those  interested,  a  PhD  program  is 
available  if  admission  requirements  are  met.  Contact  the  program  director  if  you 
desire  to  be  considered  for  this  program. 

Number  of  Positions:  Two- Year  Program 

One  or  two 

Site  of  Training 

The  Advanced  General  Dentistry  clinic  is  located  on  the  ground  floor  of  the  Den- 
tal School.  This  new  clinical  facility,  consisting  of  38  units  and  all  associated  sup- 
port areas  such  as  reception,  x-ray  and  laboratory,  is  designated  for  the  exclusive  use 
of  the  Advanced  Education  in  General  Dentistry  residency  program  and  contains 
state-of-the-art  equipment  such  as  a  C02  laser,  digital  radiography,  and  microabra- 
sion  unit. 

Faculty 

Douglas  M.  Barnes,  DDS,  MS,  Director 

Bryan  Fitzgerald,  DDS 

David  L.  George,  DDS 

James  C.  Gingell,  DDS,  MS 

John  Savukinas,  DDS 

Keith  Schmidt,  DDS 

Leo  V.  Trail,  DDS,  MS 


68  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


GENERAL  PRACTICE  RESIDENCY 


Objectives 

•  To  improve  and  refine  die  resident's  knowledge  and  clinical  skills  m  die  prai 
rice  ol  .ill  aspects  oi  general  dentistrj . 

•  To  teach  the  resident  to  appropriately  refer  to  specialists  and  aci  as  the  primary 
coordinator  ol  care. 

•  To  prepare  the  resident  to  assess  the  patients  genera]  medical  status  and  relate 
this  status  to  anticipated  dental  treatment.  Emphasis  is  on  treatment  ol  the  med- 
ically compromised,  mentally  or  physically  challenged  patient. 

•  To  provide  didactic  and  clinical  training  and  experience  in  patient,  personnel 
and  practice  management. 

•  To  provide  training  and  experience  in  the  management  and  delivery  of  total  oral 
health  care  to  a  wide  range  of  ambulatory  and  hospitalized  patients. 

•  To  provide  instruction  in  the  organization,  operation  and  services  of  the  vari- 
ous hospital  departments. 

Scope  of  Training 

The  department  of  dentistry  is  a  department  of  the  University  of  Maryland  Med- 
ical System.  It  is  within  this  department  in  the  division  of  hospital  dentistry  that 
the  General  Practice  Residency  program  functions.  The  Dental  School  provides 
faculty  from  its  basic  science  and  clinical  science  departments  to  support  the  didac- 
tic and  clinical  components  of  the  General  Practice  Residency  program. 

The  majority  of  a  resident's  time  is  spent  in  the  clinic  of  the  Department  of  Den- 
tistry, where  a  wide  range  of  patients  are  treated  under  the  supervision  of  the  attend- 
ing staff.  The  remaining  time  is  devoted  to  operating  room  experiences  and  hospital 
clinic  practice  in  various  settings.  In  addition,  the  residents  receive  the  following 
experiences,  which  account  for  25  percent  of  the  year: 
Anesthesia  Rotation — A  one-month  rotation  in  anesthesia 

Oral-Maxillofacial  Surgery  Rotation — A  one-month  rotation  in  the  oral-maxillo- 
facial  surgery  service  provides  the  resident  with  an  opportunity  to  be  primarily 
involved  with  inpatient  care. 

University  of  Maryland  Cancer  Center — The  clinical  branch  of  the  Baltimore 
Cancer  Research  Center  is  a  joint  University  of  Maryland  School  of  Medicine  and 
Medical  System  program  for  research  in  the  treatment  of  cancer.  Multidisciplinary 
protocol  studies,  including  chemotherapy,  immunotherapy,  radiotherapy  and 
surgery,  are  currently  being  evaluated. 

The  center  admits  patients  with  acute  leukemia,  lymphoma,  brain  tumors  and 
other  solid  tumors  such  as  testicular  carcinoma,  renal  cell  carcinoma  and  breast  can- 
cer. In  conjunction  with  dental  attending  staff,  the  resident  assists  in  the  dental 
management  of  these  patients. 

Consultations — Exposure  to  patients  with  varying  medical  problems  is  achieved 
through  regularly  requested  dental  consultations  from  all  units  of  the  hospital. 
Operating  Room — The  general  practice  residents  provide  dental  services  in  the 
operating  room  for  patients  whose  dental  needs  require  hospitalization  and/or  gen- 


Advanced  Education  Programs  69 


eral  anesthesia.  Operating  room  time  and  beds  are  available  to  the  general  practice 
service  for  this  use. 

Emergency  Call — The  General  Practice  Residency  program  provides  24-hour 
dental  service  for  patients  who  come  to  the  emergency  room  or  for  referrals  from 
the  Dental  School  and  the  Maryland  Institute  for  Emergency  Medical  Services  Sys- 
tems. Residents  are  on-call  nights  and  weekends  on  a  rotation  basis;  sleeping  quar- 
ters are  provided  for  nights  on-call. 

Children's  Hospital — Residents  rotate  in  two-month  cycles  providing  treatment 
to  pediatric  and  adult  patients. 

Kernan  Hospital — All  residents  participate  in  a  two-month  rotation  at  Kernan 
Hospital. 

Approximately  1 5  percent  of  the  scheduled  time  is  spent  in  seminars  that  cover 
a  wide  range  of  advanced  dental  topics  and  are  presented  by  senior  faculty  mem- 
bers of  the  Dental  School  as  well  as  by  the  attending  staff.  The  residents  participate 
in  these  seminars,  including  the  preparation  and  presentation  of  case  reports  and 
literature  reviews.  In  addition,  each  resident  is  required  to  prepare  a  paper  suitable 
for  publication,  conduct  a  seminar  or  present  at  grand  rounds. 

In  the  second  year  of  the  program  the  resident  receives  a  higher  level  of  training 
and  more  practical  experience  with  more  complex  cases.  The  resident  also  assumes 
some  teaching  responsibilities. 

Site  of  Training 

University  Hospital  is  a  785-bed  teaching  facility  with  the  objective  of  providing 
the  highest  quality  of  patient  care,  medical  education  and  research  to  and  for  the 
citizens  of  the  state  of  Maryland.  Since  its  founding  in  1 823,  the  hospital  has  under- 
gone a  series  of  major  expansion  projects  culminating  with  the  north  hospital  addi- 
tion in  1973  and  the  Gudelsky  wing  in  1994. 

University  Hospital  is  a  major  referral  center  for  practitioners  throughout  the 
state  of  Maryland,  offering  a  broad  spectrum  of  specialized  sendees  and  sophisti- 
cated facilities  unavailable  in  many  other  hospitals.  Patients  may  be  referred  for 
inpatient  care  or  to  any  one  of  more  than  60  clinics  housed  in  the  hospital,  or  they 
may  use  the  emergency  room,  which  is  staffed  24  hours  a  day,  for  the  rapid  treat- 
ment of  accident  victims  and  critically  ill  patients.  Adjacent  to  the  hospital  is  a  heli- 
port, which  serves  the  Maryland  Institute  for  Emergency  Medical  Services  Systems 
and  provides  a  means  of  receiving  trauma  patients  from  throughout  the  region. 

Facilities 

The  General  Practice  Residency  program  is  located  in  the  clinic  of  the  department 
of  dentistry  of  the  University  of  Maryland  Medical  System.  All  operatories  are  fully 
equipped  and  have  trained  staff  for  the  practice  of  four-handed  dentistry. 

Number  of  Positions 

Five  or  six 


70  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


Faculty 

lames  R.  Hupp.  DMD,MD,JD,  <  hair,  Department  of  Dentistry  (I  rMMS) 

Miriam  R.  Robbins,  1  M  )s.  \In,  Program  Director 

Karen  Faraone,  1  )1 )s 

Moil. i  1  .  (  .nun. in,  I  )DS 

Man  in  I  eventer,  Dl )S 
Patricia  \.  Median,  DDS 
Stace)  I  esle) .  I  )DS 
Neville  McDonald,  DDS,  MS 
Keith  A  Mays,  DDS,  MS 
Robert  A.  Ord,  DDS,  MD 
1  .ulc  M.  Schulz,  DDS,  MS 
JackD.Vandermer,  DDS 

Specific  Admission  Guidelines 

•  Applicants  must  rank  in  the  upper  one-half  of  their  dental  class. 

•  An  interview  is  required. 

•  Letters  of  recommendation  are  required. 

Length  of  Program 

One  year/ two  years 


GRADUATE  PROGRAMS 


GENERAL  INFORMATION 


Graduate  programs  leading  to  the  Master  of  Science  (MS)  and  Doctor  of  Philoso- 
phy (PhD)  degrees  are  offered  in  oral  and  craniofacial  biological  sciences,  and  oral 
and  maxillofacial  pathology.  A  Master  of  Science  degree  is  also  offered  by  the 
Department  of  Dental  Hygiene.  The  PhD  may  be  combined  with  the  DDS  or  one 
of  the  Advanced  Dental  Education  programs. 

A  PhD  program  in  oral  and  craniofacial  biology  (and  accompanying  MS)  per- 
mits the  student  to  focus  on  one  of  three  tracks:  1)  craniofacial  morphology  and 
function  (functional  and  developmental  morphology  of  the  orofacial  region,  brain 
processes  and  underlying  sensation  and  motor  control);  2)  oral  molecular,  cellular 
and  systems  biology  (biochemical,  molecular,  cellular  processes  related  to  cranio- 
facial biology);  or  3)  oral  infectious  disease  (bacterial,  viral  or  fungal  diseases  of  the 
orofacial  region,  and  immunology  and  pathogenetic  mechanisms  of  such  infectious 
disease). 

Programs  are  also  available  for  those  who  wish  to  pursue  a  graduate  degree  in 
the  basic  sciences  concurrently  with  clinic  specialty  education.  The  combined 
degree/specialty  training  program  generally  requires  three  years  for  the  master's 


Advanced  Education  Programs  7 1 


degree  and  five  years  for  the  doctorate.  These  programs  are  highly  individualized 
and  are  developed  according  to  the  candidate's  needs. 

A  Master  of  Science  in  oral  biology  program  is  available  for  graduate  students 
who  are  enrolled  in  the  certificate  programs  in  the  Dental  School  (endodontics, 
orthodontics,  pediatric  dentistry,  periodontics,  prosthodontics,  advanced  educa- 
tion in  general  dentistry)  or  any  persons  holding  a  DDS,  DMD  or  equivalent 
degree.  The  program  is  a  multidisciplinary  one,  in  that  the  graduate  courses  neces- 
sary to  satisfy  the  requirements  of  the  University  of  Maryland  Graduate  School, 
Baltimore  for  the  master's  degree  are  selected  from  the  various  departments  of  the 
University.  Students  who  fulfill  all  requirements  of  this  program  are  awarded  the 
Master  of  Science  degree. 


MASTER  OF  SCIENCE  IN  DENTAL  HYGIENE 

The  Master  of  Science  degree  program  in  dental  hygiene  is  an  innovative  program 
designed  to  prepare  dental  hygienists  to  assume  positions  of  responsibility  beyond 
those  assumed  by  the  graduate  of  a  baccalaureate  program  and  to  provide  a  foun- 
dation for  doctoral  level  study.  The  program  is  student-centered,  individualized 
and  flexible.  The  faculty  is  committed  to  facilitating  the  development  of  profes- 
sionals who  are  competent  to  pursue  careers  in  teaching,  research,  administra- 
tion/management or  public/community  health.  Self-evaluation,  self-direction  and 
critical  thinking  are  encouraged  throughout  the  program.  Students  have  the  oppor- 
tunity to  share  experiences,  knowledge  and  skills,  work  cooperatively  with  col- 
leagues, and  explore  a  variety  of  resources  to  help  them  reach  their  maximum 
potentials  as  health  care  professionals. 

Program  concentrations  include  education,  management  and  community/ 
institutional  health.  Students  in  the  community/institutional  health  concentration 
may  choose  to  focus  on  acute/hospital  care  or  chronic/geriatric  care.  Within  each 
concentration,  practical  career-oriented  applications  of  knowledge  and  theory  are 
emphasized. 

The  Curriculum 

Full-time  students  can  expect  to  complete  the  graduate  program  in  12  to  15 
months.  Part-time  students  usually  complete  the  program  in  24  to  30  months. 
Based  on  their  career  interests,  students  may  select  the  thesis  or  the  non-thesis 
option.  Students  in  the  thesis  track  must  complete  a  total  of  30  semester  credits; 
those  in  the  non-thesis  track  complete  34  credits.  Under  the  guidance  of  a  thesis 
advisor  and  committee,  thesis  students  design,  implement  and  defend  a  research 
project  for  a  total  of  six  credits.  Non-thesis  students,  under  the  guidance  of  an  advi- 
sor, submit  a  scholarly  paper  as  a  practicum  project. 

Thesis  Non-Thesis 
Dental  Hygiene  Core  Requirements                              Option  Option 

Educational  Program  Development  3  3 

Health  Care  Management  3  3 

Literature  Review  and  Evaluation  for  Dental  Hygienists  3  3 

72  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


Research  Design.  Methodology  and  Statistics 


Area  of  Concentration  Practicum 
Master's  Thesis/Research  (thesis  option) 
or  Practicum  Project  (non-thesis  option) 


Electives  6  12 


M)  M 


Core  Courses 


DHYG  4 14.  Educational  Program  Development  (3).  Students  in  this  course  have 
the  opportunity  to  explore  various  ways  in  which  effective  instructional  skills  may 

contribute  to  a  career  in  dental  hygiene.  Learning  experiences  are  designed  to 
enable  the  student  to  develop  these  skills  and  to  project  their  application  in  such 
areas  as  public  school  systems,  community  health  programs,  higher  education  and 
consumer  education. 

DHYG  426.  Health  Care  Management  (3).  Students  are  introduced  to  skills 
essential  for  effective  management  in  their  personal  and  professional  roles.  Areas  of 
emphasis  include  the  dental  team  environment,  managerial  planning  and  decision- 
making, fiscal  issues,  career  planning,  resumes  and  interviewing.  Management 
principles  are  applied  to  a  variety  of  oral  health  care  delivery  settings. 

DHYG  601.  Seminar:  Literature  Review  and  Evaluation  for  Dental  Hygienists 

(3).  Students  gain  appreciation  for  the  literature  as  the  knowledge  base  for  dental 
hygiene  theory  and  practice  in  a  changing  environment.  Participants  analyze  issues 
and  identify  research  questions  relevant  to  dental  hygiene  education  and  practice. 

DHYG  799.  Master's  Thesis  Research  (6).  Research  Design,  Methodology  and 
Statistics  (6).  Several  options  are  available  for  these  courses. 

Practicum  Options  (based  on  concentration  selected) 

DHYG  618.  Effective  Clinical  Teaching  Credits  (2-3).  Through  independent 
study,  seminar  and  clinical  experience,  the  beginning  dental  hygiene  clinical 
teacher  will  identify,  analyze  and  develop  the  skills  and  attitudes  necessary  for  suc- 
cessful clinical  instruction.  This  course  must  be  taken  concurrently  with  a  clinical 
teaching  practicum. 

DHYG  619.  Teaching  Practicum  (2-4).  Graduate  students,  working  with  a  fac- 
ulty advisor,  gain  experience  teaching  in  didactic,  clinical  and/or  laboratory  set- 
tings. An  analytical  approach  to  teaching  effectiveness  is  emphasized.  Placements 
in  junior  colleges,  baccalaureate  programs,  elementary  or  secondary  schools  or  the 
Dental  School  are  arranged  according  to  each  student's  career  goals. 

DHYG  629.  Health  Care  Management  Practicum  (2-4).  In  cooperation  with  a 
faculty  advisor,  graduate  students  observe  and  participate  in  the  administrative 
activities  of  a  health  care  program.  Placements  are  arranged  to  support  the  students 
career  goals. 


Advanced  Education  Programs  73 


DHYG  639.  Advanced  Clinical  Practice  Practicum  (2-4).  Graduate  students 
work  with  a  faculty  advisor  to  gain  knowledge  and  experience  in  an  advanced  clin- 
ical area  of  dental  hygiene  practice,  such  as  nutritional  analysis  and  counseling,  peri- 
odontics or  orthodontics. 

DHYG  649.  Research  Practicum  (2-4).  Graduate  students,  working  in  conjunc- 
tion with  a  faculty  advisor,  gain  experience  in  research  design  and  methodology  by 
developing  a  research  proposal  for  an  area  of  interest  related  to  their  area  of  con- 
centration. 

Elective  Offerings 

Electives  may  be  chosen  from  the  courses  offered  by  the  schools  and  departments 
at  any  of  the  University  of  Maryland  campuses  in  Baltimore,  Baltimore  County  and 
College  Park.  Electives  that  apply  to  the  concentrations  of  teaching,  management 
and  community/institutional  health  must  be  approved  by  the  student's  faculty 
advisor  prior  to  registration. 

Expenses  and  Financial  Assistance 

Tuition  is  $253  per  credit  hour  for  in-state  residents  and  $454  per  credit  hour  for 
nonresidents.  The  following  additional  fees  are  also  assessed:  Student  Government 
Association  fee,  $15;  transportation  fee,  $22;  student  activities  fee,  $25;  support- 
ing facilities  fee,  $240.  Financial  aid,  in  the  form  of  loans,  grants  and  work  study  is 
awarded  on  the  basis  of  demonstrated  need.  A  limited  number  of  part-time  gradu- 
ate teaching  positions  may  be  available  through  the  department,  and  University  fel- 
lowships may  be  available  from  the  graduate  school.  A  fellowship  is  also  available 
from  the  American  Dental  Hygienists'  Association  Institute  for  Oral  Health.  Part- 
time  employment  opportunities  for  dental  hygiene  practice  are  excellent  in  the 
community. 

Admission  and  Application  Procedures 

Admission  to  graduate  study  is  the  exclusive  responsibility  of  the  University  of 
Maryland  Graduate  School,  Baltimore.  The  minimum  standard  for  admission  is  a 
B  average,  or  3.0  on  a  4.0  scale,  as  an  undergraduate  student  in  a  program  of  study 
leading  to  a  baccalaureate  degree.  Students  who  fail  to  meet  these  minimum 
requirements  may  be  admitted  to  graduate  study  as  provisional  students.  Appli- 
cants must  be  graduates  of  an  accredited  program  in  dental  hygiene  and  possess  a 
baccalaureate  degree  in  dental  hygiene  or  a  related  field.  A  personal  interview  with 
the  program  director  is  strongly  recommended. 

Three  copies  of  the  application  for  admission,  three  letters  of  recommendation 
and  two  sets  of  official  transcripts  from  each  college  or  university  attended  must  be 
received  by  the  University  of  Maryland  Graduate  School,  Baltimore,  by  April  1  for 
admission  in  the  fall  semester  and  by  October  1  for  admission  in  the  spring  semester. 

For  more  information  about  the  Master  of  Science  degree  program  in  dental 
hygiene,  write:  Graduate  Program  Director,  Department  of  Dental  Hygiene,  666 
West  Baltimore  Street,  Baltimore,  Maryland  21201. 


74  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


MASTER  OF  SCIENCE  IN  ORAL  BIOLOGY 

1  Ik-  Mastei  ol  Science  in  Oral  Biology  (MSOB)  program  is  designed  foi  dentists 
who  wish  to  [hum it-  ,i  mastei  s  degree  combining  graduate  education  with  .1  post 
graduate  certificate  program  (combined  certificate/MS(  )B  program). 

Objectives 

•  To  provide  graduate  training  at  the  master's  level  for  individuals  holding  a  pro 
(essional  degree  in  dentistry. 

•  l  b  provide  dentists  with  an  interdisciplinary  graduate  foundation  in  the  bio 
logical  and  clinical  sciences  for  careers  in  dental  research,  dental  education,  the 
practice  of  dentistry  or  a  dental  specialty. 

Scope  of  Training 

Students  receive  graduate  training  in  the  basic  sciences.  Although  lecture  courses 
comprise  most  of  the  curriculum,  many  of  the  basic  science  courses  include  a  lab- 
oratory component.  A  significant  portion  of  the  program  is  devoted  to  the  design 
and  completion  of  a  thesis  research  project,  which  is  a  requirement  of  the  program. 
Students  have  the  opportunity  to  select  research  advisors  from  several  disciplines 
and  research  topics  from  many  basic  and  clinical  sciences. 

Site  and  Facilities 

The  primary  training  site  is  the  Dental  School,  University  of  Maryland.  Courses 
and  research  opportunities  are  available  in  oral  pathology  and  the  disciplines  of 
anatomy,  biochemistry,  microbiology,  pharmacology,  physiology,  molecular  biol- 
ogy and  neurophysiology,  which  are  included  in  the  department  of  oral  and  cra- 
niofacial biological  sciences.  Laboratory  space  and  equipment  are  readily  available 
for  student  training.  Facilities  are  also  available  at  other  schools  of  the  University 
of  Maryland,  Baltimore  as  well  as  the  University  of  Maryland  Baltimore  County 
and  College  Park  campuses. 

Length  of  Program 

MSOB/certificate  students  should  be  able  to  complete  the  requirements  of  both 
programs  within  two  to  three  years. 

Faculty 

More  than  60  Dental  professors  who  are  members  of  the  graduate  faculty  partici- 
pate in  this  program.  Faculty  members  from  other  schools  of  the  University  are  also 
involved. 

Academic  Advisors 

Students  enrolled  in  the  combined  certificate/MSOB  program  will  have  their 
respective  specialty  program  director  as  their  academic  advisor. 


Advanced  Education  Programs  75 


Admission  Requirements 

•  Applicants  must  possess  a  Doctor  of  Dental  Surgery,  Doctor  of  Dental  Medi- 
cine or  equivalent  degree  and  must  fulfill  requirements  for  admission  to  the  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland  Graduate  School,  Baltimore. 

•  Application  information  for  the  MSOB  program  may  be  obtained  from  the 
University  of  Maryland  Graduate  School,  Baltimore,  5401  Wilkens  Avenue, 
Baltimore,  Maryland  21228. 

•  Applicants  must  first  apply  and  gain  admission  to  the  clinical  specialty  program 
of  their  choice.  Applications  for  the  specialty  certificate  programs  may  be 
obtained  by  contacting  the  Office  of  Admissions  and  Student  Affairs,  Baltimore 
College  of  Dental  Surgery,  Dental  School,  University  of  Maryland,  666  West 
Baltimore  Street,  Baltimore,  Maryland  21201.  After  gaining  admission  to  the 
specialty  program,  the  individual  must  apply  to  the  University  of  Maryland 
Graduate  School,  Baltimore  for  admission  to  the  MSOB  portion  of  the  com- 
bined program. 

Curriculum 

Students  enrolled  in  either  the  MSOB  program  or  the  combined  certificate/MSOB 
program  are  required  to  have  a  minimum  of  30  semester  hours  in  courses  accept- 
able for  credit  towards  a  graduate  degree,  including  six  hours  of  thesis  research 
credit  at  the  799  level.  At  least  24  credit  hours  must  be  selected  from  courses  num- 
bered 600  or  above  or  courses  numbered  below  600  that  have  been  approved  by 
the  University  of  Maryland  Graduate  School,  Baltimore  as  acceptable  for  graduate 
credit.  Each  student  will  be  required  to  write  a  thesis  based  on  the  master's  research 
and  to  orally  defend  it. 

Specific  information  pertaining  to  this  master's  degree  program  may  be 
obtained  by  contacting  the  chairman  of  the  Graduate  Oversight  Committee, 
Department  of  Oral  and  Craniofacial  Biological  Sciences,  Dental  School,  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland,  666  West  Baltimore  Street,  Baltimore,  Maryland  21201. 


MASTER  OF  SCIENCE  AND  DOCTOR  OF  PHILOSOPHY 
IN  ORAL  AND  MAXILLOFACIAL  PATHOLOGY 


Objectives 

•  To  prepare  individuals  for  an  academic  career  in  the  discipline  of  clinical  and 
experimental  oral  pathology. 

•  To  fulfill  educational  requirements  for  specialty  certification  by  the  American 
Board  of  Oral  Pathology. 

Scope  of  Training 

In  this  program,  one  of  only  14  nationally  accredited  programs,  students  receive 
experience  and  training  in  surgical  oral  pathology,  clinical  oral  pathology  and  the 
basic  sciences.  An  extensive  series  of  lectures,  seminars  and  case  conferences  is  con- 
ducted to  provide  a  comprehensive  curriculum  that  meets  the  requirements  for 


76  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


American  Board  certification  and  the  confirmation  <»!  .1  graduate  degree  From  the 
University  ol  Maryland  (.  iraduate  S<  hool,  Baltimore. 

\  (acult)  advisoi  is  assigned  u>  guide  ea<  h  candidate  through  the  didactic  cui 
riculum  and  researc h  thesis.  Students  are  encouraged  i<>  complete  the  thesis  n  .id 
emic  degree  program,  although  a  non  thesis  option  is  available.  Researc  li  interests 
of  the  faculty  include  connective  tissue,  bone,  stress  proteins,  retroviruses  and  epi 
demiology  of  oral  disease. 

Site  of  Training 

Mos[  clinical  training  is  conducted  within  the  department  of  oral  and  maxillofacial 
pathology  ot  the  University  of  Maryland  Dental  School.  I  )idactic  courses  arc  taken 
in  various  schools  on  the  University  of  Maryland,  Baltimore  and  at  the  Baltimore 

Countv  campus.  Electives  and  special  courses  may  also  be  taken  at  the  University 
of  Maryland  College  Park  or  at  The  Johns  Hopkins  University.  All  of  the  above 
sites,  as  well  as  the  National  Institute  of  Health,  the  National  Library  of  Medicine 
and  the  Armed  Forces  Institute  of  Pathology  in  the  Washington,  D.C.  area,  may 
serve  as  resources  for  the  development  and  completion  of  the  research  thesis. 

Number  of  Positions 

No  limit 

Faculty 

John  J.  Sauk,  DDS,  MS,  Chairman,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Oral 

Pathology 
Russell  L.  Corio,  DDS,  MS.  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Oral  Pathology 
Ross  Couwenhoven,  DDS,  PhD 

Bernard  A.  Levy,  DDS,  MS,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Oral  Pathology 
Robert  S.  Redman,  DDS,  MSD,  PhD,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Oral 

Pathology 
Mark  A.  Reynolds,  DDS 

Length  of  Program 

MS,  three  years 
PhD,  four  years 

Special  Requirements 

DDS,  DMD,  or  equivalent  degree 

Curriculum 

DPAT  612,  613,  Special  Problems  in  Oral  Pathology  (2,2).  One  lecture  and  one 
laboratory  period  per  week.  The  histopathology  of  selected  oral  lesions  is  discussed, 
with  emphasis  on  recent  advances  in  diagnostic  techniques. 

DPAT  614,  615  Methods  in  Histopathology  (4,4).  Two  four-hour  laboratory 
periods  each  week.  The  laboratory  methods  used  in  preparing  pathologic  tissues  for 
microscopic  examination  are  discussed. 


Advanced  Education  Programs  77 


DPAT  616,  617  Advanced  Histopathology  of  Oral  Lesions  (3,3).  One  hour  of 
lecture  and  four  hours  of  laboratory  each  week.  Uncommon  and  rare  lesions  of  the 
head  and  neck  are  studied. 

DPAT  618  Seminar  (1).  One  period  each  week.  Recent  advances  in  oral  pathol- 
ogy are  discussed. 

The  prerequisite  for  all  courses  above  is  a  basic  course  in  pathology.  Approved 
electives  will  supplement  these  courses  until  the  credit  requirements  of  the  program 
are  met. 

DPAT  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-12) 

DPAT  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-12) 


CONTINUING  DENTAL  EDUCATION 

Through  its  academic  departments,  the  Dental  School  offers  a  diverse  curriculum 
of  continuing  education  courses  designed  to  update,  refresh  and  reinforce  the  pro- 
fessional knowledge  and  skills  of  practicing  dentists,  hygienists  and  office  staff.  The 
most  current  clinical,  biological,  social  and  behavioral  sciences  and  practice  man- 
agement knowledge  is  included  in  the  course  offerings.  Courses  are  conducted 
mainly  by  the  school's  faculty.  Continuing  education  credits  are  awarded  for  all 
courses  to  recognize  attendance  and  participation.  A  significant  number  of  on-cam- 
pus  courses  are  laboratory  or  clinical  hands-on  courses.  An  increasing  number  of 
off-campus  courses  are  being  provided  for  dental  professionals  located  in  suburban 
and  rural  areas  of  the  state. 


78  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


Student  Life 


STUDENT  SERVICES 


OFFICE  OF  ACADEMIC  AFFAIRS 


The  Office  of  Academic  Affairs,  under  the  direction  of  the  senior  associate  dean,  is 
the  source  of  student  information  about  the  academic  program  and  the  repository 
for  records  of  student  academic  performance.  The  office  coordinates  the  academic 
counseling  and  guidance  programs  of  the  school.  Departmental  academic  counsel- 
ing and  progress  reports  are  maintained  and  monitored.  Records  concerning  coun- 
seling, referrals  and  disposition  are  maintained  and  serve  as  a  resource  of  academic 
evaluation  by  faculty  and  administration. 

Textbook  lists,  course  schedules,  examination  schedules,  the  academic  calendar 
and  surveys  regarding  students  and  graduates  are  disseminated  through  this  office. 
Examples  of  program  information  distributed  to  students  include  handouts  about 
course  offerings,  course  credits,  and  guidelines  for  the  selection  of  students  for 
clerkship  programs. 

Official  class  rosters  and  student  personal  data  and  address  files  are  maintained 
by  the  Office  of  Academic  Affairs,  which  serves  as  a  liaison  between  the  Dental 
School  and  the  University  registrar  for  the  coordination  of  registration  procedures. 

The  office  is  also  responsible  for  coordination  of  a  computerized  grading  system 
which  (a)  provides  the  advancement  committee  with  a  composite  report  on  all  stu- 
dents in  the  class  at  the  end  of  each  semester;  (b)  provides,  on  request,  class  rank- 
ings and  other  evaluation  data;  and  (c)  operates  in  conjunction  with  the 
University's  Office  of  Records  and  Registration,  which  generates  and  distributes 
individual  grade  reports,  maintains  the  student's  permanent  record  and  issues  the 
official  transcript. 

The  Dental  School  home  page  and  associated  pages  on  the  world  wide  web, 
which  are  coordinated  through  the  Office  of  Academic  Affairs,  contain  general 
information  regarding  the  school  and  its  programs.  The  page  may  be  accessed  at 
www.umaryland.edu/dental/. 


OFFICE  OF  ADMISSIONS  AND  STUDENT  AFFAIRS 

The  Office  of  Admissions  and  Student  Affairs,  under  the  direction  of  the  assistant 
dean  for  admissions  and  student  affairs,  is  either  directly  or  indirectly  involved  with 
all  aspects  of  student  life  and  welfare  at  the  Dental  School.  The  office  manages  the 
admissions  of  students  for  all  programs  and  continues  to  work  with  students 
throughout  their  years  at  the  Dental  School. 


80  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


Students  who  experience  career,  health,  legal,  employment,  housing  01  othei 
personal  problems  are  counseled  In  the  assistani  dean  l<>i  admissions  and  itudeni 
affairs  01  refei  red,  as  appropriate!  to  campus  agen<  ies  or  offices.  In  addition,  court 
seling  concerning  ach  anced  training,  military  service,  internships,  dental  education 
and  dental  research  opportunities  is  available  to  predoctoral  dental  and  dental 
In  giene  students  through  the  ( )ffice  ol  Admissions  and  Studem  Affairs. 

Hie  assistani  Jem  for  admissions  and  student  affairs  serves  .is  advisor  to  .ill  sm 
dent  organizations  and  publications  and  also  assists  in  the  coordination  ol  joint  stu 
dent-faculty  programs  (professional,  social  and  cultural).  The  Student  Affairs 
c  Committee  ol  the  Faculty  Council  has  the  major  responsibility  for  such  programs. 

\  o  effec  tively  conduct  all  student  affairs,  the  (  )ffice  of  Admissions  and  Student 
Affairs  maintains  direct  contact  with  all  administrators,  as  well  as  campus,  com- 
munity and  professional  organizations  and  agencies. 


OFFICE  OF  CLINICAL  AFFAIRS 


All  intramural  and  extramural  clinical  programs  of  the  Dental  School  are  coordi- 
nated by  the  Office  of  Clinical  Affairs.  Major  functions  of  this  office  include  coor- 
dinating the  schedules  of  faculty  members  from  the  various  disciplines  to  each 
general  practice,  scheduling  the  rotation  of  students  to  special  assignments,  assign- 
ing patients  to  students,  maintaining  patient  records,  and  assuming  responsibility 
for  continuous  quality  improvement,  patient  advocacy  and  clinical  information 
management. 

Patient  visits  to  clinics  in  the  Dental  School  exceed  137,000  annually.  Through 
the  Office  of  Clinical  Affairs,  assistance  is  provided  to  students  and  patients  who 
encounter  difficulties.  Central  Materials  Services,  Central  Records  Systems,  and 
personnel  and  financial  management  associated  with  the  operation  of  the  teaching 
clinics  are  additional  responsibilities  coordinated  through  this  office. 


INSTRUCTIONAL  SUPPORT  SERVICES 


Instructional  Support  Services  (ISS)  has  as  its  primary  objective  the  provision  of 
instructional  support  for  the  dental  curriculum.  The  goal  of  ISS  is  to  apply  the  prin- 
ciples of  management  to  the  process  of  education  to  maintain  a  constant  focus  on 
the  quality  of  the  education  being  provided  to  students  pursuing  a  career  in  den- 
tistry or  dental  hygiene.  A  fully  equipped  Independent  Learning  Center  houses 
computers,  study  carrels  and  a  variety  of  audiovisual  equipment  used  in  conjunc- 
tion with  assigned  curricular  materials.  The  Learning  Center  Online  provides  stu- 
dents with  instructional  materials  via  the  Dental  School's  network.Consultation  on 
the  development  of  instructional  packages,  including  web-based  and  media  appli- 
cations, is  provided  to  dental  school  faculty  members  and  students. 

The  Independent  Learning  Center  is  open  more  than  65  hours  a  week,  includ- 
ing evenings  and  Saturdays,  and  provides  a  comfortable  atmosphere  for  indepen- 


Student  Life 


dent  study.  Students,  faculty  and  practitioners  are  welcome  to  use  these  facilities  at 
any  time. 

STUDENT  AND  EMPLOYEE  HEALTH 


The  school  provides  medical  care  for  its  students  through  Student  and  Employee 
Health,  located  in  the  Family  Medicine  Associates  offices  at  29  S.  Paca  St.  Cover- 
age is  provided  by  family  physicians  and  a  nurse  practitioner.  Gynecological  ser- 
vices, including  health  maintenance  and  family  planning,  are  available.  A  physician 
is  on-call  after  hours  for  urgent  problems.  Hepatitis  B  immunization,  required  for 
all  dental  and  dental  hygiene  students,  is  administered  through  Student  and 
Employee  Health. 

All  full-time  students  are  required  to  have  health  insurance.  An  excellent  insur- 
ance policy  is  available  through  the  University  that  provides  wide  coverage,  includ- 
ing obstetrical  care. 


COUNSELING  CENTER 

The  Counseling  Center  provides  professional  individual  and  group  counseling  to 
University  of  Maryland  students.  Some  of  the  problems  that  students  seek  help 
with  include  stress,  relationships,  drugs  or  alcohol,  eating  disorders,  loss  of  a  loved 
one  and  stressful  changes  in  school  or  home  life. 

Students  are  always  seen  by  a  professional — social  worker,  psychologist,  psy- 
chiatrist or  addictions  counselor.  Costs  associated  with  seeing  a  therapist  usually 
are  covered  by  health  insurance;  however,  no  one  is  denied  services  based  on  abil- 
ity to  pay.  All  Counseling  Center  services  are  confidential. 


OFFICE  OF  STUDENT  SERVICES 

The  Office  of  Student  Services,  a  division  of  the  campus-wide  University  Office  of 
Student  Affairs,  provides  an  array  of  support  services  and  programs  designed  to 
assist  students  in  meeting  their  educational,  professional  and  personal  goals.  While 
the  specific  types  of  programs  and  services  offered  by  the  office  varies  according  to 
student  needs  each  year,  the  following  programs  are  offered  consistently  to  enrich 
each  student's  educational  experience  both  in  and  out  of  the  classroom: 

•  African  American  student  programs 

•  Caravan  shuttle  sen/ice 

•  Campus-wide  student  organizations  and  activities 

•  Educational  support  services  for  students  with  disabilities 

•  General  student  life  programs 

•  International  student  support  services 

•  Writing  clinic  tutorial  service 


82  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


It  \  on  are  interested  in  coordinating  a  campus  wideactivit)  <>i  event*  01  would 
like  u>  find  out  more  about  [\\c  above  services,  please  «..ill  the  office  at  410  "(| 
7714  (voice/tdd). 


HOUSING 


Baltimore  is  a  tun,  friendly  city  with  man)  affordable  and  convenient  housing 
options,  fhe  brochure  Universit)  Housing  Options  describes  on  andofl  campus 
options  for  University  students;  it  is  available  from  the  Residence  Life  office  at 
410-706-7766. 

University-owned  housing  accommodates  approximately  27S  students  in  two 
resident  locations.  The  Baltimore  Student  Union  houses  up  to  80  students  in  dor- 
mitory-style single  or  double  rooms  on  two  floors  of  the  building.  Furnishings  for 
each  room  consist  of  bed,  desk  and  closet;  each  floor  has  a  kitchenette,  lounge  and 
rest  room/shower  facility.  The  laundry  room,  located  on  the  ground  floor  of  the 
building,  is  equipped  with  coin-operated  washers  and  dryers. 

Additionally,  the  University  owns  80  apartments — Pascault  Row — in  a  tradi- 
tional row-house  format.  Efficiency,  one-bedroom  and  two-bedroom  arrange- 
ments are  available.  Each  furnished  apartment  contains  a  kitchenette,  private  bath 
and  living  area,  and  accommodates  one  to  four  students.  Residents  also  have  access 
to  storage  in  lockers  on  the  ground  floor.  The  Pascault  Row  complex  has  a  laundry 
room  with  coin-operated  washers  and  dryers. 

Many  students  choose  to  live  in  neighborhoods  surrounding  the  University  of 
Maryland  campus.  University  of  Maryland  personnel  coordinate  a  self-service  off- 
campus  housing  program  designed  to  help  students  identify  convenient  housing 
options.  The  program  is  offered  only  as  a  way  to  facilitate  the  housing  search.  The 
University  does  not  inspect  the  properties  listed  through  this  service  and  therefore 
strongly  encourages  students  to  personally  do  so  before  signing  a  lease.  Finally,  the 
University  has  no  relationship  with  the  property  owners,  landlords  or  realtors  that 
list  properties  through  this  service. 

The  University  Housing  Office  maintains  a  kiosk  in  the  lobby  of  the  Baltimore 
Student  Union  with  current  information  files  on:  apartments  for  rent,  rooms  for 
rent,  houses  and  condominium  for  rent  or  sale  and  roommate  referral.  There  also 
are  other  types  of  off-campus  housing  information  available  at  this  kiosk,  such  as 
the  Apartment  Shopper's  Guide  and  Home  Buyers  Guide. 

Finally,  a  web  site  has  been  created  for  the  University  at  www.UMB-Apartment- 
Guide.com.  Questions  related  to  ofF-campus  housing  can  be  addressed  by  calling 
410-706-8087. 

The  University  sponsors  a  shuttle  service  (the  Caravan)  which  provides  trans- 
portation to  students  in  the  surrounding  neighborhoods  to  and  from  campus  seven 
days  a  week. 

On-campus  parking  is  available  to  students.  Commuting  students  must  obtain 
a  parking  permit  from  the  parking  services  office,  then  pay  the  established  daily  rate 
when  parking  in  the  garage.  Students  who  live  in  on-campus  housing  pay  for  park- 
ing by  the  semester  or  year  and  are  guaranteed  24-hour  parking  in  a  garage  adja- 


Student  Life  83 


cent  to  their  residence  facility.  Public  transportation  makes  the  campus  accessible 
by  bus,  subway  and  light  rail. 


ATHLETIC  FACILITIES 


The  Athletic  Center  is  located  on  the  10th  floor  of  the  Pratt  Street  Garage.  The 
facility  is  equipped  with  one  squash  court,  two  racquetball/handball  courts  and  two 
basketball  courts  that  may  also  be  used  for  volleyball.  In  addition,  the  following 
equipment  is  available:  free  weights  and  fixed  weights;  stationary  bikes;  rowing, 
cross  country  and  stair  machines;  treadmills  and  climbers.  Both  men's  and  women's 
locker  rooms  are  equipped  with  saunas  and  showers. 

Intramural  sports  include  basketball,  flag  football,  hoop  fest,  indoor  triathlon, 
indoor  rowing,  racquetball,  soccer,  softball,  squash,  volleyball  and  weightlifting. 
The  Athletic  Center  also  sponsors  a  variety  of  special  event  tournaments  and  offers 
co-ed  aerobic  classes  and  fitness/wellness  programs.  Mini-courses  in  CPR,  first  aid, 
self-defense,  Tae  Kwon  Do  and  Tai  Chi  are  offered  during  the  school  year.  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland  students  with  a  current  and  valid  ID  are  admitted  free.  For 
additional  information,  contact  the  athletic  manager  at  410-706-3902. 

University  of  Maryland  students  are  also  eligible  to  use  the  pool  at  the  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland,  Baltimore  County  campus,  located  15  minutes  from  the  Balti- 
more campus.  Call  410-455-2129  for  information  and  hours. 


THE  BALTIMORE  STUDENT  UNION 

The  Baltimore  Student  Union  is  a  multi-purpose  facility  providing  services  to  stu- 
dents, faculty,  staff,  alumni  and  guests.  Services  provided  in  the  Baltimore  Student 
Union  include  the  University  Bookstore,  Courtyard  Cafe  (a  lounge  with  a  full 
range  of  vending  machines,  microwave,  tables  and  chairs),  a  State  Employees 
Credit  Union  ATM  machine  (students  can  set  up  accounts  with  the  SECU),  meet- 
ing rooms,  Student  Government  Offices  (undergraduate  and  graduate),  two  floors 
of  dormitory  rooms  (one  floor  for  men  and  one  floor  for  women)  and  a  laundry 
room. 

Administrative  offices  located  in  the  Baltimore  Student  Union  include  Auxil- 
iary Services,  Caravan  Student  Shuttle  Service,  Graduate  School,  Financial  Aid, 
Records  and  Registration,  University  Office  of  Student  Affairs,  Student  Services, 
and  Housing  and  Residence  Life/Student  Union  Office. 


84  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


STUDENT  POLICIES 


STUDENT  JUDICIAL  POLICY 

Statement  oj  Ethical  Principles,  Practices,  and  Behaviors 

1  isted  below  are  examples  ol  principles  and  behaviors  that  the  academic  commu 
nity  of  the  Dental  School,  consisting  of  both  (acuity  and  students,  considers  gen- 
erally valid.  No  such  statement  can  ever  be  complete,  nor  can  it  he  construed  as  a 
comprehensive  code  of  professional  conduct.  Rather,  it  is  intended  as  a  guide  to  live 
by  for  those  who  are  a  part  of  the  academic  community. 

•  Each  member  or  this  community  is  obliged  to  carry  out  his  or  her  designated 
responsibilities  within  the  rules  and  governance  structure  adopted  and  agreed  to 
by  the  community  as  a  whole. 

•  Faculty  and  students  should  be  concerned  with  their  own  competence  and  strive 
to  improve  themselves  in  the  integration  and  transmission  of  knowledge. 

•  In  contributing  to  the  information  base  of  the  sciences,  whether  verbally  or  by 
written  communication,  students  and  faculty  should  present  data,  interpreta- 
tions of  data,  and  other  facets  of  scholarly  discovery  with  honesty  and  integrity. 

•  Professional  relations  among  all  members  of  the  community  should  be  marked 
by  civility.  Thus,  scholarly  contributions  should  be  acknowledged,  slanderous 
comments  and  acts  should  be  expunged,  and  each  person  should  recognize  and 
facilitate  the  contributions  of  others  to  this  community. 

•  Each  member  of  the  community,  when  acting  as  an  evaluator  of  any  other  mem- 
ber, should  recognize  unprofessional  personal  bias  and  eliminate  its  effect  on  the 
evaluation. 

•  The  validity  of  evaluation  shall  not  be  compromised  by  any  departure  from  the 
published  and/or  generally  understood  rules  of  conduct.  Thus,  all  manner  of 
cheating  on  examinations  or  the  presentation  of  work  assumed  to  be  one's  own 
but  done  by  another  are  unacceptable  behaviors. 

•  An  individual  may  challenge  or  refuse  to  comply  with  a  directive  whose  imple- 
mentation would  not  be  in  keeping  with  generally  held  ethical  principles. 

•  An  individual  should  report  his  or  her  limitation  of  knowledge  or  experience  if 
either  limitation  is  likely  to  compromise  an  effort  or  expected  result. 

•  Faculty  and  students  should  seek  consultation  whenever  it  appears  that  the  qual- 
ity of  professional  service  may  be  enhanced  thereby. 

•  Students  should  seek  consultation  and  supervision  whenever  their  care  of  a 
patient  may  be  compromised  because  of  lack  of  knowledge  and/or  experience. 

•  Students  and  faculty  members  must  merit  the  confidence  of  patients  entrusted 
to  their  care,  rendering  to  each  a  full  measure  of  service  and  devotion. 

•  All  patients  should  be  treated  with  dignity  and  respect. 

•  An  individual  or  group  of  individuals  should  not  abuse  their  power  by  extend- 
ing it  beyond  its  defined  or  generally  accepted  limits. 


Student  Life  85 


•  To  the  extent  practical,  sanctions  for  violations  of  these  principles  shall  affect 
only  individuals  found  to  have  committed  the  violations  and  shall  not  affect 
other  persons. 

Professio?ial  Code  of  Conduct 

This  academic  community  has  interrelated  responsibilities  of  producing  and  dis- 
seminating new  scientific  knowledge,  teaching,  caring  for  patients,  and  educating 
individuals  to  carry  on  these  same  functions.  In  carrying  out  these  responsibilities, 
the  academic  community  needs  rules  to  guide  the  maintenance  of  high  standards. 
These  must  be  nurtured  by  individuals  with  developed  senses  of  honor,  integrity 
and  intellectual  honesty.  It  is  incumbent  upon  the  academic  community  to  pro- 
vide an  environment  that  fosters  these  attributes  in  students  and  faculty  members. 
It  is  important  that  faculty  members  and  students  in  a  health  profession  realize 
that  in  our  society  the  health  practitioner  functions  mainly  on  the  basis  of  self-dis- 
cipline, rather  than  on  imposed  regulation,  and  receives  a  high  degree  of  public  con- 
fidence and  trust.  By  accepting  a  Professional  Code  of  Conduct,  which  represents 
this  trust,  the  faculty  member  and  student  demonstrate  the  desire  to  be  fully  pre- 
pared for  the  obligation  to  the  dental  profession  and  to  the  people  served.  As  is  tra- 
ditionally expected  of  all  health  professionals,  faculty  members  and  students  will 
demonstrate  the  highest  standards  of  integrity  at  all  times.  Faculty  members  and 
students  are  expected  at  all  times  to  conduct  themselves  in  accordance  with  all 
codes,  rules  and  regulations  of  the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery,  Dental 
School,  University  of  Maryland. 

Student  Offenses  of  the  Professional  Code  of  Conduct 

The  following  behaviors,  while  not  inclusive,  are  examples  of  student  offenses  of 

the  Professional  Code  of  Conduct. 

•  Unprofessional  Conduct:  Including,  but  not  limited  to,  all  forms  of  conduct 
which  fail  to  meet  the  standards  of  the  dental  profession:  lack  of  personal  clean- 
liness, use  of  abusive  language  or  behavior,  sexual  harassment,  disruption  of  class 
or  any  other  school  activity,  and/or  violation  of  the  Dental  School  dress  code. 

•  Academic  Misconduct:  All  forms  of  student  academic  misconduct  including, 
but  not  limited  to,  plagiarism,  cheating  on  examinations,  violation  of  examina- 
tion procedures,  and  submitting  work  for  evaluation  that  is  not  one's  own  effort. 

•  Dishonesty:  Includes  knowingly  furnishing  false  information  through  forgery, 
alteration  or  misuse  of  documents  or  records  with  intent  to  deceive;  presenting 
written  or  oral  statements  known  to  be  false;  loaning,  transferring,  altering  or 
otherwise  misusing  University  identification  materials. 

•  Theft  or  Destruction  of  Property:  Includes  unauthorized  possession  or  receiv- 
ing of  property  that  does  not  belong  to  the  individual,  such  as  instruments  and 
books,  or  destruction  of  property  not  belonging  to  the  individual. 

•  Forcible  entry  into  University  facilities. 

•  Intentional  infliction  or  threat  of  bodily  harm. 

•  Possession  of  illegal  drugs  or  weapons. 

•  Aiding  or  Abetting:  Includes  conspiring  with  or  knowingly  aiding  or  abetting 
another  person  to  engage  in  any  unacceptable  activity. 


86  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


•  \  ioladon  of  .m\  codesj  rules,  and  regulations  o(  the  Baltimore  <  ollcgc  ol  1  Jen 
tal  Surgei) ,  Dental  School,  University  ol  Maryland,  Baltimore. 
1  he  sections  ol  the  Student  Judicial  Polio-  in<  luded  in  this  bulletin  are  intended 
id  pro\  ide  examples  of  the  high  standards  ol  conduct  expected  of  a  professional  and 
the  offenses  against  these  standards.  I  Ik-  remaining  se<  tions  o(  the  policy  des<  ribe 
spec  ifk  examination  procedures  and  procedures  for  considering  infractions  against 
the  Professional  ( lode  ol  ( )ondu<  i  and  are  published  in  the  Student  Handbook.  I  he 
Student  [udicial  Policy  in  us  entirety  is  sent  to  each  admitted  student.  Acceptance 
to  the  Dental  School  is  contingent  upon  the  understanding  and  acceptance  ol  the 
tenets  contained  in  the  Student  Judicial  Policy  and  Professional  ( )ode  ol  ( Conduct 
and  arc  published  in  the  Student  Handbook. 


DRESS  REGULATIONS 


It  is  the  responsibility  of  all  students,  faculty,  and  staff  to  maintain  personal  dress 
and  cleanliness  consistent  with  professional  patient  care  and  Maryland  Department 
of  Occupational  Safety  and  Health  regulations.  Enforcement  of  these  regulations 
is  the  responsibility  of  everyone:  faculty,  staff  and  students. 

Patient  Treatment  Areas: 

1 .  Informal  attire  such  as  denim  jeans  or  shorts  is  not  permitted.  Clean  athletic 
shoes  may  only  be  worn  with  scrub  attire. 

2.  All  students  will  wear  white  clinic  coats  or  disposable  gowns,  provided  by  the 
school,  during  patient  treatment.  Selection  of  the  coat  or  gown  is  based  on  the  pro- 
cedure being  performed.  Clinic  coats/gowns  will  be  worn  in  all  pre-clinical  labs,  the 
Clinical  Simulation  Unit,  and  clinic  areas  only.  A  clean  coat  or  gown  will  be  worn 
each  day;  it  will  be  changed  should  it  become  visibly  stained  or  contaminated  dur- 
ing the  clinic  session.  Clinic  coats  should  not  be  worn  outside  the  building. 

3.  Surgical  scrub  attire  may  be  worn  while  providing  patient  care,  as  long  as  a 
clean  white  clinic  coat  and/or  disposable  gown  is  worn  over  the  scrubs.  Scrubs  in 
solid,  dark  colors  (blues  or  greens,  with  the  exception  of  navy  blue,  which  is  reserved 
for  faculty  members)  will  be  purchased  and  maintained  by  the  individual.  Individ- 
uals choosing  to  wear  scrubs  for  patient  treatment  may  either  change  at  school  prior 
to  patient  treatment  or  arrive  and  leave  the  building  in  scrub  attire. 

4.  If  scrub  attire  is  not  worn  in  the  clinic  setting,  men  and  women  will  wear 
attire  appropriate  for  a  professional  environment.  Men  should  wear  clean,  neat 
slacks  and  a  collared  shirt  with  a  necktie.  Women  who  choose  to  wear  skirts,  split 
skirts  or  dress  shorts  should  select  items  with  a  length  no  shorter  than  two  inches 
above  the  knee.  Socks,  hose  or  tights  should  be  worn.  Open-toed  shoes  are  not 
appropriate  for  the  patient  treatment  area. 

5.  Rings  and  wristwatches  that  may  potentially  penetrate  gloves  should  not  be 
worn  when  providing  patient  treatment.  Earrings  should  be  studs,  hoops  or  dan- 
gles that  hang  no  longer  than  one  inch  below  the  ear. 

6.  An  individual's  hair-style  should  prevent  hair  from  contacting  patients, 
instruments,  or  equipment.  Hair  should  be  clean  and  neatly  groomed.  Hair  longer 
than  chin/shoulder  length  should  be  worn  away  from  the  clinician's  face. 

Student  Life  87 


7.  Fingernails  should  be  clean,  short  (no  longer  than  the  fingertip)  and  well- 
manicured.  Light-colored  fingernail  polish  may  be  worn. 

Classroom/ Laboratory  Attire: 

1 .  Faded,  torn  or  tattered  denim  jeans  should  not  be  worn  in  the  classroom  or 
laboratory.  Dark  blue  or  colored  denim  jeans  would  be  acceptable  attire  for  the 
classroom  or  laboratory. 

2.  T-shirts  with  logos  should  not  be  worn  in  the  Dental  School. 

3.  Hats  of  a  non-religious  nature  should  not  be  worn  in  the  Dental  School. 

4.  Refer  to  #4  above  regarding  clothing  appropriate  for  a  professional  environ- 
ment. The  length  of  skirts  or  shorts  should  be  taken  into  consideration  before 
choosing  to  wear  a  skirt  or  shorts  that  could  potentially  embarrass  the  individual 
and/or  his  or  her  colleagues  (faculty,  staff  and  students). 


PUBLICATIONS/ORGANIZATIONS/AWARDS 


PUBLICATIONS 

Dental  School  and  campus  publications  include  the  Forum,  a  semi-annual  maga- 
zine focusing  on  news  and  information  of  and  to  the  school's  alumni,  faculty  mem- 
bers, students  and  friends;  the  Voice,  n  monthly  campus-wide  publication;  BCDS 
Smile,  a  tri-annual  newsletter  for  and  about  students  and  faculty  and  staff  mem- 
bers; and  the  annual  Student  Answer  Book.  In  addition,  the  Office  of  Admissions 
and  Student  Affairs  publishes  a  Student  Handbook  for  distribution  to  dental  and 
dental  hygiene  students.  These  publications  are  distributed  free  of  charge. 

Student  publications  include  a  yearbook,  The  MIRROR,  and  a  student  direc- 
tory, compiled  and  distributed  by  the  Student  Dental  Association. 


ORGANIZATIONS 

The  Student  Dental  Association  (SDA)  is  the  organizational  structure  of  the  stu- 
dent body.  SDA  is  presided  over  and  governed  by  elected  representatives  from  all 
classes  and  is  represented  on  selected  committees  within  the  school.  The  organiza- 
tion participates  in  certain  student-faculty  activities  and  sponsors  and  directs  all 
student  social  activities.  It  is  responsible  for  the  publication  of  the  school's  year- 
book, The  MIRROR,  and  is  unique  among  dental  student  organizations  in  having 
formulated  its  own  constitution  and  professional  code  of  conduct. 

The  American  Student  Dental  Association  (ASDA)  was  established  in  Febru- 
ary 1971,  with  the  aid  of  the  American  Dental  Association  (ADA).  Its  primary  pur- 
pose is  to  serve  as  a  liaison  between  students  and  the  ADA  and  its  components. 
ASDA  membership  includes  student  membership  in  the  ADA  and  subscriptions  to 
the  Journal  of  the  ADA  and  the  ADA  News. 


88  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


Student  American  Dental  Hygienists'  Association  (SADHA    memben  arc 
involved  in  activities  such  as  hosting  guest  speakers,  conducting  rundraising  pro 
jects,  presenting  table  clinics  and  maintaining  contaci  with  the  state  and  local  01 
nizations.  1  hej  also  participate  in  meetings  and  discussion  groups  on  •»  regional 
and  national  level.  Student  representatives  attend  the  annual  meeting  <>i  the  Amei 
ican  Dental  1  lygienists1  Association. 

[Tie  Student  Nation.il  Dental  Association  (SNDA),  Maryland  chapter,  was 
(bunded  in  1973.  The  primary  objective  of  this  organization  istofostei  die  re<  ruii 
ment,  admission,  development  and  graduation  of  black  dental  and  denial  hygiene 
students.  Among  the  activities  in  which  the  Maryland  chapter  is  engaged  arc  minor 
iiv  recruitment,  tutoring,  social  and  professional  programs,  and  community  and 
university  relations. 

The  American  Association  of  Dental  Research  Student  Research  Group  was 
founded  in  1987.  The  objectives  of  the  local  chapter  are  to  promote  student 
research  in  dentistry  and  its  related  disciplines,  to  promote  the  advancement  of  den- 
tal research  and  related  aspects,  and  to  further  the  aims  and  objectives  of  the  Amer- 
ican Association  of  Dental  Research  (AADR)  and  International  Association  of 
Dental  Research  (IADR)  as  they  relate  to  student  research.  Membership  is  open  to 
all  dental  and  dental  hygiene  students  expressing  an  interest  in  dental  research.  Past 
research  experience  is  not  a  requirement  for  membership. 

The  American  Association  of  Dental  Schools  (AADS)  promotes  the  advance- 
ment of  dental  education,  research  and  service  in  all  appropriately  accredited  insti- 
tutions that  offer  programs  for  dental  personnel.  The  association  has  three 
membership  categories:  institutional,  individual  and  student.  Student  members 
receive  the  Journal  of  Dental  Education  and  the  Dental  Student  News,  published  by 
the  association.  During  the  year  the  local  chapter  conducts  programs  to  promote 
the  goals  of  this  organization. 

The  Gamma  Pi  Delta  Prosthodontic  Honorary  Society,  chartered  in  1965,  is 
an  honorary  student  dental  organization  with  scholarship  and  interest  in  the  field 
of  prosthetic  dentistry  as  a  basis  for  admission.  The  objective  of  the  organization  is 
the  advancement  of  prosthetic  dentistry  through  lectures,  table  clinics  and  other 
academic  activities  that  stimulate  the  creative  interest  of  students  and  the  profes- 
sion in  general. 

The  Gorgas  Odontological  Honorary  Society  was  organized  in  1 9 1 6  as  an  hon- 
orary student  dental  society  with  scholarship  as  a  basis  for  admission.  The  society 
was  named  after  Dr.  Ferdinand  J.  S.  Gorgas,  a  pioneer  in  dental  education,  a  teacher 
of  many  years'  experience  and  a  major  contributor  to  dental  literature.  It  was  with 
the  idea  of  perpetuating  his  name  that  the  society  chose  its  title. 

To  be  eligible  for  membership  a  student  must  rank  in  the  top  one-third  of  the 
class,  must  have  achieved  and  maintained  a  minimum  grade  point  average  of  3.0 
in  all  combined  courses  and  must  not  have  repeated  any  subject  for  scholastic  rea- 
sons. Speakers  prominent  in  the  dental  and  medical  fields  are  invited  to  address 
members  at  monthly  meetings.  An  effort  is  made  to  obtain  speakers  not  affiliated 
with  the  University. 

The  Phi  Chapter  of  Omicron  Kappa  Upsilon,  a  national  honorary  dental  soci- 
ety, was  chartered  at  the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery  during  the  1928-29 

Student  Life  89 


academic  year.  Students  whose  class  rank  for  the  entire  course  of  study  is  within  the 
top  20  percent  are  eligible.  This  high  honor  is  conferred  upon  those  graduating 
seniors  who,  in  addition  to  scholarship,  have  demonstrated  exemplary  character 
traits  and  potential  for  future  professional  growth  and  attainment. 

The  Academy  of  General  Dentistry  membership  is  open  to  all  students  in  the 
Dental  School.  General  dentists  share  extraordinary  experiences  in  lecture-discus- 
sion programs  of  interest  to  all.  Meetings  are  held  several  times  a  year  after  school 
hours. 

The  American  Association  of  Women  Dentists  (AAWD)  was  founded  nation- 
ally in  1921.  The  Maryland  student  chapter,  founded  in  1982,  provides  support 
and  information  locally  to  women  dental  students  attending  the  Dental  School. 
Lectures,  group  discussions,  projects  and  gatherings  with  practitioners  and  AAWD 
chapters  from  other  dental  schools  form  the  basis  of  the  group's  activities. 

The  American  Society  of  Dentistry  for  Children  meets  once  a  month  and  uses 
a  lecture-discussion  format  to  discuss  subjects  as  varied  as  nutrition  for  children  to 
nitrous  oxide  analgesia  in  private  practice.  All  students  are  welcome  to  join. 

The  Big  Brother/Sister  Program  is  a  voluntary  effort  on  the  part  of  year  II  den- 
tal students  to  help  and  advise  members  of  the  incoming  year  I  class.  It  is  hoped 
that  this  assistance  will  continue  through  graduation  of  each  class.  The  program  has 
been  made  an  official  standing  committee  of  the  SDA. 

The  Dental  Hygiene  Big  Brother/Sister  Program  is  a  voluntary  effort  on  the 
part  of  each  member  of  the  senior  class  to  help  and  advise  a  member  of  the  junior 
class.  It  is  hoped  that  this  assistance  will  continue  through  graduation  of  each  class. 

The  Christian  Dental  Association,  a  chapter  of  the  Christian  Medical  Society, 
provides  students  with  opportunities  in  the  areas  of  community  and  world  outreach 
programs.  In  addition  to  holding  Bible-study  sessions  and  lectures,  the  group  is 
forming  a  network  between  practicing  Christian  dentists  and  dental  students. 

The  Korean  American  Student  Dental  Association  was  established  in  1993  to 
provide  dental  education  to  the  non-English  speaking  Korean  community  and  to 
help  Korean  dental  students  assimilate  to  the  Dental  School. 

The  University  Student  Government  Association  is  a  growing  team  of  profes- 
sional and  graduate  students  dedicated  to  making  University  of  Maryland,  Balti- 
more "a  more  perfect  union."  USGA  was  created  to  advocate  on  behalf  of  all  the 
University  students. 

Professional  dental  fraternities  are  Greek  letter  organizations  of  men  and 
women  bonded  by  ritual.  They  are  fraternities  that  limit  membership  to  selected 
graduates  and  students  enrolled  and  satisfactorily  pursuing  courses  in  an  accredited 
college  of  dentistry.  They  are  not  honorary  fraternities  or  recognition  societies  that 
confer  membership  to  recognize  outstanding  scholarship.  Aims  of  professional 
dental  fraternities  are  to  promote  the  high  ideals  and  standards  of  the  profession, 
advance  professional  knowledge  and  welfare  of  members,  and  provide  a  medium 
through  which  members  with  a  common  interest  can  develop  lasting  friendships. 
Representative  chapters  in  the  Dental  School  are  Alpha  Omega,  founded  in  1907, 
and  Psi  Omega,  founded  in  1892. 


90  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


AWARDS 

Awards  are  presented  to  senior  students  ai  graduation  to  recognize  the  foilov 
achievements  and  qualities: 

Dentistr) 

•  highesi  scholastic  average 

•  grade  poini  average  among  the  10  highesi  in  the  class 

•  highest  average  in  basic  biological  sciences 

•  highesi  average  in  preclinical  studies 

•  ethical  standards,  kindness  and  humanitarianism 

•  professional  demeanor 

•  devotion  to  the  school  and  the  profession 

•  characteristics  of  an  outstanding  general  practitioner 

•  greatest  degree  of  professional  growth  and  development 

•  conscientious  and  enthusiastic  devotion  to  clinical  practice 

•  high  proficiency  in  clinical  care  and  patient  management 

•  greatest  proficiency  in  oral-maxillofacial  surgery 

•  excellence  in  fixed  partial  prosthodontics 

•  excellence  in  complete  operative  restoration 

•  excellence  in  removable  prosthodontics 

•  outstanding  senior  thesis/table  clinic 

•  research  achievement 

•  achievement,  proficiency  and/or  potential  in  each  of  the  following  disciplines 
or  specialty  areas: 

anatomy  gold  foil  operation 

anesthesiology  operative  dentistry 

basic  dental  science  oral  health  care  delivery 

dental  materials  oral  medicine 

dentistry  for  children  oral  pathology 

dentistry  for  the  handicapped         oral-maxillofacial  surgery 
dental  radiology  orthodontics 

endodontics  periodontology 

geriatric  dentistry  removable  prosthodontics 

Dental  Hygiene 

•  highest  scholastic  average 

•  grade  point  average  among  the  five  highest  in  the  class 

•  humanitarianism,  ethical  standards  and  devotion  to  the  profession 

•  interest  in  and  potential  for  active  participation  in  professional  organizations 

•  interest  and  participation  in  the  Student  American  Dental  Hygienists'  Asso- 
ciation 

•  outstanding  clinical  performance 

•  outstanding  leadership  and  participation  in  community  activities  and  student 
and  professional  organizations 


Student  Life 


Matriculation  Policies 
and  Procedures 


REGISTRATION  PROCEDURES 


[o  attend  classes  students  arc  required  to  register  each  term  in  accordance  with  cur- 
rent registration  procedures.  Fees  are  due  and  payable  on  the  dates  specified  for  reg- 
istration. Registration  is  not  complete  until  all  financial  obligations  are  satisfied. 
Students  who  do  not  complete  their  registration  and  pay  tuition  and  all  fees  will 
not  be  permitted  to  attend  classes.  A  fee  will  be  charged  for  late  registration. 

Although  the  University  regularly  mails  bills  to  advance-registered  students,  it 
cannot  assume  responsibility  for  their  receipt.  If  any  student  does  not  receive  a  bill 
prior  to  the  beginning  of  a  semester  in  which  he/she  has  advance  registered,  it  is  the 
student's  responsibility  to  contact  the  registrar's  office  or  cashier's  office  during 
normal  business  hours. 

All  checks  and  money  orders  should  be  made  payable  to  the  University  of  Mary- 
land for  the  exact  amount  of  the  bill. 

No  diploma,  certificate  or  transcript  of  record  will  be  issued  to  a  student  who 
has  not  made  satisfactory  settlement  of  his  University  account. 


DETERMINATION  OF  IN-STATE  STATUS 

An  initial  determination  of  in-state  status  for  admission,  tuition  and  charge-differ- 
ential purposes  will  be  made  by  the  University  at  the  time  a  student's  application 
for  admission  is  under  consideration.  The  determination  made  at  that  time,  and 
any  determination  made  thereafter,  shall  prevail  in  each  semester  until  the  deter- 
mination is  successfully  challenged. 

Students  classified  as  in-state  for  admission,  tuition  and  charge-differential  pur- 
poses are  responsible  for  notifying  the  Office  of  Records  and  Registration  in  writ- 
ing within  15  days  of  any  change  in  their  circumstances  that  might  affect  their 
classification. 

The  determination  of  in-state  status  for  admission,  tuition  and  charge-differen- 
tial purposes  is  the  responsibility  of  the  campus  Office  of  Records  and  Registration. 
A  student  may  request  a  reevaluation  of  this  status  by  filing  a  petition  (available  in 
Room  326  of  the  Baltimore  Student  Union).  Copies  of  the  University  policy  are 
available  in  the  Office  of  Records  and  Registration,  Office  of  Admissions  and  Stu- 
dent Affairs,  and  in  the  Dean's  Office. 


Matriculation  Policies  and  Procedures  93 


1 998-99  TUITION  AND  FEES 


Dental  Program 

Per  Per 

Semester  Year 


Matriculation  (new  students)* 

$        50 

$        50 

Tuition  and  fees 

In-state 

5,312 

10,624 

Out-of-state 

11,220 

22,441 

Instrument  cassette  service  charge 

924 

1,848 

Breakage  fee*  (fall  semester  only,  refundable) 

200 

200 

Dental  equipment  purchase  fee  (fall 

semester  only) 

Year  1 

2,612 

2,612 

Year  II 

1,815 

1,815 

Year  III 

95 

95 

Laundry  service  charge 

Years  1  and  II 

85 

170 

Years  III  and  IV 

123 

245 

Student  liability  insurance  (fall  semester  only) 

Years  1,  II 

75 

75 

Years  III,  IV 

150 

150 

Hepatitis  vaccine  series* 

140 

140 

TB  screening 

10 

10 

Hospitalization  insurance** 

Student 

486 

971 

Student  and  dependent 

922 

1,844 

Student  and  spouse 

1,165 

2,330 

Family 

1,456 

2,912 

Disability  insurance 

24 

24 

Dormitory  fee*** 

Graduation  fee  (seniors)* 

45 

45 

*One-time  fee. 

**The  university's  program  or  equivalent  insurance  coverage  is  required  of  all  dental 

students  in  addition  to  the  student  health  fee. 

***Dormitory  fees  are  $203  per  month,  double  occupancy,  per  occupant. 

An  enrollment  deposit  of  $200  is  required  of  all  dental  students  upon  accep- 
tance of  the  offer  of  admission  to  the  Dental  School.  This  will  be  credited  toward 
the  applicant's  tuition  and  is  nonrefundable.  An  additional  $100  deposit  is  due  by 
June  1  to  confirm  intent  to  enroll. 

The  Dental  School  is  considering  the  possibility  of  requiring  a  prescribed  lap- 
top computer  and  digitized  textbooks  for  students  entering  in  the  fall  of  2000.  The 
cost  of  the  computer  and  the  digitized  textbooks  would  be  in  addition  to  those 
listed  above. 


94  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


Dental  Hygiene  Program 


Per 
Semester 

Per 
Year 

Matriculation  (new  students)* 

$50 

$50 

Tuition  and  fees** 

In-state 

1.678 

3.356 

Out-of-state 

4.925 

9.851 

Instrument  cassette  service  charge 

422 

845 

Breakage  fee,  Year  III  (fall  semester  only,  refundable)* 

100 

100 

Dental  equipment  purchase  fee,  Year  III 

*  (fall  semester  only) 

390 

390 

Laundry  service  charge 

73 

145 

Student  liability  insurance  (fall  semester 

only) 

50 

50 

Hepatitis  vaccine  series* 

140 

140 

TB  screening 

10 

10 

Hospitalization  insurance*** 

Student 

486 

971 

Student  and  dependent 

922 

1,844 

Student  and  spouse 

1,165 

2,330 

Family 

1,456 

2,912 

Disability  insurance 

28 

28 

Dormitory  fee**** 

Graduation  fee  (seniors)* 

45 

45 

*One-time  fee. 

**Tuition  figures  are  based  on  full-time  attendance.  Tuition  for  part-time  students 

(eight  credits  or  less)  is  $183  per  credit  hour  in-state,  $274 per  credit  hour  out-of-state. 

***The  university 's  program  or  equivalent  insurance  coverage  is  required  of  all  full-time 

dental  hygiene  students  in  addition  to  the  student  health  fee. 

****Dormitory  fees  are  $203  per  month,  double  occupancy,  per  occupant. 

Students  offered  admission  will  be  required  to  send  a  deposit  of  $200  with  a  letter 
of  intent  to  enroll.  This  deposit  will  be  credited  toward  tuition  at  registration,  but 
will  not  be  refunded  in  the  event  of  failure  to  enroll. 

Advanced  Specialty  Education 

Per  Per 

Semester  Year 


Application  fee* 

$50 

$50 

Tuition  and  fees 

In-state 

4,755 

9,510 

Out-of-state 

9,375 

18,750 

Instrument/Cassette  Service  Charge 

793 

1,585 

Breakage  allowance  (fall  semester,  first  year  only)** 

200 

200 

Laundry  Service  Charge 

122 

245 

Student  liability  insurance 

250 

250 

Hepatitis  B  vaccine* 

140 

140 

TB  screening 

10 

10 

Matriculation  Policies  and  Procedures  95 


Hospitalization  insurance*** 

Student 

486 

971 

Student  and  dependent 

922 

1,844 

Student  and  spouse 

1,165 

2,330 

Family 

1,456 

2,912 

^One-time  fee. 

^Refundable  upon  completion  of  program. 

***The  University's  program  or  equivalent  insurance  coverage  is  required  of  all  post- 
graduate students  in  addition  to  the  student  health  fee. 

Postgraduate  students  in  the  endodontics,  pediatric  dentistry,  periodontics, 
prosthodontics  and  orthodontics  programs  are  assessed  an  enrollment  deposit  of 
$200.  The  deposit  is  credited  to  the  student's  account  upon  registration.  The 
enrollment  deposit  is  not  refundable. 

Students  enrolled  in  only  graduate  courses  should  consult  the  University  of 
Maryland  Graduate  School,  Baltimore  catalog  for  information  about  tuition  and 
fees. 


EXPLANATION  OF  FEES 

Campus  fees  are  used  to  fund  activities  sponsored  by  the  University  Student  Gov- 
ernment Association,  support  the  cost  of  the  shuttle  system  (the  Caravan)  that 
transports  students  to  local  neighborhoods,  meet  the  costs  of  various  student  activ- 
ities, student  publications  and  cultural  programs  within  the  Dental  School,  and  to 
aid  in  funding  the  expansion  of  various  campus  facilities  that  are  not  funded  or  are 
funded  only  in  part  from  other  sources. 

The  application  and/or  matriculation  fee  partially  defrays  the  cost  of  process- 
ing applications  for  admission  and  enrollment  data  in  the  professional  schools. 
These  are  not  refundable.  The  application  fee  will  be  applied  against  the  matricu- 
lation fee  for  accepted  students. 

The  instrument/cassette  service  charge  covers  the  rental  of  handpieces,  instru- 
ment cassettes  and  enhancement  instruments. 

The  dental  equipment  purchase  fee  covers  the  preclinical  laboratory  charges  for 
expendable  supplies,  materials  and  equipment. 

The  laundry  service  charge  covers  the  rental  and  laundering  fee  for  laboratory 
coats. 

Student  liability  (malpractice)  insurance  is  charged  to  all  professional  school 
students.  Dental  and  dental  hygiene  students  in  each  year  of  the  program  are 
required  to  purchase  professional  liability  insurance  as  a  condition  for  enrollment. 
This  policy  also  applies  to  all  advanced  dental  education  students.  Predoctoral  den- 
tal and  dental  hygiene  students  obtain  insurance  coverage  through  a  group  program 
for  an  annual  premium  estimated  at  $75-$  150.  Information  about  professional 
coverage  for  students  is  available  through  the  Dental  School's  Office  of  Clinical 
Affairs. 


96  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


Hospitalization  insurance  is  required  ol  .ill  lull  time  itudents.  A  briei  outline 
oi  the  student  hospitalization  insurance  program  is  given  to  eat  li  student.  Students 
with  equivalent  insurance  coverage  must  provide  proof  ol  such<  overage  at  the  nun 
oi  registration  and  obtain  a  hospitalization  insurance  waivei  ea<  h  i.ill  semester. 

Disability  insurance  is  required  oi  all  dental  and  dental  hygiene  students. 

1  he  graduation  fee  is  c  harged  to  help  defray  costs  involved  with  graduation  and 
commencement. 

Ices  ror  auditors  arc  the  same  as  those  charged  for  courses  taken  foi  credit  at 
both  the  predoctoral  and  graduate  level.  Audited  credit  hours  will  be  added  to  a  stu 

dent's  tot .il  credit  enrollment  to  determine  whether  a  student  is  hill  time  Of  part 
time  tor  tuition  and  fee  assessment  purposes. 

Special  students  arc  assessed  tuition  and  lees  in  accordance  with  the  schedule  foi 
the  comparable  predoctoral,  graduate  or  fust  professional  classification. 

A  service  charge  is  assessed  for  dishonored  checks  and  is  payable  for  each  check 
returned  unpaid  by  the  drawee  bank  on  initial  presentation  because  ol  insufficient 
funds,  payment  stopped,  postdating  or  drawn  against  uncollected  items. 

For  checks  up  to  $24.99  $  5 

For  checks  $25  and  over  $25 

•  A  late  registration  fee  is  charged  to  defray  the  cost  of  the  special  handling 
involved  for  those  who  do  not  complete  their  registration  on  the  prescribed  days. 

•  The  University  reserves  the  right  to  make  such  changes  in  fees  and  other  charges 
as  may  be  necessary. 


WITHDRAWAL  AND  REFUND  OF  FEES 


Students  who  want  to  withdraw  from  the  school  at  any  time  during  the  academic 
year  are  required  to  file  a  letter  of  resignation  with  the  dean.  After  completing  Den- 
tal School  check-out  procedures  as  verified  on  the  withdrawal  form,  the  student 
must  obtain  an  application  for  withdrawal  form  and  the  required  signatures,  and 
file  the  form  with  the  registrar's  office.  The  student  must  have  no  outstanding 
obligations  to  the  school  or  the  University  and  must  return  the  student  identifica- 
tion card.  The  date  used  in  computing  refunds  is  the  date  on  which  the  application 
for  withdrawal  is  approved  by  the  dean's  office. 

Students  officially  withdrawing  from  the  school  will  be  refunded  appropriate 
academic  fees  based  on  a  percent  of  attendance.  Refund  schedules  are  available  from 
the  Office  of  Student  Accounts,  or  see  page  131. 

If  the  above  procedures  are  not  completed,  the  student  will  not  be  entitled  to 
honorable  withdrawal  and  will  forfeit  the  right  to  any  refunds  that  would  otherwise 
be  given.  The  Dental  School  may  also  place  a  hold  on  the  student's  record  to  with- 
hold transcripts  and  certifications. 


Matriculation  Policies  and  Procedures  97 


STUDENT  EXPENSES 


A  reasonable  esrimation  of  expenses  for  the  1998-99  academic  year  for  in-state  stu- 
dents living  away  from  home  is  $29,796;  for  out-of-state  students,  $42,563.  These 
figures  include  tuition,  fees,  food,  lodging  and  personal  expenses,  but  exclude  travel 
and  the  costs  of  instruments,  supplies  and  books.  Regional  and  national  board 
examination  fees  are  approximately  $  1 ,240  for  dental  students  and  $600  for  den- 
tal hygiene  students. 


TEXTBOOKS 


A  list  of  textbooks  recommended  for  first-year  courses  is  mailed  to  incoming  stu- 
dents during  the  summer  prior  to  enrollment.  Textbook  lists  for  second-,  third- 
and  fourth-year  courses  are  circulated  at  the  beginning  of  the  academic  year.  The 
campus  bookstore  stocks  these  books;  students  may  purchase  books  there  or  at 
other  local  bookstores.  Approximate  costs  of  textbooks  and  other  instructional 
materials  are  as  follows: 

First  year  $1,250 

Second  year       $1,100 

Third  year         $250 

Fourth  year       $150 

The  Dental  School  is  considering  the  possibility  of  requiring  a  prescribed  lap- 
top computer  and  digitized  textbooks  for  dental  students  entering  in  the  fall  of 
2000.  The  cost  of  the  computer  and  the  digitized  textbooks  is  expected  to  be 
assessed  as  a  student  fee. 


OFFICIAL  UNIVERSITY  RECORDS 


TRANSCRIPT  OF  RECORD 


Students  and  alumni  may  secure  transcripts  of  their  University  of  Maryland  record 
from  the  Registrar's  Office.  There  is  no  charge  for  this  service.  A  request  for  tran- 
scripts must  be  made  in  writing  and  should  be  made  at  least  five  days  in  advance  of 
the  date  when  records  are  needed.  Transcripts  are  issued  in  turn  as  requests  are 
received.  No  transcript  will  be  furnished  to  any  student  or  alumnus  whose  finan- 
cial obligations  to  the  University  have  not  been  satisfied. 


DIPLOMA  APPLICATION 


Degree  requirements  vary  according  to  the  University  of  Maryland  school  or  pro- 
gram in  which  a  student  is  registered.  However,  each  degree  candidate  must  file  a 


98  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


formal  application  foi  diploma  with  the  Registnu  s  ( office  at  the  beginning  ol  the 
term  in  which  the  student  expec  ts  to  graduate,  I  Ins  must  be  done  b)  the  end  of  the 
third  week  ol  the  semestei  01  i lu  second  week  ol  the  summei  session. 

A  student  who  Joes  not  graduate  on  the  originally  expe<  ted  date  must  reappl) 
foi  graduation  by  the  appropriate  deadline. 


ALUMNI  DATABASE 

The  Dental  School's  Office  of  Development  and  Alumni  Relations  maintains  a 
database  of  all  graduates.  This  Information  is  used  exclusively  by  the  school's  offi 
daily  affiliated  Alumni  Association. 


STUDENT  HEALTH  REQUIREMENTS 


All  students  are  required  to  have  the  campus-sponsored  student  health  and  hospi- 
talization insurance  or  its  equivalent.  Detailed  information  regarding  the  provi- 
sions of  the  student  policy  the  campus  offers  may  be  obtained  from  Student  and 
Employee  Health.  At  the  time  of  registration  each  year,  students  must  either  pur- 
chase the  student  coverage  or  produce  certified  proof  of  equivalent  coverage.  If 
proof  of  comparable  insurance  is  not  received  at  Student  and  Employee  Health  by 
September  15,  the  student  will  be  required  to  pay  for  the  student  policy  that  semes- 
ter. 

Students  are  required  to  document  their  immunity  to  childhood  diseases, 
including  measles,  mumps,  rubella  and  chicken  pox.  Information  regarding  spe- 
cific requirements  will  be  distributed  to  each  student.  Because  hepatitis  B  is  an 
occupational  risk  for  health  care  providers,  all  enrolling  dental  students  are  also 
required  to  undergo  immunization  against  hepatitis  B.  Vaccine  cost  is  included  in 
the  student  fees. 


Matriculation  Policies  and  Procedures  99 


Financial  Aid 


Aid  programs  are  centrally  administered  b)  Student  I  inane  ial  \id,  l<x  ated  in  the 
Baltimore  Student  Union,  fhe  program  helps  students  who  otherwise  would  be 
financially  unable  to  attend  the  I  University.  I  o  qualify  foi  aid,  the  student  must 
apply  annually  and  meet  certain  eligibility  requirements.  Students  should  apply  in 
January  for  the  following  academic  year. 

Aid  packages  often  include  a  combination  of  loans,  grants,  scholarships  and 
work-study  designed  to  meet  100  perceni  of  a  student's  needs.  The  student  should 
call  Student  Financial  \ul.  -4  10-706-7347,  or  stop  by  for  feci  sheets  that  contain 
detailed  information  on  the  application  process  and  types  of  aid  available.  The 
office  is  open  8  a.m.-6  p.m.  Monday-Friday. 


UNIVERSITY  GRANTS 


In  an  attempt  to  meet  the  ever-increasing  needs  of  students,  the  Maryland  legisla- 
ture each  year  allocates  to  the  University  funds  earmarked  for  student  assistance.  As 
a  result,  University  grants  are  available  to  Maryland  residents  who  demonstrate  a 
financial  need.  After  careful  review  of  the  student's  current  financial  situation, 
awards  are  made  on  an  individual  basis. 


ENDOWMENT  AND  LOAN  FUNDS 


American  Dental  Hygienists'  Association  Scholarship  and  Loan  Program.  The 

American  Dental  Hygienists'  Association  administers  two  scholarship  programs: 
the  Certificate  Scholarship  Program,  for  students  entering  the  final  year  of  a  den- 
tal hygiene  curriculum,  and  the  Post  Dental  Hygiene  Scholarship  Program,  for  cer- 
tificate dental  hygienists  who  will  be  enrolled  in  a  program  leading  to  a 
baccalaureate  degree.  Dental  hygiene  students  who  will  be  enrolled  or  accepted  for 
full-time  enrollment  may  also  be  considered  for  American  Dental  Hygienists'  Asso- 
ciation Loans,  which  range  from  $500  to  $1,000  annually.  Repayment  begins  10 
months  after  graduation  with  7.5  percent  interest  on  the  amount  of  the  loan  out- 
standing. For  further  information  about  these  scholarships,  write  directly  to  the 
American  Dental  Hygienists'  Association,  21 1  East  Chicago  Avenue,  Chicago,  IL 
60611.  In  addition,  local  chapters  of  the  AD  HA  may  offer  scholarships  and/or 
loans.  For  information,  contact  the  SADFiA  advisor  on  the  dental  hygiene  faculty. 

John  Carr  Emergency  Loan  Fund.  This  endowed  emergency  student  loan  fund 
was  established  in  memory  of  Dr.  John  Carr,  a  dedicated  member  of  the  Dental 
School  faculty,  and  is  available  to  dental  and  dental  hygiene  students  who  have  an 
emergency  need  during  their  school  years.  Repayment  of  the  loan  is  not  scheduled 
until  after  graduation. 

The  Dr.  Gene  W.  Eng  Scholarship  Fund.  This  scholarship,  established  to 
honor  Dr.  Eng,  class  of  1963,  provides  funds  to  deserving  first-year  dental  students 

Financial  Aid  101 


for  payment  of  tuition  and  fees.  The  criteria  for  selection  will  not  be  dependent  on 
high  academic  achievement,  but  based  on  financial  need  and  evidence  of  potential 
for  success  in  the  Dental  School  and  in  the  profession  of  dentistry. 

All  final  candidates  will  be  required  to  submit  an  essay  describing  their  personal 
and  professional  reasons  for  applying  for  this  scholarship.  Selected  students  will  be 
eligible  for  the  scholarship  each  year  while  enrolled  and  in  good  academic  standing 
in  the  Dental  School. 

The  Edward  S.  Gaylord  Educational  Endowment  Loan  Fund.  Under  a  provi- 
sion of  the  will  of  the  late  Dr.  Edward  S.  Gaylord  of  New  Haven,  Connecticut,  an 
amount  approximating  $16,000  was  bequeathed  to  the  Baltimore  College  of  Den- 
tal Surgery,  Dental  School,  University  of  Maryland  to  aid  worthy  students  in  secur- 
ing a  dental  education. 

The  Russell  Gigliotti  Memorial  Student  Loan  Fund.  This  fund  is  intended  to 
provide  financial  assistance  primarily,  but  not  exclusively,  to  students  in  the  pre- 
clinical years,  for  which  costs  are  significantly  higher  because  of  required  instru- 
ment and  material  purchases.  Any  predoctoral  dental  student  who  qualifies  for 
financial  aid,  and  who  is  unable  to  secure  other  University  financial  assistance,  is 
eligible  to  apply. 

A  maximum  of  $500  annually  will  be  loaned  to  one  student;  no  student  may 
receive  more  than  two  loans  during  the  period  of  training.  Simple  interest  at  the 
rate  of  5  percent  per  annum  will  be  charged,  commencing  three  months  after  grad- 
uation. Principal  plus  interest  must  be  repaid  within  27  months  following  gradua- 
tion. The  fund  was  established  in  1977  in  memory  of  Dr.  Russell  Gigliotti,  an 
alumnus  and  dedicated  member  of  the  faculty  for  more  than  30  years. 

The  Albert  A.  Harrington  Fund.  This  fund  was  established  in  1954  by  the  New 
Jersey  Alumni  Association  in  memory  of  Dr.  Albert  A.  Harrington,  a  member  of 
the  class  of  1910.  The  fund  is  a  source  of  valuable  help  in  aiding  students  to  solve 
temporary  financial  problems. 

Lawrence  A.  Haskins  Memorial  Student  Loan  Fund.  This  fund,  honoring  the 
memory  of  Dr.  Haskins,  class  of  1970,  provides  loans  to  deserving  students  in  the 
Dental  School.  Loans  made  from  the  fund  bear  7  percent  interest  per  annum  to 
accrue  with  the  start  of  the  repayment  period,  which  lasts  no  longer  than  10  years. 
The  repayment  period  begins  one  year  after  the  completion  of  studies. 

The  W.  K.  Kellogg  Foundation.  During  World  War  II  the  foundation  granted 
a  fund  to  provide  rotating  loans  to  deserving  dental  students. 

The  Wilson  B.  Lau  Memorial  Student  Loan  Fund.  Established  by  his  wife  to 
honor  his  memory,  this  revolving  student  loan  fund  provides  loans  to  deserving  stu- 
dents in  the  Dental  School.  Loans  made  from  the  fund  bear  7  percent  interest  per 
annum  to  accrue  with  the  start  of  the  repayment  period,  which  lasts  no  longer  than 
10  years.  The  repayment  period  begins  one  year  after  the  completion  of  studies. 

The  Sol  B.  Love  Memorial  Student  Loan  Fund.  This  revolving  student  loan 
fund  was  established  by  his  family  to  honor  the  memory  of  Dr.  Love,  class  of  1 96 1 . 
Loans  made  from  the  fund  to  deserving  students  in  the  Dental  School  bear  7  per- 
cent interest  per  annum  to  accrue  with  the  start  of  the  repayment  period,  which 
lasts  no  longer  than  10  years.  The  repayment  period  begins  one  year  after  the  com- 
pletion of  studies. 

102  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


Maryland  Dental  I  [ygtenists1  tatociation.  rhc  Maryland  Dental  H) 
Association  administers  a  loan  program  foi  qualified  tenioi  dental  hygiene  mi 
dents.  Information  is  distributed  to  junioi  students  In  the  1  tepartmeni  ol  I  Cental 
1  [ygiene  during  the  spring  semester. 

The  Dr.  Joseph  Anthon)  Pennino  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund.  Undei  the 
pun  is  ion  o!  the  will  of  the  late  Elizabeth  Pennino,  tins  endowed  scholarship  fund 
\s.is  established  as  a  memorial  to  Dr.  Pennino,  class  ol  l()2<S,  to  provide  scholai 
ships  to  desen  ing  students  in  the  I  M  )s  program  ol  the  I  )ental  S<  hool. 

I'hc  Dr.  Elizabeth  S.  and  Dr.  William  B.  Powell  Scholarship  Fund.  This  fund 

provides  annual  scholarships  to  one  or  more  deserving  students  .it  the  Dental 
School. 

The  Ronald  M.  Starr  Family  Student  Loan  Fund.  This  endowed  Student  loan 
fimd  was  established  to  honor  the  family  ol  Dr.  Starr,  class  of  1958,  by  providing 
loans  to  pay  tuition  and  fees  to  deserving  junior  and  senior  dental  and  dental 
hygiene  students.  The  students  must  have  demonstrated  financial  need  and  the 
potential  for  success  in  the  Dental  School  and  the  profession  of  dentistry.  Repay- 
ment of  the  loan  begins  three  years  after  completion  of  studies  in  the  Dental  School. 
Loans  made  from  the  fund  shall  bear  no  interest  until  graduation  or  until  the  stu- 
dent ceases  to  be  enrolled. 

The  Patricia  C.  Stearns  Scholarship.  The  Department  of  Dental  Hygiene 
awards  this  scholarship  to  a  student  entering  the  senior  year  who  has  demonstrated 
academic  excellence;  willingness  to  serve  the  class,  school  and  community;  dedica- 
tion to  the  profession;  and  high  standards  of  professional  conduct. 

The  Student  Dental  Association-Alumni  Fund.  This  fund,  created  in  1960, 
was  established  for  the  purpose  of  aiding  any  student  who  may  be  in  need  of  an 
emergency  loan. 

The  David  H.  Wands  Prosthodontic  Fellowship  Fund.  This  endowed  fellow- 
ship provides  financial  assistance  for  one  or  more  students  enrolled  in  the  Advanced 
Specialty  Education  certificate  program  in  prosthodontics  at  the  Dental  School  and 
a  graduate  program  leading  to  the  award  of  a  Master  of  Science  or  Doctor  of  Phi- 
losophy degree  to  assist  in  their  future  careers  as  academicians  in  the  discipline  of 
prosthodontics. 

The  following  government,  bank  and  private-lender  loans  also  are  available  to 
students  on  the  basis  of  need:  Health  Professions  Student  Loan,  Perkins  Loan, 
Guaranteed  Student  Loan,  Health  Education  Assistance  Loan  and  Supplemental 
Loans.  All  requirements,  interest  rates  and  terms  for  these  loans  can  be  found  in  the 
Office  of  Student  Financial  Aid  brochure. 


Financial  Aid  103 


V 


Administration  and  Faculty 


DENTAL  SCHOOL 


Administrative  Officers 

Dean 

Richard  R.  Ranney,  i^l^S,  University  of  Iowa,  1963;  MS,  University  <>t  Rochester, 

1969. 

Senior  Associate  Dean 

Warren  M.  Morganstein,  BS,  University  of  Maryland,  1966;  DOS,  1969;  MPH, 
The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1975. 

Associate  Dean  for  Clinical  Affairs 

John  F.  Hasler,  BS,  Indiana  University,  1958;  DDS,  Indiana  University,  1962; 

MSD,  1969. 

Assistant  Dean  for  Research  and  Graduate  Affairs 

John  J.  Sauk,  BS,  University  of  Detroit,  1963;  DDS,  1967;  MS,  University  of 

Minnesota,  1971. 

Assistant  Dean  for  Admissions  and  Student  Affairs 

Margaret   B.   Wilson,    BS,    David   Lipscomb   College,    1977;    DDS,   Virginia 

Commonwealth  University,  1981;  MBA,  University  of  Maryland,  1990. 

Assistant  Dean  for  Fiscal  and  Personnel  Affairs 

James  Reynolds,  BA,  Michigan  State  University,   1974;  MBA,  University  of 

Rochester,  1980. 

Faculty  Emeriti 

John  J.  Salley,  DDS,  PhD,  Dean  Emeritus 
Irving  I.  Abramson,  DDS,  Professor  Emeritus 
Gerald  M.  Bowers,  DDS,  Professor  Emeritus 
Joseph  P.  Cappuccio,  DDS,  Professor  Emeritus 
Frank  A.  Dolle,  DDS,  PhD,  Professor  Emeritus 
Brice  M.  Dorsey,  DDS,  Professor  Emeritus 
Frank  C.  Jerbi,  DDS,  Professor  Emeritus 
John  P.  Lambooy,  PhD,  Professor  Emeritus 
Robert  J.  Leupold,  DMD,  Professor  Emeritus 
Ernest  B.  Nuttall,  DDS,  Professor  Emeritus 
Kyrle  W.  Preis,  DDS,  Professor  Emeritus 
Charles  T.  Pridgeon,  DDS,  Professor  Emeritus 
D.  Vincent  Provenza,  PhD,  Professor  Emeritus 
Wilbur  O.  Ramsey,  DDS,  Professor  Emeritus 

Administration  and  Faculty  105 


Errol  L.  Reese,  DDS,  Professor  Emeritus 

Riley  S.  Williamson  Jr.,  DDS,  Professor  Emeritus 

Marvin  M.  Graham,  DDS,  Clinical  Professor  Emeritus 

Faculty 

Abrams,  Ronald  G.,  Professor,  Pediatric  Dentistry;  BS,  University  of  Massa- 
chusetts, 1958;  DMD,  (1962),  MS  (1966),  Tufts  University. 

Ackerman,  Ronald  I.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Pediatric  Dentistry;  DDS, 
Howard  University,  1976. 

Adachi,  Erika  L,  Clinical  Instructor,  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery;  BS  (1993),  DDS 
(1993),  Cayetano  Heredia  Peruvian  University. 

Aichelmann-Reidy,  Mary  Beth,  Dental  School  Assistant  Professor,  Periodontics; 
BS,  Georgetown  University,  1983;  DDS,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Stony 
Brook,  1987. 

Ailor,  John  E.,  Dental  School  Associate  Professor,  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery; 
DDS,  University  of  Tennessee,  1964. 

Anderson,  Carol  F.,  Dental  School  Assistant  Professor,  Oral  Health  Care  Deliv- 
ery; AA,  Prince  George's  Community  College,  1 980;  DDS,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1988. 

Baer,  Marvin  L.,  Dental  School  Associate  Professor,  Restorative  Dentistry;  DDS, 
University  of  Texas,  1960;  MS,  Ohio  State  University,  1967. 

Bahar,  Arezoo,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Restorative  Dentistry;  BDS,  Univer- 
sity of  London,  United  Medical  and  Dental  Schools  of  Guys  and  St.  Thomas' 
Hospital,  1990. 

Balciunas,  Birute  A.,  Associate  Professor,  Oral  Medicine  and  Diagnostic  Sciences; 
BS,  Notre  Dame  College,  1970;  DDS,  Case  Western  Reserve  University,  1975; 
MSD,  Indiana  University,  1979. 

Balis,  Sophia,  Clinical  Associate  Professor,  Pediatric  Dentistry;  DDS,  University 
of  Athens  (Greece),  1957;  DDS,  University  of  Toronto,  1966. 

Barnes,  Douglas  M.,  Associate  Professor,  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery;  BA,  West- 
ern Maryland  College,  1979;  DDS,  University  of  Maryland,  1983. 

Bashirelahi,  Nasir,  Professor,  Oral  and  Craniofacial  Biological  Sciences;  BS 
(1960),  PharmD  (1962),  Tehran  University  (Iran);  MS  (1965),  PhD  (1968), 
University  of  Louisville. 

Behnia,  Ali,  Assistant  Professor,  Endodontics;  BS,  Boston  University,  1992; 
DMD,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1996;  MS,  University  of  Maryland,  1998. 

Belenky,  Michael  M.,  Associate  Professor,  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery;  BA,  Vir- 
ginia Military  Institute,  1955;  DDS,  University  of  Michigan,  1961;  MPH,  The 
Johns  Hopkins  University,  1975. 

Benevento,  Louis,  Professor,  Oral  and  Craniofacial  Biological  Sciences;  BS,  Rens- 
selaer Polytechnic  Institute,  1962;  MS  (1964),  PhD  (1967),  University  of 
Maryland. 

Bennett,  Robert  B.,  Assistant  Professor,  Oral  and  Craniofacial  Biological  Sciences; 
BA,  Carleton  College,  1960;  MS  (1963),  PhD  (1967),  University  of  Nebraska. 


106  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


Bergman,  Stewart  A.,  Professor,  Oral  Maxillofacial  Surgery;  BA,  Brooklyn  <  ol 
lege,  1964;  DDS,  State  University  ol  New  York,  1968;  MS,1  diversity  ol  M 
land,  ll)S(>. 

Biederman,  Paul  D.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Pediatric  Dentistry;  BS   i 
College  of  New  tfork,  1966;  DDS,  State  LJniversit)  ol  New  York,  19  " 

Blanchaert,  Remy,  Assistant  Professor,  Oral  Maxillofacial  Surgery;  BA,  William 
Jewell  College,  1987;  DDS,  University  ol  Missouri,  1991;  MD.University  ol 
c  Connecticut,  1994. 

Bonebreakj  Byron,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Orthodontics;  BS,  University  ol 
Pittsburgh,  1969;  DMD  (1972),  MS,  West  Virginia  University. 

Bowman,  John  M.,  Clinical  Associate  Professor,  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery;  BS, 
University  of  Maryland,  1972;  DMD,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1976. 

Bradbury,  John  R.,  Dental  School  Associate  Professor,  Restorative  Dentistry;  BA 
(1969),  DDS  (1972),  Ohio  State  University. 

Brahim,  Jaime  S.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Oral-Maxillofacial  Surgery;  DDS, 
Catholic  University  (Peru),  1976;  MS,  University  of  Maryland,  1984. 

Branch-Mays,  Grishondra,  Dental  School  Assistant  Professor,  Periodontics;  BS, 
University  of  Houston,  1986;  DDS,  University  of  Michigan,  1991;  MS,  Uni- 
versity of  Iowa,  1994. 

Bress,  Lisa,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Dental  Hygiene;  BS,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1983;  MS,  1994. 

Brooks,  John,  Clinical  Associate  Professor,  Oral  Medicine  and  Diagnostic  Sci- 
ences; BS  (1974),  DDS  (1970),  University  of  Maryland. 

Brown,  D.  Michael,  Dental  School  Associate  Professor,  Oral  Medicine  and  Diag- 
nostic Sciences;  BA,  St.  Johns  College,  1951;  DDS,  University  of  Maryland, 
1961. 

Bufano-Arvidson,  Ulla  Britt,  Dental  School  Assistant  Professor,  Oral  Health  Care 
Delivery;  DDS,  University  of  Goteborg  Sweden,  1976;  MSOB,  University  of 
Maryland,  1995. 

Buxbaum,  Jerome  D.,  Clinical  Professor,  Oral  and  Craniofacial  Biological  Sci- 
ences; BS  (1951),  DDS  (1955),  University  of  Maryland. 

Capra,  Norman,  Associate  Professor,  Oral  and  Craniofacial  Biological  Sciences, 
BS,  Birmingham  Southern  College,  1969;  MS  (1975),  PhD  (1976),  University 
of  Alabama. 

Carter,  Valerie  L.,  Clinical  Instructor,  Dental  Hygiene,  BS,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1980. 

Chang,  Yung-Feng,  Professor,  Biochemistry,  BS  (1958),  MS  (1960),  National 
Taiwan  University;  PhD,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1966. 

Chenette,  Ronald,  Dental  School  Assistant  Professor,  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery; 
BS,  Georgetown  University,  1980;  DMD,  Tufts  University  School  of  Dental 
Medicine,  1983. 

Clevenger,  Lenore  M.,  Clinical  Instructor,  Dental  Hygiene;  BS  (1984),  MS 
(1995),  University  of  Maryland. 

Cohen,  Leonard  A.,  Professor,  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery;  BA,  The  George  Wash- 
ington University,  1967;  DDS,  Howard  University,  1971;  MPH  (1974),  MS 
(1976),  Harvard  School  of  Public  Health. 


Administration  and  Faculty  107 


Coll,  James  A.,  Clinical  Associate  Professor,  Pediatric  Dentistry;  BS  (1969),  DMD 
(1969),  University  of  Pittsburgh;  MS,  University  of  Oregon,  1974. 

Conway,  Michael,  Dental  School  Associate  Professor,  Restorative  Dentistry; 
DDS,  University  of  Indiana,  1960;  MS,  University  of  Missouri,  1968. 

Corio,  Russell  L.,  Clinical  Associate  Professor,  Oral  and  Maxillofacial  Pathology; 
BS,  Adelbert  College,  1953;  DDS,  Case  Western  University,  1954;  MSD,  Indi- 
ana University  School  of  Dentistry,  1970;  MA,  The  George  Washington  Uni- 
versity, 1978. 

Costello,  Leslie  C,  Professor,  Oral  and  Craniofacial  Biological  Sciences;  BS 
(1952),  MS  (1954),  PhD  (1957),  University  of  Maryland. 

Couwenhoven,  Ross,  Assistant  Professor,  Oral  and  Maxillofacial  Pathology;  BA, 
Calvin  College,  1976;  DDS,  University  of  Illinois,  1981;  PhD,  University  of 
Chicago,  1988. 

Crafton,  B.  Casey,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Pediatric  Dentistry;  BA  (1983), 
DDS  (1987),  West  Virginia  University;  MS,  University  of  Maryland,  1991;  JD, 
University  of  Baltimore,  1995. 

Craig,  James  F.,  Professor,  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery;  BS,  Western  Illinois  Uni- 
versity, 1968;  MS  (1970)  EdD  (1972),  Indiana  University. 

Creamer,  Timothy  J.,  Dental  School  Associate  Professor,  Oral  Health  Care  Deliv- 
ery; BS,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Albany,  1972;  DDS,  University  of 
Texas,  1978. 

Crossley,  Harold  L.,  Associate  Professor,  Oral  and  Craniofacial  Biological  Sci- 
ences; BS  (1964),  MS  (1970),  PhD  (1972),  University  of  Rhode  Island;  DDS, 
University  of  Maryland,  1980. 

Curley,  Diane,  Clinical  Instructor,  Periodontics;  BS,  West  Chester  University, 
1976;  MS,  Temple  University,  1982. 

Dailey,  Jacqueline,  Clinical  Instructor,  Oral  Medicine  and  Diagnostic  Sciences; 
AA  (1981,  1988),  Community  College  of  Baltimore;  BS,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1994. 

Davidson,  William  M.,  Professor,  Orthodontics;  AB,  Dartmouth  College,  1960; 
DMD,  Harvard  University,  1965;  PhD,  University  of  Minnesota,  1969. 

Dean,  Mary  Catherine,  Dental  School  Assistant  Professor,  Dental  Hygiene;  BS, 
West  Virginia  University,  1983;  MS,  University  of  Missouri,  1985. 

Delisle,  Allan  L.,  Associate  Professor,  Oral  and  Craniofacial  Biological  Sciences; 
BS  (1960),  MS  (1961),  University  of  California;  PhD,  University  of  Massa- 
chusetts, 1968. 

DePaola,  Louis  G.,  Associate  Professor,  Oral  Medicine  and  Diagnostic  Sciences; 
BA,  (1971),  DDS  (1975),  University  of  Maryland. 

Dessem,  Dean,  Associate  Professor,  Oral  and  Craniofacial  Biological  Sciences;  BS, 
Tulane  University,  1976;  PhD,  University  of  Illinois,  1985. 

DeVore,  Linda,  Associate  Professor,  Dental  Hygiene;  BS  (1976),  MA  (1982), 
University  of  Maryland. 

DiFabio,  Vincent  E.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Oral-Maxillofacial  Surgery;  BS, 
Xavier  University,  1967;  DDS,  University  of  Maryland,  1971;  MS,  University 
of  Rochester,  1979. 


1 08  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


Driscoll,  Carl  I ..  Assistant  Professoi ,  Restorath  e  Dentistry;  BA,  Merrimack  (  ol 

lege,  ll)  '  i;  DMD,  I  lifts  University,  19 

Dubner,  Ronald]  Professoi ,  ( )ral  and  ( )raniofa<  ial  Biologi<  .il  v  icnc  es;  BA(19 
DDS  (1958),  (  olumbia  University;  PhD,  University o(  Michigan,  19< 

Dumsha,  Thomas  C,  \ssw  iate  Professor,  Endodontics;  B A  1 11'  7),  MS  1 19 
DDS  ill>  r9),  University  ol  Maryland. 

Eastwood,  Gerald  W.,  Clinical   Associate  Professor,  Restorative  Dentistry:  BA 
(  oncordia  c  ollege,  1955;  MD,  I  University  oi  ( )regon,  1959;  MA,  The  <  \o 
Washington  University,  1981. 

Eldridge,  Roger  1..,  Dental  School  Assistant  Professor,  ( )ral  I  lealth  (  are  I  )elivery; 
BA  (1975),  DDS  (1978),  University  of  Maryland. 

Elias,  SamiaA.,  Clinical  Associate  Professor,  Restorative  Dentistry;  Bl  )S,  Alexan- 
dria University  (Egypt),  1965;  MS,  University  of  Maryland,  1985. 

Enwonwu,  Cyril  O.,  Professor,  Oral  and  Craniofacial  Biological  Sciences;  BS, 
University  of  Ibadan  (Nigeria),  1956;  BDS(196l),  MDS(1966),  PhD  (1976), 
University  of  Bristol;  ScD,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1968. 

Exler,  Alan,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Oral-Maxillofacial  Surgery;  BS  (1972), 
DDS  (1997),  University  of  Maryland. 

Falkler,  William  A.  Jr.,  Professor,  Oral  and  Craniofacial  Biological  Sciences;  BA, 
Western  Maryland  College,  1966;  MS  (1969),  PhD  (1971),  University  of 
Maryland. 

Faraone,  Karen  L.,  Dental  School  Associate  Professor,  Restorative  Dentistry;  RN 
(1974),  BS  (1974),  DDS  (1978),  MA  (1983),  University  of  Maryland. 

Feng,  Pei,  Research  Associate  Professor,  Oral  and  Craniofacial  Biological  Sciences; 
MD  (1970),  MS  (1981),  Beijing  Medical  University;  PhD,  University  of  Umea 
(Sweden),  1990. 

Fink,  Fred  S.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Orthodontics;  DDS,  University  of 
Maryland,  1956. 

Fitzgerald,  Bryan  P.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Periodontics;  BS,  Towson  State 
University,  1986;  DDS,  University  of  Maryland,  1990. 

Franklin,  Renty  B.,  Professor,  Oral  and  Craniofacial  Biological  Sciences;  BS, 
Morehouse  College,  1966;  MS,  Atlanta  University,  1967;  PhD,  Howard  Uni- 
versity, 1972. 

Freedman,  Gerson  A.,  Clinical  Associate  Professor,  Oral  Medicine  and  Diagnos- 
tic Sciences;  DDS,  University  of  Maryland,  1935. 

Freilich,  Lawrence  S.,  Clinical  Associate  Professor,  Periodontics;  DDS,  Temple 
University,  1962;  PhD,  Georgetown  University,  1972. 

Fried,  Ivan  S.  (Scott),  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Restorative  Dentistry;  BS,  Uni- 
versity of  Tennessee,  1971;  DDS,  University  of  Maryland,  1977. 

Fried,  Jacquelyn  L.,  Associate  Professor,  Dental  Hygiene;  BA,  Ohio  State  Univer- 
sity, 1968;  MS,  Old  Dominion  University,  1976. 

Gamson,  Edward  K.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Endodontics;  BA  (1982),  DDS 
(1986),  University  of  Maryland. 

Garber,  Karen,  Clinical  Instructor,  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery;  BS,  Columbia 
University,  1978;  DMD,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1982. 


Administration  and  Faculty  109 


Gartner,  Leslie  P.,  Associate  Professor,  Oral  and  Craniofacial  Biological  Sciences; 
BA  (1965),  MS  (1968),  PhD  (1970),  Rutgers  University. 

Gaston,  Gerald  W.,  Clinical  Professor,  Oral-Maxillofacial  Surgery;  BS,  Miami 
University,  1952;  DDS  (1959),  PhD  (1972),  Ohio  State  University. 

George,  David  L.,  Clinical  Instructor,  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery;  DDS,  Virginia 
Commonwealth  University,  1984. 

Gerhardt,  Donald  E.,  Associate  Professor,  Restorative  Dentistry;  BA,  Ohio  Wes- 
leyan  University,  1955;  DMD,  Tufts  University,  1959;  MS,  University  of 
Texas,  1971. 

Gingell,  James  C,  Dental  School  Associate  Professor,  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery; 
BS  (1968),  DDS  (1972),  MS  (1983),  University  of  Maryland. 

Ginsberg,  Edward  L.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Pediatric  Dentistry;  BA,  West- 
ern Maryland  College,  1978;  DDS,  University  of  Maryland,  1982. 

Gold,  Michael  S.,  Assistant  Professor,  Oral  and  Craniofacial  Biological  Sciences; 
BA,  University  of  California,  1987;  PhD,  University  of  California,  1994. 

Goldbeck,  Raymond  E.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Oral-Maxillofacial  Surgery; 
BS,  Loyola  College,  1976;  DDS,  University  of  Maryland,  1986. 

Grace,  Edward  G.  Jr.,  Associate  Professor,  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery;  BS,  Mount 
St.  Mary's  College,  1960;  DDS,  University  of  Maryland,  1964;  MA,  Loyola 
College,  1981. 

Greenspan,  Joel,  D.,  Assistant  Professor,  Oral  and  Craniofacial  Biological  Sci- 
ences; BA,  Rollins  College,  1974;  MS  (1976),  PhD  (1980),  Florida  State  Uni- 
versity. 

Gunderson,  Ronald  B.,  Assistant  Professor,  Restorative  Dentistry;  BA,  Western 
Maryland  College,  1967;  DDS,  University  of  Maryland,  1971. 

Gunsolley,  John  C,  Professor,  Periodontics;  BS,  GMI  Engineering  &  Manage- 
ment Institute,  1972;  DDS,  Indiana  University,  1976;  MS,  Virginia  Com- 
monwealth University,  1987. 

Hack,  Gary  D.,  Assistant  Professor,  Restorative  Dentistry;  BA  (1975),  DDS 
(1979),  University  of  Maryland. 

Halpert,  Lawrence  F.,  Clinical  Professor,  Periodontics;  AB,  The  Johns  Hopkins 
University,  1958;  DDS,  University  of  Maryland,  1962. 

Hasler,  John  F.,  Professor,  Oral  Medicine  and  Diagnostic  Sciences;  BS  (1959), 
DDS  (1962),  MSD  (1969),  Indiana  University. 

Hatfield,  Helen,  Clinical  Instructor,  Periodontics;  BS  (1973),  MEd  (1977),  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland. 

Hawley,  Charles  E.,  Professor,  Periodontics/Oral  and  Craniofacial  Biological  Sci- 
ences; AB,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1957;  DDS,  University  of  Pennsyl- 
vania, 1962;  MS,  University  of  Illinois,  1970;  PhD,  University  of  Maryland, 
1976. 

Hayduk,  Susan  E.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Periodontics;  BS  (1965),  DMD 
(1969),  University  of  Pittsburgh. 

Hooper,  Kenny  A.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Periodontics;  BA,  Morgan  State 
University,  1969;  DDS,  University  of  Maryland,  1978. 


1 0  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


Hupp,  James  R.,  Professor,  Oral  Maxillofacial  Surger)   BS»1  niversityoH  alifoi 
ilia,  1973;  DMD,  Harvard  School  ol  Dental  Medicine,  1977;  MD,  I  nivei 

of(  nniK-iik  m.  1982;  1 1  >.  Rutgers  University,  199 
Hyson,  John  Jr.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Oral  I  lealth  (  are  I  deliver) .  I  )I  )s 

(1950),  MS  1 1959),  Uiuversitj  o(  Maryland 
1 1\  son,  John  M.  Ill,  Clinical  Assistant  Proressoi .  Endodontics;  BV  I  oyols  (  ol 

lege,  1974;  DDS,  Universitj  ol  Maryland,  19 
hidings,  John  R.,  ( linical  Associate  Professor,  Restorative  I  )entistryi  BS,  Roanoke 

College,  1962;  DDS,  University  of  Maryland,  1966. 
Inge,  Walter  H.  Jr.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Restorative  Dentistry;  IVS,  fames 

Madison  University,  1977;  DDS,  Virginia  Commonwealth  University,  1C)<S2. 

Jenkins,    Thomas  Scott,  Research  Assistant  Professor,  Orthodontics;  BS,  North 
western  University,  1988;  DDS,  University  of  Mankind,  1992. 

Jones,  Omar  J.,  Dental  School  Associate  Professor,  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery;  BS 
(1969),  DDS  (1973),  University  of  Maryland. 

Josell,  Stuart  D.,  Associate  Professor,  Orthodontics/Pediatric  Dentistry;  DMD, 
Fairleigh  Dickinson  University,  1974;  M  Dent  Sc,  University  of  Connecticut, 
1979. 

Katz,  Nathan,  Clinical  Instructor,  Oral  Medicine  and  Diagnostic  Sciences;  DDS, 
Georgetown  University,  1948. 

Kelly,  William  P.,  Clinical  Associate  Professor,  Endodontics;  BS  (1950),  DDS 
(1953),  Indiana  University;  MAEd,  The  George  Washington  University,  1974. 

Kihn,  Patricia,  Dental  School  Assistant  Professor,  Restorative  Dentistry;  DDS, 
University  of  Maryland,  1990. 

Lauttman,  Richard  J.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Oral-Maxillofacial  Surgery; 
BS,  Loyola  College,  1953;  DDS,  University  of  Maryland,  1960. 

Leboe,  William.,  Clinical  Instructor,  Oral  Medicine  and  Diagnostic  Sciences;  BS 
(1968),  DDS  (1974),  University  of  Maryland. 

Lee,  Raymond  J.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Oral  Medicine  and  Diagnostic  Sci- 
ences; BS  (1970),  DDS  (1974),  University  of  Maryland. 

Lee,  Seok-Woo,  Research  Assistant  Professor,  Periodontics;  DDS,  Seoul  National 
University,  1983;  MS,  University  of  Michigan,  1988;  PhD,  University  of 
Florida,  1995. 

Lei,  Richard  T.,  Clinical  Instructor,  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery;  BA,  Oberlin  Col- 
lege, 1986;  DDS,  University  of  Maryland,  1990. 

Leventer,  Marvin  H.,  Clinical  Instructor,  Periodontics  and  Pediatric  Dentistry; 
BA,  Yeshiva  University,  1985;  DDS,  University  of  Maryland,  1990. 

Levy,  Bernard  A.,  Associate  Professor,  Oral  and  Maxillofacial  Pathology;  AB, 
Ohio  University,  1963;  DDS,  Western  Reserve  University,  1966;  MSD,  Indi- 
ana University,  1969. 

Levy,  Mariana  P.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Pediatric  Dentistry;  DDS,  Univer- 
sity of  Buenos  Aires,  1987. 

Lidow,  Michael  S.,  Associate  Professor,  Oral  and  Craniofacial  Biological  Sciences; 
BS,  MS,  Moscow  State  University,  1 980;  PhD,  Northwestern  University,  1 985. 

Litkowski,  Leonard  J.,  Associate  Professor,  Restorative  Dentistry;  BS  (1976),  MS 
(1983),  DDS  (1985),  University  of  Maryland. 


Administration  and  Faculty  I  I  I 


Long,  Ross  E.  Jr.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Orthodontics;  BA,  Dartmouth  Col- 
lege, 1970;  DMD  (1974),  MS  (1978),  University  of  Pittsburgh;  PhD,  Univer- 
sity of  North  Carolina,  1979. 

Macek,  Mark,  Assistant  Professor,  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery;  DDS,  University  of 
Nebraska,  1989;  DPH,  University  of  Illinois,  1994. 

Manski,  Richard  J.,  Professor,  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery;  BS,  Boston  College, 
1976;  DDS,  Howard  University,  1980;  MBA,  University  of  Massachusetts, 
1985;  PhD,  University  of  Maryland,  1993. 

Manson,  Barry,  Clinical  Instructor,  Oral  Medicine  and  Diagnostic  Sciences; 
BA/BS  (1982),  DDS  (1986),  University  of  Maryland. 

Markin,  Philip  S.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Orthodontics;  DDS,  University  of 
Maryland,  1966. 

Matheson,  Barbara  K.,  Associate  Professor,  Oral  and  Craniofacial  Biological  Sci- 
ences; BA  (1960),  MA  (1963),  Hunter  College;  PhD,  Cornell  University,  1968. 

Maurantonio,  Erin  D.,  Clinical  Instructor,  Periodontics;  BS,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1991. 

Mays,  Keith  A.,  Dental  School  Assistant  Professor,  Restorative  Dentistry;  BS, 
Morgan  State  University,  1983;  DDS,  University  of  Michigan,  1989;  MS,  Uni- 
versity of  Iowa,  1994. 

McDonald,  Neville  J.,  Associate  Professor,  Endodontics;  BSc  (1975),  BDS  (1978), 
University  of  Otago  (New  Zealand);  MS,  University  of  Maryland,  1987. 

Meehan,  Patricia  E.,  Dental  School  Assistant  Professor,  Periodontics;  BS  (1981), 
BS  (1983),  DDS  (1993),  University  of  Maryland. 

Meeks,  Valli,  Clinical  Instructor,  Oral  Medicine  and  Diagnostic  Sciences;  BS, 
Thomas  Jefferson  University,  1977;  BS,  Springfield  College,  1981;  DDS,  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland,  1988. 

Meiller,  Timothy  F.,  Associate  Professor,  Oral  Medicine  and  Diagnostic  Sciences; 
BA  (1970),  MS  (1978),  The  Johns  Hopkins  University;  DDS  (1975),  PhD 
(1992),  University  of  Maryland. 

Mendelson,  Martin  R.,  Clinical  Instructor,  Oral  Medicine  and  Diagnostic  Sci- 
ences; DDS,  University  of  Maryland,  1996. 

Meszler,  Richard  M.,  Associate  Professor,  Oral  and  Craniofacial  Biological  Sci- 
ences; AB,  New  York  University,  1964;  PhD,  University  of  Louisville,  1969. 

Miller,  Suzan  E.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Pediatric  Dentistry;  BA,  Beioit  Col- 
lege, 1974;  DDS,  University  of  Maryland,  1983. 

Minah,  Glenn  E.,  Professor,  Oral  and  Craniofacial  Biological  Sciences/Pediatric 
Dentistry;  AB,  Duke  University,  1961;  DDS,  University  of  North  Carolina, 
1966;  MS  (1970),  PhD  (1976),  University  of  Michigan. 

Morgan,  Andrea  M.,  Clinical  Instructor,  Restorative  Dentistry;  BA,  University  of 
Michigan,  1985;  DDS,  University  of  Maryland,  1990;  MS,  University  of 
Detroit/Mercy  School  of  Dentistry,  1992. 

Morganstein,  Warren  M.,  Professor,  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery;  BS  (1966),  DDS 
(1969),  University  of  Maryland;  M.  P.  H.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1975. 

Morris,  Don  R.,  Clinical  Instructor,  Restorative  Dentistry;  BSD,  University  of  Illi- 
nois; MS,  University  of  Missouri,  1971;  MAEd,  George  Washington  Univer- 
sity, 1982. 


I  1 2  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


Morrison,  Grace,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Periodontics;  Bs  DDS 

1 1988),  University  of  Maryland 

Mort,  Kenneth  I  .,  ( llinical  Assoc  iatc  Professor,  Restorative  I  taitistr) .  I  'I  >S,  l  Hi 
versit]  oi  Maryland,  lix>  .  MS,  Universit)  of  Missouri,  19 

Myslinski,  Norbcrt  R.,  \ssociate  Professor,  ( )ral  and  (  raniofacial  Biological  Sci 
cnces;  BS,  Canisius  College,  1969;  PhD,  University  of  Illinois.  19 

Nauman,  Robert  K.,  Associate  Professor,  Oral  and  Craniofacial  Biological  Sci 
ences;  BS,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1963;  MS  (1965),  Phi )  (1968),  I  fni 
versity  ol  Massachusetts. 

Nessif,  Richard  J.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Oral-Maxillofacial  Surgery;  BS, 
Marshall  University,  1973;  DDS,  West  Virginia  University,  1979. 

Oates,  Stephen,  Clinical  Instructor,  Restorative  Dentistry;  DDS,  University  of 
Maryland,  1984. 

O'Connell,  Anne  C,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Pediatric  Dentistry;  BA  (1984), 
BDent  Sc  (1984),  Trinity  College,  (Ireland);  MS,  University  of  Rochester, 
1991. 

Ord,  Robert,  Associate  Professor,  Oral-Maxillofacial  Surgery;  BDS,  Kings  College 
Hospital  Dental  School,  1970;  MB,  BCh,  Welsh  National  School  of  Medicine, 
1977. 

Overholser,  C.  Daniel  Jr.,  Professor,  Oral  Medicine  and  Diagnostic  Sciences;  BS, 
University  of  Notre  Dame,  1966;  DDS  (1970),  MSD  (1972),  Indiana  Univer- 
sity. 

Owen,  David  G.,  Associate  Professor,  Pediatric  Dentistry;  AB,  Syracuse  Univer- 
sity, 1960;  DDS,  McGill  University,  1964;  AM,  University  of  Chicago,  1969. 

Palmer,  James  E.,  Clinical  Instructor,  Oral  Medicine  and  Diagnostic  Sciences; 
DDS,  University  of  Maryland,  1961. 

Pannebaker,  Judith  H.,  Clinical  Instructor,  Oral  Medicine  and  Diagnostic  Sci- 
ences; BS,  West  Virginia  University,  1972;  BA,  University  of  Maryland,  1981. 

Park,  Jon  K.,  Associate  Professor,  Oral  Medicine  and  Diagnostic  Sciences;  DDS, 
University  of  Missouri,  1964;  BA,  Wichita  State  University,  1969;  MS,  Uni- 
versity of  Missouri,  1971. 

Parker,  Elaine,  Associate  Professor,  Dental  Hygiene;  BS,  University  of  Maryland, 
1977;  MS,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1982. 

Pavlick,  Charles  T.  Jr.,  Clinical  Associate  Professor,  Orthodontics;  BS,  DDS 
(1961),  University  of  Pittsburgh;  MS,  University  of  Illinois,  1966. 

Payne,  Thomas  M.,  Dental  School  Associate  Professor,  Restorative  Dentistry;  BS 
(1968),  MS  (1976),  DDS  (1978),  University  of  Maryland. 

Perell,  Laura,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery;  BA,  Mount 
Holyoke  College,  1980;  MS  (1983),  DDS  (1987),  University  of  Iowa. 

Phillips,  Bradley  L.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Periodontics;  BS,  State  Univer- 
sity of  New  York  at  Stony  Brook,  1974;  DMD,  Harvard  University,  1976. 

Pohlhaus,  Steven  R.,  Clinical  Instructor,  Oral  Medicine  and  Diagnostic  Sciences; 
DDS,  University  of  Maryland,  1989. 

Prestipino,  Vincent  J.  Jr.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Restorative  Dentistry;  BS 
(1975),  DDS  (1979),  University  of  Maryland. 


Administration  and  Faculty  I  13 


Prymas,  Stuart  D.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Restorative  Dentistry;  DDS,  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland,  1978. 
Quarantillo,  Frederick  J.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Endodontics;  BS  (1969), 

DDS  (1973),  University  of  Maryland;  MS,  The  George  Washington  Univer- 
sity, 1978. 
Raksin,  Irving  J.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Oral-Maxillofacial  Surgery;  BS 

(1960),  DDS  (1964),  University  of  Maryland 
Ranney,  Richard  R.,  Professor,  Periodontics;  DDS,  University  of  Iowa,  1963;  MS, 

University  of  Rochester,  1969. 
Ren,  Ke,  Assistant  Professor,  Oral  and  Craniofacial  Biological  Sciences;  Master  of 

Med.,  Hubein  Medical  University  (China),  1981;  PhD,  University  of  Iowa, 

1990. 
Reynolds,  Mark  A.,  Assistant  Professor,  Oral  and  Maxillofacial  Pathology;  BA 

(1978),  MA  (1982),  DDS  (1986),  University  of  Maryland. 
Robbins,  Miriam  R.,  Dental  School  Assistant  Professor,  Oral  Health  Care  Deliv- 
ery; BA,  University  of  Rochester,  1982;  DDS,  State  University  of  New  York, 

1987. 
Robson,  M.  Leslie,  Clinical  Instructor,  Periodontics;  BA,  Idaho  State  University, 

1977. 
Romberg,  Elaine,  Professor,  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery;  BS,  Vassar  College,  1960; 

MEd,  Lesley  College,  1963;  PhD,  University  of  Maryland,  1977. 
Rubier,  Constance  G.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Orthodontics;  BS  (1973),  BS 

(1974),  MS  (1975),  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute;  DDS,  University  of 

Maryland,  1979. 
Saedi,  Simin,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Oral  Medicine  and  Diagnostic  Sciences; 

DDS,  Tehran  University  (Iran),  1970. 
Sauk,  John  J.,  Professor,  Oral  and  Maxillofacial  Pathology;  BS  (1963),  DDS 

(1967),  University  of  Detroit;  MS,  University  of  Minnesota,  1971. 
Savukinas,  John  F.,  Clinical  Instructor,  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery;  BS,  Duquesne 

University,  1987;  DDS,  University  of  Maryland,  1991. 
Scaggs,  Gary  W.,  Clinical  Instructor,  Restorative  Dentistry;  BS  (1972),  DDS 

(1978),  University  of  Maryland. 
Schmidt,  Keith  A.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery;  BA, 

Miami  University,  1984;  DDS,  Ohio  State  University,  1987. 
Schunick,  Howard  E.,  Clinical  Associate  Professor,  Endodontics;  BS  (1961),  DDS 

(1962),  University  of  Maryland. 
Schweber,  Saul  J.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Oral-Maxillofacial  Surgery;  BS, 

University  of  Connecticut,  1958;  DDS,  Northwestern  University,  1963. 
Schupp,  Kristen  P.,  Clinical  Instructor,  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery;  BS,  Towson 

State  University,  1989;  DDS,  University  of  Maryland,  1993. 
Seibel,  Werner,  Associate  Professor,  Oral  and  Craniofacial  Biological  Sciences;  BA, 

Brooklyn  College,  1965;  M.A.,  Hofstra  University,  1968;  PhD,  Virginia  Com- 
monwealth University,  1972. 
Shelton,  Preston  G.,  Associate  Professor,  Pediatric  Dentistry;  BS,  John  Carroll 

University,  1963;  DDS,  University  of  Michigan,   1967;  MS,  University  of 

Nebraska,  1971. 


I  1 4  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


Sherman)  Pamela  II.,  (  linical  Assistant  Professor,  Oral  Maxillofacial  Suri 

DMD,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1984. 
Shires,  P,  Jay,  ( linical  Instructor,  c  )ral  I  lealth  (  are  1  deliver) ;  BS,  I  Inh/ersit)  «»i 

Richmond,  1982;  DDS,  Virginia*  ommonwealtfa  University,  1986. 
ShrofiF,  Bhavna,  Associate  Professor,  ( Orthodontics;  1  >1  >S,  Paris  V  .  1982;  M  i  tent 

Sc,  University  of  ( !onne<  ricut,  1989. 
Siegeli  Michael  A.,  Associate  Professor,  Oral  Medicine  and  Diagnostic  Sciences; 

BS(1975),  DDS  (1979),  Universit)  ol  Maryland. 
Siegel,  Sharon  C,  Assistant  Professor,  Restorative  Dentistry;  BA  Western  Mar) 

land  College,  ll>~^;  DDS,  University  of  Maryland,  19  9. 
Siegel,  Steven  M.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Orthodontics;  BA,  Brooklyn  (  ol 

lege  L976;  DMD,  Tufts  University,  1980. 
Sim,  Samuel,  Clinical  Instructor,  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery;  BS,  Towson  State 

University,  1979;  DDS,  University  of  Maryland,  1983. 

Singer,  Michael  T.,  Clinical  Instructor,  Restorative  Dentistry;  BS,  University  of 
Utah,  1970;  DDS,  Northwestern  University,  1974. 

Skopp,  David,  Clinical  Instructor,  Restorative  Dentistry;  BS,  University  of 
Florida,  1986;  DDS,  University  of  Maryland,  1990. 

Smith,  Ben  E.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Endodontics;  BS,  East  Tennessee  State 
University,  1968;  DDS,  University  of  Tennessee,  1971;  MS,  George  Washing- 
ton University,  1978. 

Spitznagel,  John  K.  Jr.,  Assistant  Professor,  Periodontics,  BS  (1977),  DDS  (1982), 
University  of  North  Carolina;  PhD,  University  of  Texas,  1994. 

Stevens,  Mark  M.,  Dental  School  Associate  Professor,  Restorative  Dentistry; 
DDS,  St.  Louis  University,  1960. 

Stone,  Craig,  Clinical  Instructor,  Oral  Medicine  and  Diagnostic  Sciences;  BS, 
Morgan  State  University,  1989;  DDS,  University  of  Maryland,  1997. 

Strassler,  Howard  E.,  Professor,  Restorative  Dentistry;  BS,  State  University  of 
New  York  at  Stony  Brook,  1971;  DMD,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1975. 

Swanson,  Ben  Z.  Jr.,  Dental  School  Associate  Professor,  Oral  Health  Care  Deliv- 
ery; BS,  University  of  Houston,  1959;  DDS,  University  of  Texas,  1959; 
M.Phil.,  University  College,  London,  1988. 

Sweren,  Edgar,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Orthodontics;  DDS,  University  of 
Maryland,  1954. 

Sydiskis,  Robert  J.,  Associate  Professor,  Oral  and  Craniofacial  Biological  Sciences; 
BA,  University  of  Bridgeport,  1961;  PhD,  Northwestern  University,  1965. 

Syme,  Sheryl  E.,  Assistant  Professor,  Dental  Hygiene,  BS  (1988),  MS  (1993),  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland. 

Tabacco,  Michael  J.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Restorative  Dentistry;  BS,  Siena 
College,  1964;  MS,  Canisius  College,  1973;  DDS,  State  University  of  New 
York  at  Buffalo,  1974. 

Tan,  Peter  M.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Oral-Maxillofacial  Surgery;  DDS, 
Howard  University,  1983. 

Tate,  Don  L.,  Clinical  Instructor,  Restorative  Dentistry;  AA,  Community  College 
of  Baltimore,  1975;  DDS,  University  of  Maryland,  1983. 


Administration  and  Faculty  I  1 5 


Tewes,  Ligouri,  Clinical  Instructor,  Periodontics;  BS,  University  of  Maryland, 
1981. 

Tewes,  Warren  D.,  Dental  School  Assistant  Professor,  Restorative  Dentistry;  BS, 
Randolph  Macon  College,  1 97 1 ;  DDS  ( 1 975) ,  MS  ( 1 982) ,  University  of  Mary- 
land. 

Thut,  Paul  D.,  Professor,  Oral  and  Craniofacial  Biological  Sciences;  AB,  Hamil- 
ton College,  1965;  MS,  University  of  Rhode  Island,  1968;  PhD,  Dartmouth 
College,  1971. 

TinanofF,  Norman,  Professor,  Pediatric  Dentistry,  BA,  Gettysburg  College,  1967; 
DDS,  University  of  Maryland,  1971;  MS,  University  of  Iowa,  1973. 

Trail,  Leo  V.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery/Periodon- 
tics;  BS,  Mt.  St.  Mary's  College,  1975;  DDS,  University  of  Maryland,  1979. 

Traub,  Richard  J.,  Assistant  Professor,  Oral  and  Craniofacial  Biological  Sciences; 
BS,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Albany,  1981;  PhD,  State  University  of 
New  York  at  Stony  Brook,  1986. 

Vail,  Arthur  E.,  Clinical  Instructor,  Restorative  Dentistry;  BA  (1981),  DDS 
(1983),  University  of  Maryland. 

VandenBosche,  Raoul  C,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Restorative  Dentistry;  AB, 
College  of  the  Holy  Cross,  1962;  DDS,  University  of  Maryland,  1966. 

Vandermer,  Jack  D.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Oral  Medicine  and  Diagnostic 
Sciences;  BS,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1963;  DDS  (1967),  MEd  (1973), 
University  of  Maryland. 

von  Fraunhofer,  J.  Anthony,  Professor,  Restorative  Dentistry,  BSc  (1963),  MSc 
(1967),  University  of  London;  PhD,  Council  for  National  Academic  Awards 
(England),  1969. 

Wagner,  MarkL.,  Professor,  Pediatric  Dentistry;  AB,  Birmingham  Southern  Col- 
lege, 1959;  DMD,  University  of  Alabama,  1963. 

Watson,  Maria- Rosa,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Pediatric  Dentistry;  BS  (1985), 
DDS  (1985),  Peruvian  University  Cayetano  Heredia;  MPH  (1989),  MS 
(1989),  University  of  Michigan. 

Weiner,  Stephen  A.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Oral  Medicine  and  Diagnostic 
Sciences;  BS  (1965),  DDS  (1969),  University  of  Maryland. 

Weisberg,  Alan  S.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Orthodontics;  DDS,  Georgetown 
University,  1955. 

Whitaker,  George  C,  Clinical  Associate  Professor,  Restorative  Dentistry;  BA, 
Earlham  College,  1970;  DDS,  Howard  University,  1974;  MSD,  Indiana  Uni- 
versity, 1977. 

Williams,  George  C,  Dental  School  Associate  Professor,  Oral  Health  Care  Deliv- 
ery; BS,  Washington  College,  1971;  DDS,  University  of  Maryland,  1978. 

Williams,  Henry  N.,  Professor,  Oral  and  Craniofacial  Biological  Sciences;  BS, 
North  Carolina  Agricultural  and  Technical  State  University,  1964;  MS  (1972), 
PhD  (1979),  University  of  Maryland. 

Williams,  Robert  E.,  Clinical  Associate  Professor,  Orthodontics;  BS  (1966), 
DMD  (1969),  University  of  Pittsburgh;  MA,  University  of  Maryland,  1982. 


Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


Wilson,  Margaret  B.,  Dental  School  Assistant  Professor,  i  »i.il  I  lealth  (  arc  I  >elh 

ci\ ;  BS,  I  >.i\  id  1  ipscomb  c  College,  19  '  '.  1  M  )s.  Virginia  (  ommonwealth  Uni 

vrcrsity,  1981;  MBA,  Universit)  ol  Maryland,  1990. 
Win  son,  Dennis  EL,  Clinical  Assoc  iate  Professor,  Periodontics;  BS,  Universit)  o( 

Maryland,  1961;  DDS,  ( leorgetov,  n  University,  19< 
Wood,  Morton.  Associate  Professor,  Restorative  Dentistry;  BA,  American  Intei 

national  College,  1965;  DDS,  University  of  Maryland,  1969;  MEd,  I  he  [ohm 

1  [opkim  University,  1979. 
\\ \  nn,  Richard  L,  Professor,  Oral  and  Craniofacial  Biological  Sciences;  BS.  I  m 

versity  of  Maryland,  L964;  MS,  1966;  PhD,  1 970. 
Yellowitz,  Janet,  Associate  Professor,  Oral  Health  ("arc  Delivery;  BS,  Columbia 

Universit)',  1972;  MPH,  University  of  Minnesota,  1979;  DMI),  University  of 

Pennsylvania,  1987. 
Zeller,  Gregory  G.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Restorative  Dentistry;   DDS 

( 1 975),  MS  (1983),  University  of  Maryland. 
Zupnik,  Robert  M.,  Clinical  Professor,  Periodontics;  BS,  University  of  Maryland, 

1954;  DDS,  Georgetown  University,  1958;  MSD,  Boston  University,  1964. 

Volunteer  Faculty 

Baum,  Bruce,  Clinical  Professor  Volunteer,  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery;  BA,  Uni- 
versity of  Virginia,  1967;  DMD,  Tufts  University,  1971;  PhD,  Boston  Univer- 
sity, 1974. 

Berning,  Randall  K.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor  Volunteer,  Oral  Health  Care 
Delivery;  BA,  University  of  Illinois,  1973;  JD,  Golden  Gate  University,  1977; 
LLM,  Loyola  University  of  Chicago,  1989. 

Berrios,  Raymond,  Clinical  Instructor  Volunteer,  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery;  BS 
(1965),  DMD  (1970),  University  of  Puerto  Rico. 

Birkedal-Hansen,  Henning,  Adjunct  Professor  Volunteer,  Oral  and  Craniofacial 
Biological  Sciences;  DDS,  (1969),  Lie  Odont  (1972),  Dr  Odont  (1977),  Royal 
Dental  College  of  Copenhagen  (Denmark). 

Blitzer,  Robert  M.,  Clinical  Associate  Professor  Volunteer,  Oral  Health  Care 
Delivery;  BA,  Adelphi  University,  1972;  DDS,  Temple  University,  1977. 

Boughman,  JoAnn,  Research  Professor  Volunteer,  Periodontics;  BS  (1972),  PhD 
(1978),  Indiana  University. 

Bowen,  William  J.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor  Volunteer,  Periodontics;  BS 
(1957),  MS  (1959),  DDS  (1962),  University  of  Maryland. 

Bowers,  Jane  E.,  Research  Assistant  Professor  Volunteer,  Periodontics;  BS,  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland,  1977;  MS,  Towson  State  University,  1987. 

Branoff,  Ronald  S.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor  Volunteer,  Orthodontics;  DDS, 
University  of  Maryland,  1966. 

Bruno,  John,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor  Volunteer,  Periodontics;  BS  (1958), 
DDS  (1964),  MS  (1966),  Georgetown  University. 

Burke,  Robert  S.,  Clinical  Instructor  Volunteer,  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery;  DDS, 
Loyola  University,  1965. 


Administration  and  Faculty 


Canto,  Maria  Teresa,  Clinical  Instructor  Volunteer,  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery; 
BS,  University  of  Puerto  Rico,  1979;  MS  (1984),  DDS  (1985),  University  of 
Illinois;  MPH,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1995. 

Caplan,  Carl,  Clinical  Associate  Professor  Volunteer,  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery; 
BS  (1959),  DDS  (1963),  University  of  Maryland;  MBA,  Loyola  College,  1981. 

Chesla,  Edward  R.,  Clinical  Instructor  Volunteer,  Restorative  Dentistry;  BS 
(1978),  DDS  (1963),  University  of  North  Carolina. 

Christopher,  Andrew,  Clinical  Associate  Professor  Volunteer,  Oral  Health  Care 
Delivery;  BS,  Manhattan  College,  1943;  DDS,  Marquette  University,  1947; 
MHA,  Baylor  University,  1967. 

Chu,  Ngoc,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor  Volunteer,  Restorative  Dentistry;  BA 
(1984),  DDS  (1988),  University  of  Maryland. 

Chu,  Khanh  P.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor  Volunteer,  Restorative  Dentistry;  BA 
(1982),  DDS  (1986),  University  of  Maryland. 

Coben,  S.  Eugene,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor  Volunteer,  Orthodontics;  BA 
(1945),  DDS  (1949), Temple  University;  MS,  University  of  Illinois,  1952. 

Colangelo,  Gary  A.,  Clinical  Associate  Professor  Volunteer,  Oral  Health  Care 
Delivery;  BA,  Western  Maryland  College,  1965;  DDS,  University  of  Maryland, 
1970. 

Collins,  Robert  J.  Jr.,  Clinical  Associate  Professor  Volunteer,  Oral  Health  Care 
Delivery;  AB,  Saint  Anselm's  College,  1967;  DMD,  University  of  Pennsylvania, 
1971;  MPH,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1980. 

Corbin,  Stephen,  Clinical  Professor  Volunteer,  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery;  BA 
(1970),  DDS  (1974),  University  of  Maryland;  MPH,  The  Johns  Hopkins  Uni- 
versity, 1982. 

Cunningham,  Edward  P.  Jr.,  Clinical  Instructor  Volunteer,  Oral  Health  Care 
Delivery;  AB,  Eastern  Nazarene  College,  1961;  DDS,  Georgetown  University, 
1966. 

Dana,  Allan  H.,  Clinical  Associate  Professor  Volunteer,  Oral  Health  Care  Deliv- 
ery; BA  (1959),  MBA  (1961),  University  of  Miami. 

Earp-DeVeas,  Diana  T.,  Clinical  Instructor  Volunteer,  Oral  Health  Care  Deliv- 
ery; BS,  Towson  State  University,  1988;  DDS,  University  of  Maryland,  1992. 

Emmett,  John  M.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor  Volunteer,  Oral-Maxillofacial 
Surgery;  BS,  Randolph  Macon  College,  1983;  DDS,  University  of  Maryland, 
1989. 

Englander,  Richard  B.,  Clinical  Instructor  Volunteer,  Restorative  Dentistry;  BS, 
The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1976;  DDS,  University  of  Maryland,  1992. 

Fedele,  Denise,  Clinical  Associate  Professor  Volunteer,  Oral  Health  Care  Deliv- 
ery; BS,  Columbia  University,  1979;  MS,  State  University  of  New  York ,  1983; 
DMD,  Tufts  University,  1987. 

Feldman,  Sylvan,  Clinical  Associate  Professor  Volunteer,  Periodontics/Restorative 
Dentistry;  BS  (1962),  DDS  (1965),  University  of  Maryland. 

Gaston,  Judith,  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  Volunteer,  Oral  and  Craniofacial  Bio- 
logical Sciences;  BS  (1980),  MS  (1982),  University  of  Detroit. 


Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


Goodnuuii  I  l.irrv,  c  linu.il  Assistant  Professoi  Volunteei , ( ^ral  I  lealth  <  areDelh 
erj ;  BA,  Rutgers  University,  1972;  DMD,  (  ollege  of  Medicine  and  Denti 
of  Ne*  [eraey,  ll)  '5;  MPH,  I  be  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1986. 

(.onion.  Sharon  M.,  (  linical   Assistant  Professoi  Volunteer,  Oral  Health  I 

Deliver)';  BA,  University  oi  North  Texas,  1986;  1)1  )S,  University  o(   l< 
L991;  MPH,  I  lie-  [ohns  Hopkins  University,  1996. 

Grebosky,  Mark  R.,  Clinical  [nstructoi  Volunteer,  Restorative  Dentistry;  BS, 
Saint  Vincent  ( lollege,  1981;  DMD,  University  ol  Pittsburgh,  1  l^HS. 

Hariri,  Javid,  Clinical  Instructor  Volunteer,  Oral  Medicine  and  Diagnostic  Sci 
ences;  BA,  Yeshiva  University,  1982;  DDS,  University  of  Maryland,  l(J86. 

Hendler,  Nelson  H.,  Adjunct  Clinical  Associate  Professor  Volunteer,  Oral  and 
Craniofacial  Biological  Sciences;  BA,  Princeton  University,  1966;  MD  (1972), 
MS  (1974),  University  of  Maryland. 

Hiatt,  James  L.,  Adjunct  Associate  Professor  Volunteer,  Oral  and  Craniofacial  Bio- 
logical Sciences;  BS  (1959),  MS  (1968),  Ball  State  University;  PhD,  University 
of  Maryland,  1973. 

Horowitz,  Alice,  Clinical  Associate  Professor  Volunteer,  Oral  Health  Care  Deliv- 
ery; RDH  (1961),  BA  (1962),  MA  (1965),  University  of  Iowa;  PhD,  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland,  1992. 

Hyman,  Jeffrey,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor  Volunteer,  Oral  Health  Care  Deliv- 
ery; BS,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1972;  DDS,  University  of 
Maryland,  1979;  MS,  Harvard  University,  1986;  PhD,  The  Johns  Hopkins 
University,  1994. 

Jimenez,  Beverly  A.,  Clinical  Instructor  Volunteer,  Pediatric  Dentistry;  BA,  Col- 
lege of  Notre  Dame  of  Maryland,  1986;  DDS,  University  of  Maryland,  1990. 

Jones,  Robert  D.,  Clinical  Instructor  Volunteer,  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery;  BS 
(1968),  DDS  (1972),  University  of  Maryland. 

Kalantary,  Kourosh,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor  Volunteer,  Periodontics;  AA, 
Montgomery  Junior  College,  1987;  BS  (1989),  DDS  (1993),  University  of 
Maryland. 

Kassolis,  James  D.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor  Volunteer,  Periodontics;  DDS, 
University  of  Maryland,  1973. 

Kihn,  Francis  J.,  Clinical  Professor  Volunteer,  Pediatric  Dentistry;  BS,  Loyola  Col- 
lege, 1952;  DDS,  University  of  Maryland,  1956. 

Koritzer,  Richard  T.,  Adjunct  Research  Associate,  Oral  and  Craniofacial  Biologi- 
cal Sciences;  DDS,  University  of  Maryland,  1962;  MLA,  The  Johns  Hopkins 
University,  1967;  PhD,  American  University,  1976. 

Kravitz,  Joseph  J.  Jr.,  Clinical  Instructor  Volunteer,  Restorative  Dentistry;  BS, 
Lock  Haven  University,  1989;  DDS  (1994),  MS  (1996),  University  of  Man- 
land. 

Lazzaro,  Richard  J.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor  Volunteer,  Periodontics;  BS 
(1968),  DMD  (1972),  Fairleigh  Dickenson  University;  MS,  Boston  University, 
1976. 

Lesley,  Stacey,  Clinical  Instructor  Volunteer,  Restorative  Dentistry;  BS,  Univer- 
sity of  Texas,  1990;  DDS,  Baylor  College  of  Dentistry,  1996. 


Administration  and  Faculty  I  19 


Levinson,  Philip  D.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor  Volunteer,  Oral  Health  Care 

Delivery;  DDS,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1965. 
Livaditis,  Gus,  Clinical  Associate  Professor  Volunteer;  DDS,  Temple  University, 

1970. 
Lyon,  Barry  D.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor  Volunteer,  Pediatric  Dentistry;  BS 

(1972),  DDS  (1976),  University  of  Maryland. 
Marian,  Philip  S.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor  Volunteer,  Orthodontics;  BS 

(1963),  DDS  (1966),  University  of  Maryland;  MS,  Loyola  University  of 

Chicago,  1972. 
Mastella,  Stephen,  Clinical  Instructor  Volunteer,  Restorative  Dentistry;  BS,  Loy- 
ola College,  1982;  DMD,  Temple  University,  1986. 
McCarthy,  George  R.,  Clinical  Instructor  Volunteer,  Restorative  Dentistry;  BSD 

(1972),  DDS  (1975),  University  of  Illinois. 
Mecklenburg,  Robert  E.,  Clinical  Professor  Volunteer,  Oral  Health  Care  Deliv- 
ery; BS  (1955),  DDS  (1957),  University  of  Minnesota;  MPH,  University  of 

California  at  Berkeley,  1963. 
Mersky,  Barry,  Adjunct  Clinical  Instructor  Volunteer,  Restorative  Dentistry;  BA, 

The  George  Washington  University,   1972;  DDS,  Georgetown  University, 

1977. 
Meyers,  Lee  A.,  Clinical  Instructor  Volunteer,  Restorative  Dentistry,  BA;  Western 

Maryland  College,  1984;  DDS,  University  of  Maryland,  1988. 
Noppinger,  Robert  W.,  Clinical  Instructor  Volunteer,  Restorative  Dentistry; 

DDS,  University  of  Maryland,  1978. 
Parente,  Frederick,  Adjunct  Associate  Professor  Volunteer,  Oral  and  Craniofacial 

Biological  Sciences;  BA,  California  State  University  at  San  Diego,  1971;  MA 

(1974),  PHD  (1975),  University  of  New  Mexico. 
Park,  Sarah  K.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor  Volunteer,  Periodontics;  BA,  The 

Johns  Hopkins  University,  1978;  DDS,  University  of  Maryland,  1982. 
Passaro,  Peter  L.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor  Volunteer,  Periodontics;  DDS, 

Georgetown  University,  1972. 
Pick,  Karl,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor  Volunteer,  Orthodontics;  BA,  University 

of  Michigan,  1962;  DDS,  University  of  Maryland,  1966. 
Redman,  Robert  S.,  Associate  Professor  Volunteer,  Oral  and  Maxillofacial  Pathol- 
ogy; BS  (1959),  DDS  (1959),  MSD  (1963),  University  of  Minnesota;  PhD, 

University  of  Washington,  1969. 
Rekow,  E.  Dianne,  Research  Associate  Professor  Volunteer,  Restorative  Dentistry; 

BS  (1966),  BSME  (1970),  MSME  (1982),  DDS  (1983),  PhD  (1988),  Univer- 
sity of  Minnesota;  MBA,  College  of  St.  Thomas,  1978. 
Rosen,  Paul  S.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor  Volunteer,  Periodontics;  BA,  Lafayette 

College,  1982;  DMD,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1986. 
Rule,  James  T.,  Clinical  Professor,  Pediatric  Dentistry;  BS  (1953),  DDS  (1957), 

Temple  University;  MS,  University  of  Chicago,  I960. 
Sachs,  Robert  I.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor  Volunteer,  Periodontics/Restorative 

Dentistry;  BA,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1967;  MS,  Purdue  University, 

1972;  DDS,  University  of  Maryland,  1978. 


1 20  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


Schiff,  Allen  M..  (  link.il  Instructoi  Volunteer,  ( >raJ  I  lealth  (  are  I  delivery;  BS, 

I  ni\ ersit)  ol  Baltimore]  1 v) 
Schulz,  !  .u k  M.,  (  link. 1 1  Assoc iatc  Professoi  Volunteei .  Pediati i<  Dentistry;  BS 

(I960),  DDS  (1962),  University  oi  Maryland;  MS,  Universit)  of  Iowa,  1972. 
Schwartz,  tathon)  H.,  Clinical  Instructoi  Volunteei .  Oral  I  Ic.tlil)  (  are  Delivery; 

BS(1972),  DDS  (1977),  Universit)  ol  Maryland 
Serio,  Francis  G.,  Clinical  Associate  Professor  Volunteer,  Periodontics;  BA,  Hie 

Johns  I  lopkins  University,  ll)^(>;  DMD,  I  University  ol  Pennsylvania,  I'JHO. 
Shafinouri,  Bruce,  Clinical  Instructor  Volunteer,  Oral  Mcdicmc  and  Diagnostic 

Sciences;  BA(1984),  DDS  (1988),  Universit)  ofMaryland. 
Shahry,  Nahid  Z.,  Clinical  Instructor  Volunteer,  Oral  I  lealth  (  .uv  1  delivery;  BA, 

Temple  University,  1988;  DDS,  New  York  University,  1992. 
Sindler,  Arnold,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor  Volunteer,  Periodontics;  BS,  The 

Johns  1  lopkins  University,  1966;  DDS,  University  of  Maryland,  1976. 
Smith,  Richard  J.,  Clinical  Professor  Volunteer,  Orthodontics;  BA,  Brooklyn  Col- 
lege, 1969;  MS  (1973),  DMD  (1973),  Tufts  University;  M  Phil  (1978),  PhD 

(1980),  Yale  University. 
Star,  Marc  D.,  Clinical  Instructor  Volunteer,  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery;  DDS, 

University  of  Maryland,  1993. 
Swank,  Scott  D.,  Clinical  Instructor  Volunteer,  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery;  BA 

(1984),  DDS  (1989),  University  of  Maryland. 
Sullivan,  Cornelius  J.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor  Volunteer,  Oral-Maxillofacial 

Surgery;  BA,  Villanova  University,  1975;  DMD,  University  of  Pennsylvania, 

1983. 
Thompson,  Van  P.,  Research  Professor  Volunteer,  Restorative  Dentistry;  BS 

(1966),  PhD  (1971),  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute;  DDS,  University  of 

Maryland,  1979. 
Vera,  Anny  B.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor  Volunteer,  Restorative  Dentistry;  BS, 

Colegio  Maria  Montessori,  1 97 1 ;  DDS,  Central  University  of  Venezuela,  1 976; 

MS,  University  ofMaryland,  1989. 
Whelton,  Sharon  F.,  Clinical  Instructor  Volunteer,  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery; 

BS,  Frostburg  State  College,  1972;  DDS,  University  of  Maryland,  1981. 
Williams,  Lisa  T.,  Clinical  Instructor  Volunteer,  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery;  BS 

(1978),  DDS  (1988),  University  of  Maryland. 
Zia,  PiroozA.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor  Volunteer,  Endodontics;  BDS,  United 

Medical  and  Dental  Schools,  University  of  London,  1991. 
Zeren,  Karl  J.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor  Volunteer,  Periodontics;  BS  (1969), 

DDS  (1975),  University  ofMaryland. 

Associate  Staff 

Allen,  Sandy,  Director,  Central  Materials  Services;  BS,  University  of  Baltimore, 

1984. 
Baier,  Richard  G.,  Central  Dental  Laboratory  Services;  AA,  Community  College 

ofBaltimore,  1976. 
Brown,  Wilhelma  M.,  Director  of  Student  Support  Services;  BA,  Fisk  University, 

1966;  MEd,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1975. 


Administration  and  Faculty  1 2 1 


Gipe,  David,  Orthodontics;  BA,  Towson  State  University,  1976;  MA,  Southern 

Illinois  University,  1981. 
Groves,  Keith,  Oral  and  Craniofacial  Biological  Sciences. 
Hebert,  Carla,  Oral  and  Maxillofacial  Pathology;  BS,  Loyola  College,  1986. 
Hu,  Jiadi,  Oral  and  Maxillofacial  Pathology;  MD,  Bethune  University  of  Medical 

Sciences  (China)  1965. 
Lawson,  Harvey  W.,  Orthodontics;  AA,  Community  College  of  Baltimore,  1985. 
Miller,  Lois  S.,  Director,  Academic  Support  Services;  AA,  Villa  Julie  College, 

1968. 
Norris,  Kathleen,  Oral  and  Maxillofacial  Pathology;  BA,  Western  Maryland  Col- 
lege, 1983. 
Reasinger,  Kathleen  P.,  Director,  Office  of  Development  and  Alumni  Relations; 

BS,  MS  (1993),  The  Johns  Hopkins  University. 
Reynolds,  James,  Assistant  Dean  for  Fiscal  and  Personnel  Affairs;  BA,  Michigan 

State  University,  1974;  MBA,  University  of  Rochester,  1980. 
Suls,  Frederick  J.,  Central  Dental  Laboratory  Services;  AA,  Community  College 

of  Baltimore,  1972. 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND,  BALTIMORE 

David  J.  Ramsay,  DM,  D  Phil,  President 

Joann  A.  Boughman,  PhD,  Vice  President,  Academic  Affairs;  Dean,  Graduate  Studies 

James  T.  Hill  Jr.,  MPA,  Vice  President,  Administrative  Services 

T.  Sue  Gladhill,  MSW,  Vice  President,  External  Affairs 

Morton  I.  Rapoport,  MD,  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer, 

University  of  Maryland  Medical  System 
Richard  R.  Ranney,  DDS,  MS,  Dean,  Dental  School 
Donald  G.  Gifford,  JD,  Dean,  School  of  Law 
Donald  E.  Wilson,  MD,  Dean,  School  of  Medicine 
Barbara  R.  Heller,  EdD,  Dean,  School  of  Nursing 
David  A.  Knapp,  PhD,  Dean,  School  of  Pharmacy 
Jesse  J.  Harris,  DSW,  Dean,  School  of  Social  Work 


UNIVERSITY  SYSTEM  OF  MARYLAND 


Board  of  Regents 

Lance  W.  Billingsley,  Chairperson 

Margaret  Alton 

Mary  Arabian 

Richard  O.  Berndt,  Assistant  Treasurer 

Benjamin  L.  Brown 

Earle  Palmer  Brown,  Assistant  Secretary 

Nathan  A.  Chapman,  Jr.,  Vice  Chairperson 


1 22  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


('harks  NX  .  C  lolc,  |f.,  Sfl  nrttfl? 

l-Jw  in  S,  t  Crawford 

I  bomas  B.  I  inan,  |r. 

Michael  C.  i  rclman 

1  ouise  \lu  luuix  c  ionzalcs,  Treasurer 

Wendell  M.  Hollowa) 

I  l.ui\  K.  1  [ughes 

Lillian  I  [obson  Lincoln 

}  [enry  A.  Virts  (a  officio) 

Susan  1  .  Woda,  Student  Regent 

System  Administration 

Donald  \.  Langenbeig,  PhD,  Chancellor  of  the  University 

George  L.  Marx,  PhD,  Vice  Chancellor,  Academic  Affairs 

John  K.  Martin,  Vice  Chancellor,  Advancement 

Joseph  F.  Vivona,  Vice  Chancellor,  Administration  and  Finance 


Administration  and  Faculty  1 23 


Alumni  Association 


The  Alumni  Association  of  the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery  represents  the 
6,000+  graduates  of  the  Dental  School.  Representatives  from  Dental,  Dental 
Hygiene,  Advanced  Dental  Education  and  Graduate  School  alumni,  as  well  as  fac- 
ulty of  the  school,  are  recruited  to  the  Alumni  Council,  the  Association's  govern- 
ing body. 

The  objectives  of  the  Association  are: 

•  to  promote,  advance  and  support  the  Dental  School's  programs  and  foster 
positive  relationships  among  its  constituents; 

•  to  maintain  the  interest  of  graduates  of  all  Dental  School  programs  in  their 
alma  mater; 

•  to  provide,  in  cooperation  with  the  Dental  School,  educational,  charitable  and 
cultural  activities  for  the  benefit  of  the  school's  alumni  and  friends  and  to  pro- 
vide common  meeting  grounds  for  renewal  and  perpetuation  of  friendships; 

•  and  to  sustain  the  traditions  of  the  world's  first  dental  college. 

The  annual  session  is  held  during  the  All-Alumni  Reunion  in  June  and  several 
BCDS  Alumni  receptions  are  scheduled  throughout  the  United  States.  There  are 
events  scheduled  locally  to  encourage  interaction  between  BCDS  alumni  and  stu- 
dents. 

If  you  are  interested  in  becoming  involved  with  alumni  activities,  please  call  the 
Office  of  Development  and  Alumni  Relations  at  410-706-7146.  Your  message  will 
be  forwarded  to  the  President  of  the  Association. 


24  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


Policy  Statements 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND, 
BALTIMORE  MISSION  STATEMENT 


The  I  fnivcrsity  ol  Maryland  aspires  to  advance  knowledge  in  health  care,  law,  so<  ial 
welfare  and  related  disciplines  through  research,  teaching  and  service;  to  promote 
partnerships  and  develop  interdisciplinary/interprofessional  programs  thai  address 
critical  issues  in  these  areas;  to  assist  in  the  integration  and  transfer  of  new  knowl- 
edge; and  to  play  a  significant  role  in  shaping  health  care,  legal  and  social  services 
for  Maryland  and  the  Mid-Atlantic  region.  The  University's  principal  goal  is  to 
become  a  center  of  focused  excellence  in  professional,  graduate  and  continuing 
education  and  to  promote  excellence  in  research  and  scholarship,  both  basic  and 
applied. 

Located  in  downtown  Baltimore,  the  University  is  the  public  institution  in 
Maryland  responsible  for  providing  caring  and  competent  professionals  in  den- 
tistry, law,  medicine,  nursing,  pharmacy  and  social  work.  It  also  offers  combined 
degree  programs  and  is  developing  other  interprofessional  joint  degree  programs. 
Along  with  its  three  major  partners  (the  University  of  Maryland  System,  the  Balti- 
more Veterans  Affairs  Medical  Center,  and  the  Medical  Biotechnology  Center), 
the  University  is  one  of  the  fastest  growing  biomedical  research  centers  in  the  nation 
and  plays  an  important  role  in  strengthening  the  infrastructure  of  the  regional 
economy. 

As  a  constituent  institution  of  the  University  of  Maryland  System,  the  Univer- 
sity practices  affirmative  action,  cooperates  with  other  educational  segments  in 
Maryland,  collaborates  with  other  UMS  institutions  to  provide  citizens  access  to 
high  quality  educational  services  and  serves  the  educational,  economic  and  cultural 
needs  of  Maryland. 

The  University  and  UMBC  administer  the  programs  of  the  University  of  Mary- 
land Graduate  School,  Baltimore  (UMGSB),  one  of  the  UMS'  two  principal  cen- 
ters for  research  and  doctoral  level  training.  While  specific  criteria  for  achieving 
excellence  vary  from  school  to  school,  the  University  expects  its  faculty  to  teach,  to 
conduct  research,  and  to  practice  their  professional  skills  through  clinical  service, 
community  interaction  and  scholarship. 


EQUAL  OPPORTUNITY 


The  University  of  Maryland  is  actively  committed  to  providing  equal  educational 
and  employment  opportunity  in  all  of  its  programs.  It  is  the  goal  of  the  University 
to  assure  that  women  and  minorities  are  equitably  represented  among  the  faculty, 
staff  and  administration  of  the  University,  so  that  its  work  force  reflects  the  diver- 
sity of  Maryland's  population. 


Policy  Statements  125 


All  employment  policies  and  activities  of  the  University  of  Maryland,  Baltimore 
shall  be  consistent  with  federal  and  state  laws,  regulations  and  executive  orders  on 
nondiscrimination  on  the  basis  of  race,  color,  religion,  age,  ancestry  or  national  ori- 
gin, sex,  sexual  orientation,  handicap,  marital  status  and  veteran  status.  Sexual 
harassment,  as  a  form  of  sex  discrimination,  is  prohibited  among  the  work  force  of 
the  University. 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND  POLICY  CONCERNING 
PREVENTION  AND  MANAGEMENT  OF  STUDENT  AND 
EMPLOYEE  INFECTION  WITH  BLOODBORNE  PATHOGENS 


The  Dental  School  fully  subscribes  to  the  University  of  Maryland  Policy  Con- 
cerning Prevention  and  Management  of  Student  and  Employee  Infection  with 
Bloodborne  Pathogens,  which  became  effective  July  1,  1994.  All  enrolled  students 
receive  a  copy  of  this  policy  statement  as  part  of  their  matriculation  documents. 
Individuals  seriously  considering  applying  to  any  of  the  Dental  School's  programs 
should  request  a  copy  of  the  policy  from  the  Office  of  Admissions  and  Student 
Affairs. 

Section  6,  Admissions  and  Hiring  Practices,  of  the  policy  statement  states: 
"Inquiries  about  infection  with  HBV,  HCV  or  HIV  will  not  be  made  of  prospec- 
tive University  of  Maryland  Personnel.  Neither  admission  nor  employment  will  be 
denied  any  otherwise  qualified  individual  on  the  basis  of  infection  with  Bloodborne 
Pathogens.  However,  limitations  on  the  training  and  professional  activities  which 
may  result  from  infection  with  Bloodborne  Pathogens  will  be  communicated  to 
prospective  students  and  employees."  (See  next  section.) 

Section  7,  Advice  on  Risks  and  Limitations,  states:  "...  Applicants  who  are 
infected  with  Bloodborne  Pathogens  are  not  required  to  identify  themselves  to  the 
University.  Advice  to  applicants  will  be  provided  in  a  general  form  available  to  all 
applicants.  If  infection  with  a  specific  Bloodborne  Pathogen  (e.g.,  HBV)  could  pre- 
vent a  person  from  completing  the  curriculum  or  subsequently  practicing  the 
intended  profession  as  a  result  of  scientifically  established  contagion  risk,  this  infor- 
mation will  be  included  in  the  general  information  which  the  school  distributes  to 
applicants."  Although  information  concerning  applicants'  status  regarding  blood- 
borne pathogens  is  not  a  part  of  the  admissions  process,  status  of  infection  could 
adversely  impact  individuals'  ability  to  complete  their  education  or  their  ability  to 
obtain  future  professional  licensure.  Applicants  are  specifically  advised  that  the 
Dental  School  does  not  admit  individuals  who  have  had  prior  infection  with  the 
Hepatitis  B  virus  or  Hepatitis  C  virus  which  has  left  them  chronic  carriers  of  the 
virus.  These  individuals  must  consider  alternative  career  pathways. 

All  candidates  for  enrollment  are  strongly  encouraged  to  know  their  status  and 
to  seek  professional  advice  if  they  have  questions.  The  dean  of  the  Dental  School 
has  appointed  an  ombudsman  or  advocate  to  whom  any  applicant,  student  or 
employee  can  go  in  confidence  for  advice  on  policies  and  procedures  related  to 
infection  with  bloodborne  pathogens  and  on  the  implications  of  testing  and  dis- 


1 26  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


closure  fbi  enrollment  01  employment  status.  Individuals  with  ipe<  ifu  questions  01 
concerns  are  urged  to  seek  advice  from  the  Dental  School's  ombudsman. 

Section  l),  Immunizations  Against  1 IBV,  states:  "Students  enrolling  in  acade 
mic  programs  thai  \v  1 1 1  involve  participating  in  invasive  oi  exposure  prone  pr< 
dures  must  be  vaccinated  against  HBV  at  \\\cu  own  expense.  Students  nun  be 
\  act  inated  at  Student  and  1  mployee  I  lealth.  I  host-  who  were  immunized  priot  to 
enrollment  must  provide  evidence  ol  immunization  to  the  enrolling  school. 

Doctor  of  Dental  Surgery  and  Bachelor  of  Science 

in  Dental  Hygiene  Applicants 

Although  students  arc  strongly  encouraged  to  complete  the  three-shot  1  [epatitis  B 

immunization  series  prior  to  matriculation,  entering  students  who  have  not  been 

appropriately  immunized  against  HBV  will  receive  their  first  vaccination  during 
Dental  School  orientation  through  Student  and  Employee  Health.  The  second  and 
third  vaccinations  will  occur  at  one-month  and  six-month  intervals,  respectively. 
Students  may  not  participate  in  clinical  or  other  activities  in  which  they  may  be 
placed  at  occupational  risk  until  at  least  one  month  after  the  second  in  the  series  of 
HBV  immunizations.  Failure  to  complete  the  series  in  a  timely  manner  could  result 
in  delayed  progress  through  the  curriculum  or  dismissal  from  enrollment. 

Advanced  Dental  Education  Applicants 

It  is  anticipated  that  most  applicants  for  Advanced  Dental  Education  programs  will 
have  received  the  full  three-shot  series  of  HBV  immunizations  as  pre-doctoral  stu- 
dents. For  those  individuals  who  have  not  completed  the  HBV  immunization 
series,  Dental  School  policy  requires  that  all  Advanced  Dental  Education  applicants 
considering  enrollment  should  begin  the  three-shot  HBV  immunization  series  no 
later  than  May  1  of  the  year  of  matriculation.  As  a  condition  of  enrollment,  stu- 
dents must  provide  documentation  that  they  received  the  first  in  the  series  no  later 
than  May  1  and  the  second  no  later  than  June  1.  Those  individuals  may  receive 
their  third  immunization  through  Student  and  Employee  Health  at  the  appropri- 
ate time  after  enrollment  at  the  Dental  School. 

Treatment  Participation  Policy 

As  a  part  of  the  educational  process,  dental  and  dental  hygiene  students  will  be 
required  from  time  to  time  to  satisfactorily  participate  in  diagnostic,  therapeutic, 
and  nontherapeutic  oral  health  care  services.  Each  student  will  be  required  to  par- 
ticipate as  a  caregiver  and  as  the  "patient."  This  requirement  is  disclosed  prior  to 
admission.  By  enrolling,  each  student  consents  to  this  requirement.  Student 
patients  may  be  provided  care  by  any  assigned  student  or  faculty  member.  All  per- 
sonal health  care  information  provided  to  the  school  by  a  student  patient  is  confi- 
dential in  nature,  will  be  treated  with  the  confidentiality  accorded  a  patient  record 
under  Maryland  health  care  laws  and  school  policy,  and  will  be  used  only  in  con- 
nection with  delivery  of  oral  health  care  services.  Exceptions  to  this  required 
participation  in  educational  activities  may  be  warranted  in  extraordinary  circum- 
stances, such  as  a  high  risk  to  the  student  patient  or  to  the  provider  associated  with 
the  delivery  of  treatment.  Applicants  or  students  with  concerns  about  such  situa- 


Policy  Statements  127 


tions  should  contact  the  associate  dean  for  clinical  affairs,  who  has  the  final  author- 
ity to  determine  when  exceptions  will  be  granted. 

SERVICE  TO  THOSE  WITH  INFECTIOUS  DISEASES 


It  is  the  policy  of  the  University  of  Maryland  to  provide  education  and  training  to 
students  for  the  purpose  of  providing  care  and  service  to  all  people.  The  institution 
will  employ  appropriate  precautions  to  protect  providers  in  a  manner  meeting  the 
patients'  or  clients'  requirements  while  also  protecting  the  interest  of  students  and 
faculty  members  participating  in  the  provision  of  such  care  or  service. 

No  student  will  be  permitted  to  refuse  to  provide  care  or  service  to  any  assigned 
person  in  the  absence  of  special  circumstances  placing  the  student  at  increased  risk 
for  an  infectious  disease.  Any  student  who  refuses  to  treat  or  serve  an  assigned  per- 
son without  prior  consent  of  the  school  involved  will  be  subject  to  penalties  under 
appropriate  academic  procedures;  such  penalties  to  include  suspension  or  dis- 
missal. 


FACULTY,  STUDENT  AND  INSTITUTIONAL  RIGHTS 
AND  RESPONSIBILITIES  FOR  ACADEMIC  INTEGRITY 


Preamble 

The  academic  enterprise  is  characterized  by  reasoned  discussion  between  student 
and  teacher,  a  mutual  respect  for  the  learning  and  teaching  process,  and  intellec- 
tual honesty  in  the  pursuit  of  new  knowledge.  By  tradition,  students  and  teachers 
have  certain  rights  and  responsibilities  which  they  bring  to  the  academic  commu- 
nity. While  the  following  statements  do  not  imply  a  contract  between  the  teacher 
or  the  institution  and  the  student,  they  are  nevertheless  conventions  which  should 
be  central  to  the  learning  and  teaching  process. 

Faculty  Rights  and  Responsibilities 

1 .  Faculty  members  shall  share  with  students  and  administrators  the  responsibil- 
ity for  academic  integrity. 

2.  Faculty  members  shall  enjoy  freedom  in  the  classroom  to  discuss  subject  matter 
reasonably  related  to  the  course.  In  turn  they  have  the  responsibility  to  encour- 
age free  and  honest  inquiry  and  expression  on  the  part  of  students. 

3.  Faculty  members,  consistent  with  the  principles  of  academic  freedom,  have  the 
responsibility  to  present  courses  that  are  consistent  with  their  descriptions  in  the 
catalog  of  the  institution.  In  addition,  faculty  members  have  the  obligation  to 
make  students  aware  of  the  expectations  in  the  course,  the  evaluation  procedures 
and  the  grading  policy. 

4.  Faculty  members  are  obligated  to  evaluate  students  fairly  and  equitably  and  in 
a  manner  appropriate  to  the  course  and  its  objectives.  Grades  shall  be  assigned 
without  prejudice  or  bias. 


28  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


5    Faculty  members  shall  make  all  reasonable  efforts  to  prevent  the  occurreri 
academic  dishonesty  through  appropriate  design  and  administration  ol  as 
mentsand  examinationsi  careful  safeguarding  of  course  materials  and  examina 
hods,  and  regulai  reassessment  oi  evaluation  procedures. 

6.  \\  ben  instances  ol  academic  dishonesty  are  suspected,  facult)  members  slull 
haw  the  responsibility  to  see  thai  appropriate  action  is  taken  in  accordance  with 
institutional  regulations. 

Student  Rights  and  Responsibilities 

1 .  Students  share  with  faculty  and  administrators  the  responsibility  for  academic 
integrity. 

2.  Students  shall  have  the  right  of  free  and  honest  inquiry  and  expression  in  their 

courses.  In  addition,  students  shall  have  the  right  to  know  the  requirements  ol 

their  courses  and  to  know  the  manner  in  which  they  will  be  evaluated  and 
graded. 

3.  Students  shall  have  the  obligation  to  complete  the  requirements  of  their  courses 
in  the  time  and  manner  prescribed  and  to  submit  to  evaluation  of  their  work. 

4.  Students  shall  have  the  right  to  be  evaluated  fairly,  equitably  and  in  a  timely 
manner  appropriate  to  the  course  and  its  objectives. 

5.  Students  shall  not  submit  as  their  own  work  any  work  which  has  been  prepared 
by  others.  Outside  assistance  in  the  preparation  of  this  work,  such  as  librarian 
assistance,  tutorial  assistance,  typing  assistance,  or  such  special  assistance  as  may 
be  specified  or  approved  by  the  appropriate  faculty  members,  is  allowed. 

6.  Students  shall  make  all  reasonable  efforts  to  prevent  the  occurrence  of  academic 
dishonesty.  They  shall  by  their  own  example  encourage  academic  integrity  and 
shall  themselves  refrain  from  acts  of  cheating  and  plagiarism  or  other  acts  of  aca- 
demic dishonesty. 

7.  When  instances  of  academic  dishonesty  are  suspected,  students  shall  have  the 
right  and  responsibility  to  bring  this  to  the  attention  of  one  of  the  co-chairs  of 
the  Student  Judicial  Board. 

Institutional  Responsibility 

1 .  Constituent  institutions  of  the  University  of  Maryland  System  shall  take  appro- 
priate measures  to  foster  academic  integrity  in  the  classroom. 

2.  Each  institution  shall  take  steps  to  define  acts  of  academic  dishonesty,  to  ensure 
procedures  for  due  process  for  students  accused  or  suspected  of  acts  of  academic 
dishonesty,  and  to  impose  appropriate  sanctions  on  students  found  to  be  guilty 
of  acts  of  academic  dishonesty. 

3.  Students  expelled  or  suspended  for  reasons  of  academic  dishonesty  by  any  insti- 
tution in  the  University  of  Maryland  System  shall  not  be  admitted  to  any  other 
system  institution  during  the  period  of  expulsion  or  suspension. 

Approved,  November  30,  1989  by  the  Board  of  Regents 


Policy  Statements  I  29 


REVIEW  OF  ALLEGED  ARBITRARY 
AND  CAPRICIOUS  GRADING 


It  is  the  policy  of  the  University  of  Maryland,  Baltimore  that  students  be  provided 
a  mechanism  to  review  course  grades  that  are  alleged  to  be  arbitrary  or  capricious. 
Each  school/academic  unit  shall  develop  guidelines  and  procedures  to  provide  a 
means  for  a  student  to  seek  review  of  course  grades.  These  guidelines  and  proce- 
dures shall  be  published  regularly  in  the  appropriate  media  so  that  all  faculty  and 
students  are  informed  about  this  policy. 


CONFIDENTIALITY  AND  DISCLOSURE 

OF  STUDENT  RECORDS 

It  is  the  policy  of  the  University  of  Maryland  to  adhere  to  the  Family  Educational 
Rights  and  Privacy  Act  (Buckley  Amendment).  As  such,  it  is  the  policy  of  the  Uni- 
versity (1)  to  permit  students  to  inspect  their  education  records,  (2)  to  limit  dis- 
closure to  others  of  personally  identifiable  information  from  education  records 
without  students'  prior  written  consent  and  (3)  to  provide  students  the  opportu- 
nity to  seek  correction  of  their  education  records  where  appropriate.  Each  school 
shall  develop  policies  to  ensure  that  this  policy  is  implemented. 


SCHEDULING  OF  ACADEMIC  ASSIGNMENTS 

ON  DATES  OF  RELIGIOUS  OBSERVANCE 

It  is  the  policy  of  the  University  of  Maryland  to  excuse  the  absence(s)  of  students 
that  result  from  the  observance  of  religious  holidays.  Students  shall  be  given  the 
opportunity,  whenever  feasible,  to  make  up,  within  a  reasonable  time,  any  aca- 
demic assignments  that  are  missed  due  to  individual  participation  in  religious 
observances.  Opportunities  to  make  up  missed  academic  assignments  shall  be 
timely  and  shall  not  interfere  with  the  regular  academic  assignments  of  the  student. 
Each  school/academic  unit  shall  adopt  procedures  to  ensure  implementation  of  this 
policy. 


ELIGIBILITY  TO  REGISTER  AT 

THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

A  student  may  register  at  the  University  when  the  following  conditions  are  met: 
(1)  the  student  is  accepted  to  the  University,  (2)  the  student  has  received  approval 


1 30  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


from  (Ik*  unit  academic  administratoi  and  I  \)  the  student  has  demonstrated 
demic  and  finan<  i.il  eligibility. 


REFUND  OF  TUITION  AND  FEES  UPON  WITHDRAWAL 

Refund  requests  of  students  who  withdraw  completely  from  tin-  University  ol 
Mar)  land  must  be  processed  through  the  Office  of  Records  and  Registration  on  the 
third  door  ol  the  Baltimore  Student  Union.  The  amount  ol  tuition  and  fees  t<>  be 
refunded  to  the  student  is  dependent  on  time  completed  in  the  relevant  semester. 
I  n  accordance  with  Federal  regulations,  there  arc  two  refund  policies  in  effcc  I  at 
the Universit)  ol  Maryland,  Baltimore. 

I.  First  Time  Students 

A.  Students  who  are  attending  the  University  for  the  first  time,  i.e.,  who  have 
registered  for  their  first  semester  on  this  campus  in  any  program  or  school, 
and  withdraw  on  or  before  the  60  percent  point  of  enrollment  (e.g.,  during  or 
before  the  ninth  week  of  a  1 5  week  semester)  will  be  refunded  according  to 
the  required  pro  rata  formula.  (After  the  60  percent  point  in  the  semester,  no 
refund  is  due  the  student.) 

B.  Pro  rata  refunds  require  the  University  to  return  an  amount  proportional 
to  the  portion  of  the  enrollment  not  yet  completed  by  the  student.  In  the  case 
of  uneven  portions  of  enrollment  remaining,  the  refund  is  rounded  down  to 
the  nearest  10  percent.  Any  unpaid  charges  are  deducted  from  the  refund 
amount.  If  the  student  has  received  aid  for  the  semester,  the  aid  is  repaid  first; 
any  remaining  balance  goes  to  the  student. 

C.  For  example,  consider  the  following  information: 

Bob  Jones  is  a  first  time  student  at  the  University.  His  tuition  and  fees  of 
$5,000.00  for  the  Fall  semester  are  paid  with  a  $3,500.00  Federal  Stafford 
Loan  and  a  $1,000.00  Federal  Perkins  Loan.  The  $500.00  remaining  balance 
is  Bob's  responsibility  and  has  not  yet  been  paid. 

After  completing  five  weeks  of  the  fifteen  week  semester,  Bob  withdraws. 
Bob  withdrew  at  the  33  percent  point  of  his  first  enrollment  period  at  the 
University,  well  before  60  percent  had  elapsed,  thus  a  pro  rata  refund  is 
required.  Since  Bob  withdrew  with  67  percent  of  the  enrollment  period  (10 
weeks/ 1  5  weeks)  remaining,  we  round  down  to  60  percent.  Bob  is  due  a  pro 
rata  refund  totaling  $2,500.00  (0.60  X  $5,000  =  $3,000,  less  the  $500  unpaid 
charges).  Loans  are  refunded  in  the  order  prescribed  by  federal  regulations  (see 
listed  order  below,  Section  II.  B.  (1)).  The  $2,500.00  check  would  be 
returned  by  the  University  to  the  bank  as  a  credit  towards  Bob's  Stafford 
Loan.  Were  Bob's  refund  in  excess  of  $3,500.00,  the  remainder  of  the  funds 
would  be  credited  towards  his  Perkins  Loan. 

II.  All  Students  Not  First  Time 

A.  Students  not  enrolled  in  their  first  semester  on  this  campus  are  eligible  for 
refunds  upon  withdrawal  according  to  the  following  schedule: 


Policy  Statements 


(1)  Withdrawal  on  or  before  the  first  scheduled  day  of  class:  100  percent 
refund  and  cancellation  of  registration. 

(2)  Withdrawal  after  the  first  scheduled  day  of  class  through  10  percent  of 
the  semester:  90  percent  refund. 

(3)  Withdrawal  after  the  first  10  percent  through  the  first  25  percent  of  the 
semester:  50  percent  refund. 

(4)  Withdrawal  after  the  first  25  percent  through  the  first  50  percent  of  the 
semester:  25  percent  refund. 

(5)  Withdrawal  after  the  first  50  percent  of  the  semester:  No  refund. 
Schedules  indicating  the  cut-off  dates  each  semester  for  every  level  of 

refund  will  be  made  available  by  the  Office  of  Student  Accounts. 

B.  (1)    Students  who  received  financial  aid  to  pay  for  the  tuition  and  fees 

assessed  will  have  refunds  returned  to  the  aid  program  from  which  the 

charges  were  paid  in  the  following  order: 

Federal  SLS  Loan 

Federal  Unsubsidized  Stafford  Loan 

Federal  Subsidized  Stafford  Loan 

Federal  PLUS  Loan 

Federal  Perkins  Loan 

Federal  Pell  Grant 

Federal  Supplemental  Education  Opportunity  Grant 

Institutional  Loans,  HPSL,  etc. 

Maryland  State  Scholarship  Programs 

Institutional  Scholarship  Programs 

Private  Scholarship  Programs 

(2)  Refund  amounts  over  and  above  those  amounts  repaid  to  the  various  aid 
programs  will  be  returned  to  the  student. 

(3)  In  calculating  the  Federal  refund,  any  unpaid  charges  owed  by  the  stu- 
dent will  remain  as  the  student's  responsibility  and  will  not  be  covered 
by  any  Federal  aid  received. 

C.  Continuing  with  our  example  from  Section  I  above: 

Bob  Jones  is  now  in  his  second  year  at  the  University.  His  tuition  and 
fees  of  $5,000.00  for  the  Fall  Semester  are  paid  with  a  $3,500.00  Fed- 
eral Stafford  Loan  and  a  $1,000.00  Federal  Perkins  Loan.  The  $500.00 
remaining  balance  is  Bob's  responsibility  and  has  not  yet  been  paid. 
After  completing  five  weeks  of  the  15  week  semester,  Bob  withdraws. 
Since  Bob  is  no  longer  in  his  first  semester  at  the  University,  his  refund 
is  not  pro  rata.  Using  the  applicable  Federal  refund  policy,  Bob  is  enti- 
tled to  a  25  percent  refund  (0.25  X  $5,000  =  $1,250).  The  refund  of 
$  1 ,250.00  dollars  is  returned  as  per  the  required  order  listed  above.  Thus, 
a  check  for  $1,250.00  will  be  issued  to  the  bank  as  a  credit  toward  Bob's 
Stafford  Loan.  The  remaining  $500.00  balance  is  a  charge  on  Bob's 
account  receivable  and  continues  to  be  his  personal  responsibility. 
Any  number  of  situations  requiring  more  complex  refund  calculations  than 
those  described  here  may  occur.  Samples  and  explanations  of  additional  cases  can 


32  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


be  (bund  at  the  office  of  I  inancial  Services!  Studeni  Accounting  and  theofTS 
Financ  ial  Aid. 
Additional  Notes: 

( 1)  A  ul  thai  has  been  awarded  and  certified  before  the  withdrawal  date  may  be 
used  to  pay  required  tuition  and  fees,  even  if  ii  has  noi  yc\  been  disbursed. 

(2)  Federal  Financial  Aid  recipients  who  cease  to  attend  classes  without  offi 
daily  withdrawing  through  the(  >fficeol  Records  and  Registration  will  have 
an  unofficial  withdrawal  date  determined  ror  them  by  the  financial  aid 
office  on  a  case  b)  case  basis.  1  hat  date  will  then  be  used  in  cal<  ulating  the 
refund. 


THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND  POSITION  ON  ACTS 
OF  VIOLENCE  AND  EXTREMISM  WHICH  ARE  RACIALLY, 
ETHNICALLY,  RELIGIOUSLY  OR  POLITICALLY  MOTIVATED 

The  Board  of  Regents  strongly  condemns  criminal  acts  of  destruction  or  violence 
against  the  person  or  property  of  others.  Individuals  committing  such  acts  at  any 
campus  or  facility  of  the  University  will  be  subject  to  swift  campus  judicial  and  per- 
sonnel action,  including  possible  expulsion  or  termination,  as  well  as  possible  state- 
criminal  proceedings. 


HUMAN  RELATIONS  CODE 

The  University  of  Maryland  has  a  Human  Relations  Code  for  use  by  the  entire  cam- 
pus community.  The  code  represents  the  University's  commitment  to  human  rela- 
tions issues.  The  specific  purposes  of  the  code  include: 

1 .  Prevention  or  elimination  of  unlawful  discrimination  on  the  basis  of  race,  color, 
creed,  sex,  sexual  orientation,  marital  status,  age,  ancestry  or  national  origin, 
physical  or  mental  handicap,  or  exercise  of  rights  secured  by  the  First 
Amendment  of  the  U.S.  Constitution;  and 

2.  Establishing  a  timely,  effective  grievance  procedure  as  an  alternative  to  more 
lengthy  formal  processes  for  resolution  of  human  relations  issues. 

A  Human  Relations  Committee  was  created  to  oversee  the  code.  It  is  comprised 
of  campus  faculty,  administrators  and  students  and  is  advisory  to  the  president  of 
the  campus.  The  committee  may  institute  educational  programs  and  provide  an 
open  forum  on  human  relations  issues.  In  addition,  the  committee  is  charged  with 
maintaining  a  mediation,  investigation  and  hearing  process  for  specific  complaints 
of  discrimination  brought  by  students,  faculty  or  staff.  The  code  describes  the  par- 
ticulars of  the  hearing  process.  It  is  the  intent  of  the  code  to  provide  a  grievance  pro- 
cedure for  any  individual  on  campus  who  wants  a  cross-section  of  the  campus 
community  to  investigate  and  mediate  a  problem  without  having  to  resort  to  com- 
plaints to  external  agencies  such  as  the  Maryland  Commission  on  Human  Rela- 
tions, complaints  under  personnel  rules  or  lawsuits. 


Policy  Statements  133 


Copies  of  the  Human  Relations  Code  are  available  in  the  clean's  office,  the 
student  affairs  and  USGA  offices  in  the  Baltimore  Student  Union,  and  the  human 
resources  management  and  affirmative  action  offices  in  the  administration 
building. 


POLICY  AGAINST  SEXUAL  HARASSMENT  OF  STUDENTS 


I .  Policy 

The  University  of  Maryland  prohibits  sexual  harassment  of  students  by  colleagues 
or  faculty  members.  Sexual  harassment  is  an  infringement  of  an  individual's  right 
to  work  and  study  in  an  environment  free  from  unwanted  sexual  attention  and  sex- 
ual pressure  of  any  kind.  It  can  result  in  a  significant  human  resource  drain  for  the 
University  and  hinder  the  scholastic  efforts  of  students. 

II.  Definition  of  Sexual  Harassment 

The  University  has  adopted  the  definition  of  sexual  harassment  used  by  the  U.S. 
Equal  Employment  Opportunity  Commission.  Unwelcome  sexual  advances, 
unwelcome  requests  for  sexual  favors  and  other  behavior  of  a  sexual  nature  consti- 
tute sexual  harassment  when: 

A.  Submission  to  such  conduct  is  made  either  explicitly  or  implicitly  a  term  or  con- 
dition of  an  individual's  employment  by  the  University  or  an  individual's  par- 
ticipation in  a  University  educational  program, 

B.  Submission  to  or  rejection  of  such  conduct  by  an  individual  is  used  as  the  basis 
for  academic  or  employment  decisions  affecting  that  individual,  or 

C.  Such  conduct  has  the  purpose  or  effect  of  unreasonably  interfering  with  an  indi- 
vidual's academic  or  work  performance,  or  of  creating  an  intimidating,  hostile 
or  offensive  educational  or  working  environment. 

III.  Examples  of  Sexual  Harassment 

Sexual  harassment  can  include  any  or  all  of  the  following  behaviors,  as  well  as  oth- 
ers which  are  not  listed: 

A.  Harassment  through  public  or  private  insult,  sexually  suggestive  comments  con- 
cerning a  person's  body  or  behavior  and  sexual  demands. 

B.  Subtle  or  overt  pressure  to  comply  with  demands  of  sexual  activity. 

C.  Remarks  about  another  person's  clothing,  body,  sexual  activities,  sexual  prefer- 
ences or  sexual  orientation,  as  well  as  teasing,  jokes,  remarks  or  gestures  that  are 
sexual  in  nature. 

D.  Unnecessary  touching,  pinching,  patting  or  exposure  of  another  person's  body. 

E.  Unwarranted  staring  at  another  person's  body. 

F.  Unwanted  communications  of  a  sexual  nature  in  writing,  by  telephone  or  by 
other  means. 

G.  Requests  or  demands  for  sexual  favors  accompanied  by  implied  or  overt  threats 
about  job,  grades,  clinical  assignments,  class  academic  assignments,  recommen- 
dations, etc. 


34  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


1 1.  Repetition  01  unwanted  in>  itations  foi  dates. 

I.    Physical  assault  oi  a  sexual  naturei  up  n>  and  in<  luding  attempted  «>i  at  cual  rape 

Students'  Remedies 

Sexual  harassment  of  students  by  students  01  faculty  or  si. it!  members  will  not  be 
tolerated.  Proven  harassment  will  result  in  disciplinary  .kudu,  possibly  including 
suspension,  expulsion  01  dismissal. 

Student  questions  about  peer  01  faculty  behavior  that  ma)  constitute  sexual 
harassment  and  student  questions  about  disciplinary  policies  should  be  directed  to 
IV.  Patricia  Sokolove,  assistant  vice  president  for  Student  Affairs,  at  k6  8323,  to 
the  campus  manager  ol  Affirmative  Action  at  x6  7302  or  to  the  student  affairs  (.lean 
of  the  school  involved. 

A  complaint  of  sexual  harassment  may  be  made  initially  to  a  school's  dean,  the 
appropriate  disciplinary  body  of  the  school,  or  the  assistant  vice  president  for  Stu- 
dent Affairs.  The  assistant  vice  president  for  Student  Affairs  should  be  notified  of 
any  complaint  filed  with  another  office.  Investigation  of  complaints  will  be  made- 
through  appropriate  school  judicial  bodies  whenever  feasible.  If  a  complaint 
involves  people  from  more  than  one  school,  the  assistant  vice  president  for  student 
affairs  will  work  with  the  deans  of  the  schools  involved  to  develop  an  appropriate 
investigational  process. 

Timely  reporting  of  allegations  of  sexual  harassment  is  crucial.  It  permits  effec- 
tive University  intervention  to  protect  students  and  educate  and  discipline  offend- 
ers. Incidents  of  sexual  harassment  should  be  documented  promptly  and  reported 
as  soon  as  practical.  Reporting  within  the  time  limits  set  in  a  school's  judicial  pol- 
icy is  strongly  encouraged.  Reporting  an  incident  of  harassment  more  than  30  days 
after  it  occurs  can  hinder  the  ability  of  the  University  to  investigate  the  matter.  Nev- 
ertheless, the  University  will  investigate  any  complaint  filed  within  a  reasonable 
time.  Institutional  investigations  of  sexual  harassment  charges  often  require  the 
complainant's  identity  to  be  known  by  the  accused.  However,  complainants  should 
be  aware  that  the  University  will  not  tolerate  or  condone  any  form  of  retaliation 
against  a  student  complainant  whose  sexual  harassment  claim  is  made  in  good  faith. 

The  Counseling  Center  can  be  useful  in  helping  students  cope  with  the  stress 
resulting  from  sexual  harassment  or  participating  in  campus  proceedings  to  inves- 
tigate sexual  harassment  charges.  Call  x8-8404  for  more  information  about  the 
campus  counseling  service. 

Through  the  assistant  vice  president  for  Student  Affairs,  the  student  affairs  dean 
of  each  school  or  the  managers  of  Affirmative  Action,  sexual  harassment  educa- 
tional programs  for  students  can  be  arranged. 

SEXUAL  ASSAULT  PROCEDURES 
I.  Purpose  and  Scope 

The  University  of  Maryland  sexual  assault  procedures  are  designed  to  comply  with 
the  requirements  of  the  University  System  of  Maryland  Board  of  Regents'  "Policy 
on  Sexual  Assault,"  VI- 1.30,  and  state  and  federal  laws.  These  procedures  apply  to 
all  faculty  and  staff  members  and  students. 


Policy  Statements  1 35 


II.  Educational  Programs 

A.  The  University  will  establish  a  sexual  assault  educational  committee  to  develop 
programs  to  inform  faculty  and  staff  members  and  students  about  what  consti- 
tutes sexual  assault,  how  to  prevent  it  and  what  the  campus'  procedures  are  for 
handling  reports  of  alleged  sexual  assault. 

B.  The  committee  shall  coordinate  specialized  training  on  the  topic  of  sexual 
assault  and  the  provision  of  sexual  assault  procedures  to  those  individuals  who 
may  be  involved  in  providing  services  to  or  interacting  with  alleged  victims  of 
sexual  assault. 

C.  The  membership  of  the  committee  shall  include,  but  not  be  limited  to:  (1)  the 
director  of  Diversity  Initiatives  and  Employee  Relations  (as  chair);  (2)  the  assis- 
tant vice  president  for  Student  Affairs;  (3)  the  assistant  director  of  Public  Safety; 
(4)  the  director  of  the  Counseling  Center;  and  (5)  a  student  appointed  by  the 
University  Student  Government  Association  president. 

III.  Reporting  of  Sexual  Assaults 

A.  The  University  Police  Force,  located  at  the  Pine  Street  Station,  is  open  24  hours 
a  day,  seven  days  a  week.  Alleged  victims  may  access  its  victim/witness  assistance 
program  anytime  of  the  day  or  night  to  report  a  sexual  assault. 

B.  The  nearest  hospital  equipped  with  the  Maryland  State  Police  sexual  assault  evi- 
dence collection  kit  is  the  University  of  Maryland  Medical  System  emergency 
room. 

C.  The  University  recognizes  that  a  student  or  faculty  or  staff  member  who  has 
been  sexually  assaulted  may  choose  to  report  the  matter  to  an  individual,  either 
on  or  off  campus,  with  whom  they  are  comfortable.  Two  off-campus  organiza- 
tions offering  assistance  to  victims  of  sexual  assault  are  the  Sexual  Assault 
Recovery  Center  and  the  House  of  Ruth.  However,  the  campus  encourages  an 
alleged  victim  to  report  a  sexual  assault  to  one  of  the  following  campus-based 
initial  contacts:  (1)  Carrie  Burmaster,  director  of  the  Counseling  Center;  (2)  Dr. 
Kevin  Ferentz,  director  of  Student  and  Employee  Health;  (3)  Dr.  Patricia 
Sokolove,  assistant  vice  president  for  Student  Affairs;  or  (4)  Detective  Mary 
English,  University  police. 

D.  Each  of  the  initial  contacts  will  encourage  the  alleged  victim  to  call  appropriate 
law  enforcement  and/or  medical  personnel  as  soon  as  possible  following  the 
incident  to  receive  guidance  in  the  preservation  of  evidence  needed  for  proof  of 
criminal  assaults  and  the  apprehension  and  prosecution  of  assailants.  Each  ini- 
tial contact  will  assist  the  alleged  victim  at  his/her  request  with:  (1)  notification 
of  off-campus  authorities;  (2)  obtaining  medical  attention,  including  providing 
transportation;  (3)  access  to  counseling  both  on  and  off  campus;  (4)  notifica- 
tion of  the  appropriate  school  disciplinary  board  and  student  affairs  office,  if  the 
accused  is  a  student;  (5)  notification  of  the  Office  of  Human  Resource  Services, 
if  the  accused  is  a  staff  member;  (6)  notification  of  the  appropriate  dean,  if  the 
accused  is  a  faculty  member  and  (7)  notification  of  the  appropriate  authority 
regarding:  a.  possible  absences  from  employment  or  the  academic  program, 
and/or  b.  to  arrange  alternative  academic,  living  or  employment  situation,  if 


36  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


su<  h  alternative  is  available,  feasible  and  appropriate  to  the  fat  u  ol  the  lexual 
assauli  reported. 

IV.  Campus  Disciplinary  Procedures 

A.  In  addition  to  any  criminal  or  civil  remedies  available,  it  theao  used  is  a  student 
or  (acuity  or  star)  member,  the  appropriate  employing  department/school  «>i 
school's  judicial  board  will  initiate  and  follow  through  with  tin-  applicable 

P uh ess  wuli  regard  to  .1  sexual  assault  complaint.  II  there  is  .1  rinding  ol  sexual 
assault,  the  finding  must  Ik-  reported  according  to  federal  and  state  laws. 

B.  Students  or  (acuity  or  star)  members  round  in  violation  ol  (Ik-  sexual  .iss.mlt  pol 
icy  will  he  subject  to  discipline,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  expulsion  or  ter- 
mination of  employment. 

V.  These  Procedures  are  Effective  Immediately 
(Approved  by  the  president;  effective  July  1994,  revised  June  1996.) 

No  provision  of  tins  publication  shall  be  construed  as  a  contract  between  any  applicant 
or  student  and  the  University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore.  The  University  reserves  the 
right  to  change  any  admission  or  advancement  requirement  at  any  time.  The  Univer- 
sity further  reserves  the  right  to  ask  a  student  to  withdraw  at  any  time  when  it  is  con- 
sidered to  be  in  the  best  interest  of  the  University. 


Policy  Statements  I  37 


Maps 


The  University  of  Maryland,  Baltimore  is  located  in  downtown  Baltimore,  six 
blocks  west  of  the  Inner  Harbor  and  two  blocks  north  of  Oriole  Park  at  Camden 
Yards  in  the  UniversityCenter  district. 

DIRECTIONS 

From  1-95:  Take  Rte.  395  (downtown  Baltimore)  and  exit  onto  Martin  Luther 
King  Jr.,  Blvd.,  staying  in  right  lane.  At  fourth  traffic  light,  turn  right  onto  Balti- 
more Street.  Turn  left  at  second  traffic  light  onto  Paca  Street  (get  into  right  lane) 
and  enter  the  Baltimore  Grand  Garage  (on  your  right). 

Bus  Access 

MTA  buses  numbered  1 ,  2,  7,  8,  11,  20,  35  and  36  all  stop  in  the  campus  area. 

Subway  Access 

The  Baltimore  Metro  runs  from  Charles  Center  to  Owings  Mills.  Stops  closest  to 
campus  are  at  Lexington  Market  and  Charles  Center. 

Light  Rail 

A  Light  Rail  system  connects  northern  Baltimore  County  and  Glen  Burnie.  The 
UniversityCenter  stop  is  at  Howard  and  Baltimore  Streets. 


1 38  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


Academic  Calendar 


DENTAL/DENTAL  HYGIENE 


1998-1999 
August  20  21 

August  24 
September  7 
August  3 1 

November  26—27 

December  16-23 

December  24— January  1,  1999 

January  4—21 

January  2-22 

January  18 

January  22 

January  25 

March  22-26 

May  13-19 

May  20 

1999-2000 

August  19-20 

August  23 

September  6 

August  30 

November  25-26 

December  16-23 

December  24-December  3 1 

January  3-20 

January  17 

January  21 

January  24 

March  20-24 

May  11-17 

May  19 


Freshman  orientation 

First  semester  begins     dentistry 

1  abor  I  )ay  (school  closed) 

First  semester  begins — dental  hygiene 

Thanksgiving  recess 

Exam  week 

Winter  break 

Minimester — dental 

Minimester — dental  hygiene 

Martin  Luther  King  Jr.  Day  (school  closed) 

Second  semester  begins — dental 

Second  semester  begins — dental  hygiene 

Spring  vacation 

Exam  week — Yr.   I  dental;  Yr.   Ill  dental 

hygiene 

Commencement 

Freshman  orientation 

First  semester  begins — dentistry 

Labor  Day  (school  closed) 

First  semester  begins — dental  hygiene 

Thanksgiving  recess 

Exam  week 

Winter  break 

Minimester 

Martin  Luther  King  Jr.  Day  (school  closed) 

Second  semester  begins — dental 

Second  semester  begins — dental  hygiene 

Spring  vacation 

Exam  week 

Commencement 


Academic  Calendar 


139 


ADVANCED  DENTAL  EDUCATION 


1998-1999 

Julyl 

July  6 

September  7 

November  26—27 

December  24-January  1,  1999 

January  18 

January  25 

March  22-24 

May  20 

May  31 

June  30 

1999-2000 

Julyl 

July  6 

September  6 

November  25—26 

December  24— December  31 

January  17 

January  24 

March  20-22 

May  19 

May  29 

June  30 


Registration 

First  semester  begins 

Labor  Day  (school  closed) 

Thanksgiving  recess 

Winter  break 

Martin  Luther  King  Jr.  Day  (school  closed) 

Second  semester  begins 

Spring  break 

Commencement 

Memorial  Day  (school  closed) 

Last  day  of  classes 

Registration 

First  semester  begins 

Labor  Day  (school  closed) 

Thanksgiving  recess 

Winter  break 

Martin  Luther  King  Jr.  Day  (school  closed) 

Second  semester  begins 

Spring  break 

Commencement 

Memorial  Day  (school  closed) 

Last  day  of  classes 


These  schedules  are  subject  to  change,  and  are  provided  only  for  general  information 
concerning  the  length  of  terms  and  holidays. 


140 


Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


UniversityCenter  Area,  University  of  Maryland,  Baltimore 


Mr.).,  j,  H.  ,lr. '.    ,     (,       ■  •<■■ 


m    ■ 


VP  Visitors  Parking      DP  Dental  Patient  Parking      PP  Patient  Parking      SP  Student  Parking       PO  Parking  Office 


Academic,  Administrative  and  ft 

Patient  Care  Facilities 


Map 
Coordinate 


Administration  Building  (AB) 

737  West  Lombard  Street 

Allied  Health  Building  (AHB) 

1 00  Penn  Street 

Athletic  Center  (AC) 

Pratt  Street  Garage 

Baltimore  Dispensary  (BD) 

1 00  North  Paca  Street 

Baltimore  Student  Union  (BSU) 

62 1  West  Lombard  Street 

Biomedical  Research  Facility  (BIO) 

1 08  North  Greene  Street 

(Walter  P.)  Carter  Center  (WPCC) 

630  West  Fayette  Street 

Century  Building  (CB) 

506  West  Fayette  Street 

Davidge  Hall  (DH) 

522  West  Lombard  Street 

Dental  School  (DS) 

666  West  Baltimore  Street 

East  Hall  (EH) 

520  West  Lombard  Street 


Environmental  Health  and 

Safety  Building  (EHS) 
7 1 4  West  Lombard  Street 
James  T.  Frenkil  Building  (JTFB) 
1 6  South  Eutaw  Street 
Greene  Street  Building  (GSB) 
29  South  Greene  Street 
Health  Sciences  Facility  (HSF) 
685  West  Baltimore  Street 
Health  Sciences  Library  (HS/HSL) 
60 1  West  Lombard  Street 
Hope  Lodge  (HL) 
636  West  Lexington  Street 
Howard  Hall  (HH) 
660  West  Redwood  Street 
Information  Services  Building  (IS) 
100  North  Greene  Street 
Law  School/Marshall  Law  Library 

(LS/MLL) 
500  West  Baltimore  Street 
Lombard  Building  (LB) 
5 1 5  West  Lombard  Street 
Maryland  Bar  Center  (MBC) 
520  West  Fayette  Street 
Maryland  Institute  for  Emergency 

(MIEMSS) 


GJ  M^xjlifhoolfri^r    Brmti* 

Unearth  Bo.UJ«,|lB<M  , 
655  Wett  Baltimore  Street 
H2  Meckcal  School  T«rfw*Fic*r 

1 685  West  Baltimore  Slr«« 
M  Nunmi  School  (NS) 

655  West  Lombard  Screw 
K  7  Old  Health  Soencw  Uorary  (OHSL) 

1 1 1  South  Greene  Street 
D3  Paicault  Row  (PR) 

651-665  Wtit  Lexington  Street 
F2  Pharmacy  School  (RX) 

20  North  Pine  Street 
C2  Pine  Street  Police  Station  (PSPS) 

214  North  Pine  Street 
D4  Ronald  McDonald  House  (RMH) 

635  West  Lexington  Street 

17  Social  Work  School  (SSW) 
525  West  Redwood  Street 

L4  State  Medical  Examiners  Building 

(SMEX) 
1 1 1  Penn  Street 
H5  University  of  Maryland 

Medical  System  (UMMS) 
22  South  Greene  Street 

18  University  of  Maryland 

Professional  Building  (UMPB) 
4 1 9  West  Redwood  Street 
H7  University  Plaza  (UP) 

Redwood  and  Greene  Streets 
F5  Veterans  Affairs  Medical  Center 

(VAMC) 
Baltimore  and  Greene  Streets 
J3  Western  Health  Center  (WHC) 

700  West  Lombard  Street 

19  405  West  Redwood  Street  Building 

(405R) 
E8  502  West  Fayette  Street  Building 

(502F) 
K7  515  West  Lombard  Street  Building 

(5I5L) 
M3  70 1  West  Pratt  Street  Building 

(70  IP) 

Cultural  and  Civic  Facilities 


M5 


D7-8 
D6 


Babe  Ruth  Birthplace/Baltimore 
Orioles  Museum  (BRB/BOM) 
Dr.  Samuel  D.  Harris  National 

Museum  of  Dentistry  (NMD) 
Lexington  Market  (LM) 
Market  Center  Post  Office 

(MCPO) 
Old  Saint  Paul's  Cemetery  (OSPC) 
Oriole  Park  at  Camden  Yards  (OP) 
Westminster  Hall  (WMH) 


Parking  Facilities 

F8  Baltimore  Grand  Garage  (BGG) 

(visitors) 
F4  Dental  Patient  Parking  Lot  (DPP) 

C3  Lexington  Garage  (LXG)  (students) 

H7  University  Plaza  Garage  (UPG) 

(patients  and  pabent  transporters) 
Public  Parking  Facilities  (P) 

Assigned  University  Parking 

B4,  C4-5     Koesters  Lots  (KL) 
E5  Parking  Office  (PO) 

D5  Pearl  Garage  (PG) 

K3  Penn  Street  Garage  (PNG) 

(visitors) 
L5  Pratt  Street  Garage  (PTG) 


UniversityCenter  Area 


141